Skip to main content

Full text of "Causes of popular dissatisfaction with the administration of justice : hearing before the Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights of the Committee on the Judiciary, United States Senate, Ninety-fourth Congress, second session, May 19, 1976"

See other formats


'     f    CAUSES  OF  POPULAR  DISSATISFACTION  WITH 

THE  ADMINISTRATION  OF  JUSTICE 


HEARING 

BEFORE  THE 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON 
CONSTITUTIONAL  EIGHTS 

OP  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  JUDICIARY 
UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

NINETY-FOURTH  CONGRESS 

SECOND  SESSION 


MAY  19,  1976 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  the  Judiciary 


U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
72-948  O  WASHINGTON   :    1976 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Washington.  D.C.  20402  -  Price  $1.40 

earchl  franklin  pierce  law  center 

rorw  Concord,   New   Hampshire   03301 

ON  DEPOSIT    AU6  1 9 1976 


4;  avrJHJ  f*/ *r 

/    CAUSES  OF  POPULAR  DISSATISFACTION  WITH 
THE  ADMINISTRATION  OF  JUSTICE 


HEARING 

BEFORE  THE 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON 
CONSTITUTIONAL  RIGHTS 

OF  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  JUDICIARY 
UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

NINETY-FOURTH  CONGRESS 

SECOND  SESSION 


MAY  19,  1976 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  the  Judiciary 


U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
72-948  0  WASHINGTON   :    1976 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Washington,  D.C.  20402  -  Price  $1.40 

FRANKLIN  PIERCE  LAW  CENTER 

Concord,   New   Hampshire   03301 


Boston  P-sblic  Library 
Boston.  ?m  02116 


COMMITTEE  ON  THE  JUDICIARY 

JAMES  O.  EASTLAND,  Mississippi,  Chairman 

JOHN  L.  McCLELLAN,  Arkansas  ROMAN  L.  HRUSKA,  Nebraska 

PHILIP  A.  HART,  Michigan  HIRAM  L.  FONG,  Hawaii 

EDWARD  M.  KENNEDY,  Massachusetts  HUGH  SCOTT,  Pennsylvania 

BIRCH  BAYH,  Indiana  STROM  THURMOND,  South  Carolina 

QUENTIN  N.  BURDICK,  North  Dakota  CHARLES  McC.  MATHIAS,  Jr.,  Maryland 

ROBERT  C.  B  YRD,  West  Virginia  WILLIAM  L.  SCOTT,  Virginia 
JOHN  V.  TUNNEY,  California 
JAMES  ABOUREZK,  South  Dakota 


Subcommittee  on  Constitutional  Rights 
JOHN  V.  TUNNEY,  California,  Chairman 

JOHN  L.  McCLELLAN,  Arkansas  HUGH  SCOTT,  Pennsylvania 

EDWARD  M.  KENNEDY,  Massachusetts  ROMAN  L.  HRUSKA,  Nebraska 

BIRCH  BAYH,  Indiana  HIRAM  L.  FONG,  Hawaii 

PHILIP  A.  HART,  Michigan  STROM  THURMOND,  South  Carolina 
JAMES  ABOUREZK,  South  Dakota 

Jane  L.  Frank,  Chief  Counsel  and  Staff  Director 
Douglass  Lea,  Counsel 
Lydia  Grieg,  Chief  Clerk 

(ID 


CONTENTS 


HEARING   DAY 

Page 

Wednesday,  May  19,  1976 1 

OPENING   STATEMENT 

Tunney,   Hon.  John  V.,    U.S.   Senator  from   California,   chairman,   Sub- 
committee on  Constitutional  Rights 1 

WITNESSES 

Bond,  Hon.  Julian,  Georgia  State  senator 29 

Davidson,  James  Dale,  executive  director,  National  Taxpayers  Union 53 

Davis,  Edward  Charles  III,  respondent  in  Paul  vs.  Davis 5 

Ehrlich,  Thomas,  president,  Legal  Services  Corporation 18 

Field,  Thomas  F.,  executive  director,  Tax  Analysts  and  Advocates 48 

Karpatkin,  Rhoda  H.,  executive  director,  Consumers  Union 35 

Lewis,  John,  executive  director,  Voter  Education  Project 32 

Neier,  Aryeh,  executive  director,  American  Civil  Liberties  Union 58 

Neuborne,  Burt,  professor  of  law,  New  York  University,  former  assistant 

legal  director,  American  Civil  Liberties  Union 60 

PREPARED    STATEMENTS 

Bond,  Hon.  Julian,  State  senator  from  Georgia 31 

Davidson,  James  Dale,  executive  director,  National  Taxpayers  Union 57 

Field,  Thomas  F.,  executive  director,  Tax  Analysts  and  Advocates 51 

Karpatkin,    Rhoda  H.,  executive  director,   Consumers  Union  of  United 

States,  Inc 42 

Neier,  Aryeh,  executive  director,  American  Civil  Liberties  Union 64 

Neuborne,  Burt,  professor  of  law,  New  York  University,  former  assistant 

legal  director,  American  Civil  Liberties  Union 64 

ADDITIONAL   MATERIAL 

Chiefs  of  police  flyer,  Jefferson  County  and  City  of  Louisville  Police  De- 
partments, Louisville,  Kentucky 12 

Jones,   Frank  N.,  executive  director,   National  Legal  Aid  and  Defender 

Association 23 

Prepared  statement  by  the  National  Clients  Council 21 

APPENDIX 

Assembly  Bill  No.  3704,  California  legislature,  introduced  by  Assemblyman 

Knox,"  Mar.  15,  1976 72 

Letter  from  Richard  A.  Givens,  regional  director,  Federal  Trade  Com- 
mission, New  York  Regional  Office,  to  Senator  John  V.  Tunney 121 

Letter  from  Francis  M.  Wheat,  president,  Los  Angeles  County  Bar  Associa- 
tion, to  Senator  John  V.  Tunney,  chairman,  Subcommittee  on  Con- 
stitutional Rights 71 

Newspaper  article  from  the  Christian  Science  Monitor,  "Cutting  Access 
to  the  Courts,"  by  Mark  G.  Yudof,  professor  of  law,  University  of 
Texas,  Austin,  Texas,  Apr.  14,  1976 114 

Remarks  to  participants  in  the  "Pound  Revisited"  Conference 115 

Remarks  of  Charles  R.  Halpern,  executive  director,  Council  for  Public 

Interest  Law 116 

Statement  of  the  American  Judicature  Society 120 

(Hi) 


CAUSES  OF  POPULAR  DISSATISFACTION  WITH   THE 
ADMINISTRATION  OF  JUSTICE 


WEDNESDAY,   MAY    19,    1976 

U.S.  Senate, 
Subcommittee  on  Constitutional  Rights, 

of  the  Committee  on  the  Judiciary, 

Washington,  D.C. 
The  subcommittee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  9:30  a.m.,  in  room 
357,  Russell  Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  John  V.  Tunne}r  (chair- 
man of  the  subcommittee),  presiding. 
Present:  Senator  Tunney. 
Also  present:  Jane  L.  Frank,  chief  counsel;  Douglass  Lea,  counsel. 

OPENING  STATEMENT  OF  HON.  JOHN  V.  TUNNEY,  A  U.S.  SENATOR 
FROM  THE  STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA ;  CHAIRMAN,  SUBCOMMITTEE 
ON  CONSTITUTIONAL  RIGHTS 

Senator  Tunney.  Today's  hearing  borrows  its  theme  from  a  speech 
delivered  70  years  ago  by  a  young  Nebraska  lawyer  named  Roscoe 
Pound . 

Pound  startled  the  organized  bar  of  his  day  by  assessing  the  causes 
of  popular  dissatisfaction  with  the  administration  of  justice. 

His  was  a  broad-ranging  analysis — some  of  it  focused  on  general 
considerations  about  the  role  of  law,  some  on  the  idiosyncracies  of  the 
Anglo-American  system,  some  on  judicial  organization  and  procedure, 
and  some  on  judicial  administration. 

Many  of  his  observations  still  hold  true — for  example,  his  comment 
on  the  strains  caused  by  using  the  law  to  resolve  great  moral  questions 
and  his  observation  that,  in  Anglo-American  jurisprudence,  there  is  a 
conflict  between  the  individualized  treatment  of  specific  cases  in  the 
common  law  and  the  collective  orientation  of  other  means  of  making 
public  policy. 

And  yet  our  era  differs  considerably  from  the  first  decade  of  this 
century.  When  Pound  spoke  in  1906,  blacks  could  not  belong  to  the 
organized  bar;  women  could  not  vote;  workers  and  many  other 
interests  were  scarcely  enfranchised. 

Thus,  today's  hearing  is  designed  to  reconsider  Mr.  Pound's  re- 
marks and  reassess  the  situation  for  1976. 

Some  of  this  work  was  begun  earlier  this  year  at  a  conference  in 
St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  jointly  sponsored  by  the  Judicial  Conference  of 
the  United  States,  the  Conference  of  Chief  Justices,  and  the  American 
Bar  Association. 

(1) 


In  St.  Paul,  the  Chief  Justice,  Attorney  General  and  several  hun- 
dred judges  and  lawyers  discussed  ways  to  ease  the  caseload  in  the 
courts,  especially  the  Federal  courts. 

They  failed  to  discuss  the  broader  issues  about  access  to  the  justice 
system — issues  central  to  Dean  Pound's  remarks  of  70  years  ago. 

And,  with  the  exception  of  a  handful  of  invited  guests,  they  failed 
to  include  the  people — the  users  or  would-be  users  of  the  justice 
system. 

Indeed  the  St.  Paul  conference  would  have  been  better  titled  "The 
Judicial  Causes  of  Dissatisfaction  with  the  Populus." 

Today's  hearing  is  specifically  designed  to  ask  the  broader  questions. 
We  are  exploring  why  so  many  Americans — consumers,  taxpayers, 
minorities,  women,  civil  libertarians — are  dissatisfied  with  the  justice 
system,  and  what  the  Congress  ought  to  do  about  it. 

My  indepth  study  of  these  issues  began  3  years  ago  when  my 
Subcommittee  on  Representation  of  Citizen  Interests  (now  merged 
with  this  subcommittee)  held  extensive  hearings  on  the  adequacy  of 
legal  representation. 

Because  of  that  inquiry,  I  have  some  views  which,  I  predict,  many 
of  today's  witnesses  share. 

First,  what  are  the  causes  of  dissatisfaction? 

To  begin  with,  Federal  and  State  courts  are  overcrowded  and  the 
costs  of  litigation  are  astronomical.  Interminable  delays  result  from 
seemingly  meaningless  procedures.  Once  in  the  courtroom,  litigants 
are  treated  on  an  assembly-line  basis,  by  arrogant  and  insensitive 
court  personnel. 

Beyond  the  courts,  most  of  the  other  parts  of  the  justice  system 
are  also  unresponsive:  Lawyers,  a  necessary  ingredient  to  any  court 
case,  are  generally  inaccessible  and  too  expensive  for  average  citizens; 
laws  and  regulations  are  too  complicated  to  understand  and  often 
unenforced;  and  Government  departments  and  agencies  are  mired  in 
red  tape. 

Moreover,  recent  Supreme  Court  decisions  have  made  the  Federal 
courts  less  accessible  to  the  ordinary  citizen  and  have  substantially 
curtailed  their  ability  to  vindicate  basic  constitutional  rights. 

In  Eisen  v.  Carlisle,  the  Court  severely  restricted  the  ability  of 
small  claimants  to  secure  effective  relief  through  class  action  suits. 
By  requiring  these  claimants  to  incur  the  massive  costs  involved  in 
notifying  each  and  every  individual  who  might  have  a  similar  legal 
claim,  the  effectiveness  of  the  class  action  as  a  vehicle  for  securing 
judicial  attention  to  the  rights  of  the  consumer  has  been  severely 
eroded. 

In  Warth  v.  Seldin,  the  Court  set  a  "standing"  requirement  so 
stringent  that  it  left  victims  of  discriminatory  zoning  ordinances 
virtually  without  recourse  in  Federal  Court.  The  Court  dismissed  the 
complaint  of  inner  city  minority  residents,  arguing  that  the  damage 
suffered  by  their  exclusion  from  suburban  communities  was  too  re- 
mote to  warrant  the  Court's  consideration. 

And  in  Doe  v.  Virginia,  the  Court  "summarily  affirmed"  a  200- 
year-old  State  statute  forbidding  private  homosexual  acts.  Without 
ever  hearing  arguments,  the  Court,  in  effect,  has  made  a  dramatic 
and  powerful  decision  that  dangerously  encroaches  upon  the  cherished 
right  of  privacy. 


In  other  cases,  where  the  Court  has  consented  to  review  the  merits 
of  an  individual's  constitutional  claim,  substantive  rulings  have  set 
a  precedent  which  threatens  to  restrict  severely  the  individual's 
access  to  judicial  review. 

In  Paul  v.  Davis,  for  example,  the  Court  took  a  very  narrow  view 
of  the  due  process  clause's  reach  over  State  activities,  holding  that  it 
was  exclusively  limited  to  cases  where  individuals  could  show  that 
State  activity  directly  restricted  their  liberty  or  property  rights. 
Under  this  standard,  the  complainant,  who  will  testify  today,  was 
given  no  redress  from  a  police  practice  of  publicly-circulating  lists  of 
accused  shoplifters  who  had  never  been  convicted  in  a  court  of  law. 

Finally,  in  United  States  v.  Miller,  the  Court  shrunk  the  legally 
protected  scope  of  an  individual's  expectation  of  privacy  in  regard 
to  his  own  personal  papers.  Now,  once  people  have  transmitted  their 
bank  statement  to  a  financial  institution,  they  have  forfeited  their 
fourth  amendment  protection.  They  take  the  full  brunt  of  the  risk 
that  the  third  party  may  transfer  this  information  to  the  Government. 

The  Court's  opinion  is  all  the  more  startling  since  the  California 
Supreme  Court,  in  an  eloquent  opinion  by  Justice  Mosk,  had  unan- 
imously concluded  that  individuals  should  have  access  to  the  courts 
to  challenge  a  subpena  of  their  bank  records  and  their  admissibility 
at  trial. 

These  recent  decisions  have  contributed  to  widespread  cynicism 
and  alienation  from  the  justice  system. 

I  recall  that  one  witness  at  my  earlier  hearings  on  lawyers  said, 
"the  system  works  against  me,  not  for  me."  No  doubt,  we'll  hear  more 
of  that  today. 

What  are  some  remedies,  and,  particularly,  what  should  the 
Congress  do? 

Above  all,  we  must  retool,  and,  where  necessary,  redesign  the  justice 
system  so  it  cares  about  people. 

With  respect  to  court  congestion,  we  need  more  and  better-trained 
court  personnel. 

We  also  must  expand  alternative  dispute  resolution  mechanisms. 
Some  needed  changes  involved  the  adversary  process  and  lawyers. 
Others  include  experiments  with  "no-fault"  settlements  and  with 
informal  proceedings  without  lawyers. 

In  this  respect,  I  fundamentally  disagree  with  the  views  of  Solicitor 
General  Bork  at  the  recent  St.  Paul  Conference.  He  said  that  litigation 
resulting  from  social  welfare  legislation  was  "legal  trivia"  and  ought 
to  be  removed  from  the  Federal  courts. 

In  my  view,  no  cause  involving  fundamental  human  rights  should 
be  removed  from  the  courts  unless  and  until  alternative  processes 
are  fully  operating  and  in  place. 

We  also  need  to  make  legal  services  more  available.  Low-cost 
mechanisms  to  deliver  legal  services  must  be  encouraged,  including 
legal  clinics,  prepaid  legal  plans,  and  paralegals. 

More  information  must  be  made  available  about  what  lawyers  do, 
where  they  are,  and  what  they  cost.  I  am  delighted  that  the  California 
State  bar  and  several  others  have  commenced  some  experiments  with 
advertising  to  let  people  know  more  about  lawyers. 


More  must  be  done  to  simplify  the  legal  system:  to  adopt  model 
probate  codes,  and  other  kinds  of  standardized  forms  and  remedies. 
I  favor  no-fault  auto  accident  insurance. 

The  Congress  must  prod  the  legal  profession  to  serve  more  people, 
and  increase  funding  and  other  incentives  for  civil  and  criminal  legal 
services  for  the  poor  and  middle-income  groups. 

It  must  also  play  an  active  role  with  respect  to  some  of  the  recent 
Supreme  Court  rulings:  To  facilitate  the  bringing  of  consumer  class 
actions;  to  relax  standing  requirements;  to  authorize  courts  to  award 
attorneys'  fees  to  prevailing  parties  in  public  interest  litigation;  to 
require  the  updating  of  inaccurate  arrest  information,  and  to  protect 
the  privacy  of  personal  bank  records. 

I  have  authored  or  supported  legislation  on  most  of  these  subjects, 
and  am  fighting  to  enact  these  bills  into  law. 

In  sum,  today's  hearing  is  very  important.  It  should  serve  to  focus 
more  public  attention  on  the  enormity  and  gravity  of  the  issues. 

In  our  justice  system,  people  must  come  first. 

The  subcommittee  spent  a  good  deal  of  time  assemblying  our 
witnesses  for  today,  and  I  am  very  pleased  that  everyone  could  come. 
No  group  is  better  qualified  to  address  these  issues. 

Our  first  witness  is  the  respondent  in  a  recent  Supreme  Court 
decision  that,  in  my  opinion,  has  a  devastating  impact  on  our  con- 
stitutional protections. 

The  second  witness  is  president  of  the  major  Federal  program  to 
provide  legal  services  to  the  poor  in  civil  matters. 

Our  third  is  a  State  senator,  long  active  in  civil  rights  issues,  who 
will  be  accompanied  by  two  lawyers  who,  to  my  knowledge,  are  the 
best  known  litigators  in  the  Nation  for  the  rights  of  minorities. 

Our  fourth  witness  runs  the  Nation's  largest  consumer  organization 
and  herself  has  litigated  many  of  these  issues. 

The  next  witnesses  run  two  different  taxpayer  organizations,  both 
involved  in  court  action  on  behalf  of  taxpayers. 

Our  final  witness,  a  frequent  guest  at  subcommittee  hearings,  is 
the  executive  director  of  the  ACLU,  which  has  brought  most  of  the 
landmark  constitutional  challenges  in  this  century. 

I  have  read  the  prepared  statements,  and  I  am  impressed  with  their 
high  quality.  The  agenda  for  the  Congress  is  a  long  one,  and  we  are 
taking  a  major  step  today. 

I  would  like  to  point  out  that  in  as  much  as  we  have  six  witnesses, 
we  are  going  to  have  to  stay  within  rigid  time  limitations;  otherwise 
we  will  not  be  able  to  get  through  the  agenda.  We  are  going  to  have  to 
have  about  25  minutes  per  witness.  There  are  questions  that  I  would 
like  to  ask  the  witnesses,  and  if  the  witness  cares  to  be  asked  questions 
then  I  would  ask  for  an  abbreviated  reading  of  the  prepared  statement, 
which  will  be  incorporated  in  the  record  as  if  read.  If  the  witness 
decides  that  he  wants  to  read  the  entire  statement  then  there  will  be 
less  time  for  questioning.  I  am  going  to  stick  rigidly  to  the  25-minute 
rule  for  all  witnesses. 

Our  first  witness  is  Edward  Charles  Davis,  who  is  respondent  in 
Paul  v.  Davis,  and  who  is  accompanied  by  Daniel  T.  Taylor. 
Thank  you  for  being  with  us.  Please  proceed. 


TESTIMONY  OF  EDWARD  CHARLES  DAVIS,  RESPONDENT  IN 

PAUL  v.  DAVIS 

Mr.  Davis.  How  the  police  departments  and  police  chiefs  publish- 
ing and  circulation  of  an  active  shoplifter's  notice  branding  me  as  a 
convicted  criminal,  and  also  an  active  shoplifter,  has  affected  my 
personal  life. 

On  June  14,  1971  while  leaving  a  Louisville  retail  store,  I  was 
detained  by  a  security  guard  and  accused  of  stealing  something  from 
the  store  or  "looking  like  I  should  have."  Following  a  police  court 
hearing,  the  case  was  dismissed. 

Shortly  thereafter  my  name  and  picture  appeared  in  a  police 
department  notice  listing  me  as  a  "known  active  shoplifter."  This 
action  on  the  part  of  the  police  has  caused  me  irreplaceable  damage  to 
my  good  reputation,  which  I  have  worked  hard  for  over  the  years. 
The  reason  I  say  I  have  worked  hard  for  my  good  reputation  is  because 
of  my  social  and  economic  position  in  this  country.  My  reputation  is 
something  that  does  not  come  automatically.  In  my  experience,  the 
negative  of  me  is  assumed  by  the  general  American  public,  especially 
white  America.  The  listing  of  my  name  and  photo  in  a  publication 
circulated  among  businesses  in  Louisville  has  been  punishment  for  a 
crime  I  never  committed. 

This  action  on  the  part  of  local  police  has  resulted  in  untold  humilia- 
tion and  embarrassment  to  me  by,  my  family,  associates,  and  profes- 
sional colleagues,  especially  at  the  then  place  of  employment,  the 
Courier- Journal  and  Louisville  Times  photographic  department. 

Shortly  following  the  publication,  my  department  head,  executive 
director  of  photography,  called  me  into  his  office  and  informed  me 
that  two  of  the  members  of  the  staff  had  saw  the  active  shoplifter's 
notice  and  that  I  was  listed  on  the  notice  by  the  Louisville  Police 
Department,  and  that  if  I  was  arrested  for  any  reason  whatsoever  I 
would  be  fired. 

At  that  time  my  department  head  also  informed  me  that  the  shop- 
lifting notice  would  impair  my  ability  to  perform  my  photographic 
duties;  he  felt  that  the  company  could  not  feel  free  to  send  me  on  any 
assignments  that  would  require  me  to  come  in  contact  with  local 
retail  stores. 

Unfortunately,  it  did  not  take  long  for  everyone  in  the  department 
to  know  that  I  was  on  an  active  shoplifters'  list,  and  at  that  time  I  was 
the  only  black  working  in  the  department,  which  made  it  extremely 
difficult  for  me  to  function.  I  suffered  untold  humiliation  and  ridicule 
from  members  of  my  department.  After  6  or  7  months  the  pressures 
on  the  job  and  strain  on  m}r  nerves  got  to  the  point  where  I  felt 
the  only  way  out  was  for  me  to  resign  in  order  to  regain  back  my 
full  sanity  and  what  little  self-respect  I  had  left.  I  used  the  excuse  of 
continuing  my  education  as  the  reason  for  my  resignation.  It  was 
difficult  enough  being  the  only  black  photographer  at  the  Courier- 
Journal  and  Louisville  Times,  but  virtually  impossible  for  me  to 
function  with  the  abuse  from  the  general  public  and  the  unique 
situations  I  was  placed  in  as  a  news  photographer. 

Even  after  everyone  learned  that  I  was  unjustly  placed  on  the 
shoplifting  notice,  the  jokes  and  questions  still  persisted  and  I  kept 


finding  myself  in  extremely  embarrassing  positions  due  to  my  job, 
and  the  people  I  come  in  contact  with.  For  an  example,  one  em- 
barrassing incident  was  when  an  acquaintance  of  mine  called  the  owner 
of  the  newspaper  and  accused  me  of  detaining  him  so  that  someone 
could  break  into  his  house  and  steal  his  personal  possessions,  a  ridic- 
ulous accusation,  made  believable  only  by  the  shoplifters'  publica- 
tion. The  only  reason  why  I  had  any  dealings  with  this  person  who 
made  this  accusation  against  me  is  because  he  asked  if  I  would  make  a 
picture  for  him  to  go  on  his. campaign  poster  as  a  favor  for  him. 
After  communicating  with  this  person  after  he  had  made  these  ac- 
cusations to  the  owner  of  the  company,  he  gave  me  reason  to  believe 
that  he  was  motivated  to  accuse  me  because  of  a  direct  result  of  the 
shoplifters'  notice.  Since  then  I  was  cleared  of  the  accusation  by 
police  detectives,  which  in  their  opinion  found  the  whole  incident 
bizarre.  I  was  informed  of  the  phone  call  made  by  this  man  by  my 
department  head,  who  also  informed  me  that  I  must  be  cleared  by 
the  police  of  this  accusation  made  against  me.  Here,  too,  exemplifies 
the  extent  of  the  assumption  of  guilt  by  the  department  head. 

I  found  myself  not  doing  simple  things,  like  not  going  downtown, 
not  wanting  to  go  shopping  with  friends.  The  publicity  surrounding 
my  case  and  my  decision  to  seek  help  through  the  justice  system  also 
created  unwarranted  humiliation  to  myself  and  my  immediate  family. 
After  finally  leaving  my  place  of  employment  I  found  it  difficult  to 
find  jobs  in  my  expertise,  because  the  newspaper  that  I  was  em- 
ployed with  was  the  only  daily  in  town,  and  perspective  employers 
in  other  lines  of  work  were  reluctant  to  hire  me  because  of  the  publicity 
and  implications  of  the  police  department's  publication. 

The  publicity  surrounding  my  case  and  my  decision  to  seek  help 
through  the  judicial  system  also  created  unwarranted  humiliation 
to  myself  and  my  immediate  family. 

Now  5  years  later  after  trying  to  clear  my  name  through  this 
country's  judicial  system  I  am  broke,  without  employment,  emo- 
tionally sick  and  in  a  state  of  anxiety.  In  my  experience,  the  inability 
of  the  court  system,  the  people  who  operate  it,  the  political  and 
economic  environment  as  it  presently  exists  has  made  a  mockery  of 
justice. 

Being  black  in  this  society  has  all  too  often  been  considered  a  crime 
in  itself,  especially^  when  attempting  to  get  a  piece  of  the  American 
pie.  In  seeking  some  sort  of  legal  compensation  "the  right  way" 
through  the  courts,  I  find  myself,  a  young  black  person,  totally  dis- 
illusioned with  American  society,  its  judicial  system  and  its  political 
and  economic  system,  a  system  that  tells  the  rest  of  the  world  its 
way  is  best. 

f  have  neither  the  financial  nor  the  emotional  drive  to  continue 
fighting  with  this  system  any  longer.  And  I  ask,  should  I  have  to? 
If  I  was  a  well-known  white  middle-class  salesman  of  high  standing 
in  the  community  in  which  I  worked  do  you  think  this  police  publica- 
tion would  affect  my  earning  ability? 

To  this  day  I  have  no  criminal  record.  I  am  wondering  what  the 
final  judgment  on  my  case  would  have  been  if  nry  last  name  was 
Firestone. 

I  say  to  you,  this  police  action  is  claiming  to  the  Louisville  com- 
munity that  I  am  an  active  criminal  and  a  convicted  one. 


Have  I  done  anything  to  merit  punishment  by  the  State  without 
due  process? 

Can  you  make  the  presumption  of  innocence  after  viewing  the  active 
shoplifters'  notice? 

If  a  person's  good  reputation  is  of  worth,  why  is  mine  taken  away 
without  due  process  of  law,  especially  when  it  has  been  done  by  State 
officials? 

Why  should  I  be  punished  by  the  State  without  due  process  of  law? 

I  say  to  you,  it  was  not  mere  defamation  but  an  official  branding 
as  a  criminal  without  due  process  of  law  by  the  State.  The  State  has 
condemned  me,  an  innocent  law-abiding  citizen,  as  a  criminal.  Arrest 
is  guilt  of  a  crime  in  most  minds. 

The  Supreme  Court  tells  me  to  go  back  to  the  State  where  I  got 
screwed  the  first  time  and  more  than  likely  will  get  screwed  again.  I 
find  myself  caught  in  the  middle  of  a  corrupt  and  inadequate  judicial 
system  on  one  side  and  with  police  officers  with  broad  discretion a^ 
powers  on  the  other;  damned  if  I  do,  damned  if  I  don't. 

Must  I  leave  it  up  to  the  criminal  to  right  his  wrong? 

The  Supreme  Court  ruling  on  my  case  has  confirmed  what  the 
brother  on  the  corner  has  always  been  telling  me  in  a  roundabout 
way  about  this  system,  that  for  the  black  man  that  gets  caught  up  in 
the  system,  having  no  political  and  economic  power  or  stake  in  the 
system,  had  better  step  lightly  because  the  system  can  and  will  crush 
him  at  will. 

Richard  Nixon  appointed  four  Supreme  Court  Justices,  and  they 
all  voted  against  me.  One  day  I  would  like  to  appoint  four  Supreme 
Court  Justices,  all  from  different  geographic  locations,  all  seeing  things 
the  way  I  do. 

Here  I  sit,  born  with  a  social  stigma,  being  black,  and  the  stigma 
attached  to  it  and  its  negative  stereotypes,  and  I  work  to  reverse  it. 
What  gains  I  have  made  the  State  has  taken  away  intentionally, 
without  regard  for  due  process  of  law;  no  accident.  I  am  suffering 
from  the  act  of  official  tyranny. 

Have  I  the  right  of  privacy,  the  right  to  due  process  of  law,  the  right 
to  the  assumption  of  innocence? 

If  a  publication  of  this  active  criminals  list  was  to  aid  only  mer- 
chants, businessmen  and  their  security  police,  how  did  two  of  the 
Courier-Journal  and  Louisville  Times  staff  photographers  get  hold 
of  it? 

How  could  my  department  head  go  to  a  store  and  see  it? 

How  was  I  able  to  go  to  the  police  department  at  three  different 
times  with  three  different  excuses  for  having  a  need  for  this  publica- 
tion and  receive  it?  None  of  us  are  merchants  or  security  officers. 

I  have  suffered  grievous  mental  anguish,  summary  punishment,  I, 
an  innocent  person.  The  past  cannot  be  relieved  or  revised,  reversed 
or  relived.  I  have  suffered  injustices  in  the  lowest  courts  in  the  land; 
now  I  must  suffer  the  ultimate  alienation  in  the  Bicentennial  year  of 
this  country  by  way  of  the  Supreme  Court,  but  then  again,  I  have 
always  been  made  to  feel  like  an  alien  in  my  own  country,  even  in 
early  childhood. 

Injustice  and  alienation  is  nothing  new  for  me,  other  members  of 
my  family,  and  friends.  When  I  was  young  my  father,  Edward  Y. 
Davis,  Jr.,  was  forced  to  sell  four  lots  to  the  State  for  $300.  The  $300 
did  not  equal  the  amount  he  paid  in  taxes  for  the  lots. 


8 

Some  years  later  he  was  forced:  to  sell  Kis  property  to  Urban  Re- 
newal in  which  the  nonblack  owners  with  property  of  similar  size  and 
value  were  paid  twice  the  amount  he  received.  About  10  years  later 
my  father  had  property  auctioned  off  by  the  State;  $17,000  was 
invested  in  the  building,  the  building  was  sold  for  $1,999  just  to  pay 
off  a  $2,000  lumber  bill  that  was  past  due. 

Another  one  of  my  later  experiences  was  when  driving  a  newly 
purchased  used  car  I  was  stopped,  arrested,  handcuffed,  waited  an 
hour  and  a  half  for  a  tow  truck  to  tow  my  car  in,  then  rushed  off  to 
jail  with  excessive  speed,  all  because  of  a  recently  expired  license  plate. 

I  asked  a  friend  of  mine,  who  is  a  police  court  judge,  if  the  officers 
actions  were  routine.  He  told  me,  "It  is  routine  for  that  to  happen 
in  your  part  of  town  if  you  are  black,  but  normally  officers  give  traffic 
citations  for  the  offense.  It  is  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  police  officers 
to  issue  a  citation  or  arrest  you.  It  probably  would  not  have  happened 
if  you  were  on  the  other  side  of  town  and  were  white  middle-class." 
One  of  my  many  experiences. 

Another  one  of  my  alltime  greats  was  the  time  when  I  was  garnisheed 
for  $90  without  due  process  of  law.  I  was  garnisheed  and  the  $90  was 
deducted  out  of  my  check.  I  went  to  court  and  asked  the  judge  why 
this  happened.  He  said  I  was  summoned  to  appear  in  court  and  did 
not.  I  protested  to  the  judge.  He  then  showed  me  where  I  signed  a 
proof  of  service.  It  was  proven  in  fact  to  be  a  forged  signature  signed 
"Eddie  Davis."  I  told  the  judge  I  never  signed  any  business  sig- 
natures "Eddie  Davis,"  only  "Edward  C  Davis  III."  This  gave  me 
a  suspicion  to  believe  that  someone  who  knew  of  me  forged  the 
signature  thinking  I  go  by  what  my  friends  know  me  as.  The  bailiff 
testified  under  oath  that  I  was  not  the  person  served.  The  summons 
named  me  as  Edward  C.  Davis  III  and  not  Eddie  Davis.  The  judge 
refused  to  return  my  money,  but  I  finally  got  my  day  in  court.  To 
make  a  long  story  short,  a  car  dealer  got  my  $90  claiming  I  owed  a  $90 
bill  for  work  he  thought  was  done  on  my  car,  and  the  proof  of  that 
thought  to  be  done  work  was  the  testimony  of  an  auto  estimator 
who  admitted  he  did  not  see  any  work  done  on  the  car  or  did  any 
himself.  He  was  only  told  it  was  and  had  a  bill  unsigned  with  a  de- 
scription of  my  car  and  my  name. 

One  of  the  greatest  legal  tragedies  I  have  witnessed  was  the  sen- 
tencing of  4%  years  given  my  attorney,  Daniel  T.  Taylor  III,  who 
sits  beside  me,  without  due  process  of  law  for  contempt.  The  only 
crime  I  could  see  him  guilty  of  was  defending  his  client  and  trying  to 
make  the  system  work  for  the  socially  and  economically  disadvantaged, 
confronting  judges  that  are  tyrants  carried  in  the  hip  pockets  of 
businessmen  does  take  a  toll. 

In  conclusion,  the  only  thing  Congess  can  do  for  me  personally  is 
to  give  me  economic  justice.  I  do  not  mean  food  stamps  or  extended 
unemployment  benefits;  I  need  a  stake  of  the  system,  a  piece  of  the 
rock;  for  example,  a  bank,  factory,  company,  the  means  to  produce  a 
self-sufficient  place  in  this  society.  Then  I  could  move  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  the  judge.  Maybe  he  would  get  to  know  me.  He  may  even  see 
that  I  am  a  human,  a  citizen,  and  not  an  alien  in  this  country.  He 
might  even  change  his  attitude  and  have  true  feelings  for  justice. 
Why  can't  blacks  melt  in  the  melting  pot? 

On  May  19,  1976,  I  am  still  an  alien  in  my  own  country,  the  country 
of  my  father.  He  was  alienated,  too. 


9 

Thank  you. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Davis. 

The  story  that  you  tell  is  a  very  compelling  one.  The  outrage  of 
having  your  picture  and  name  published  and  then  disseminated 
throughout  the  community  is  one  that  can  only  be  truly  compre- 
hended when  we  listen  to  you  testify  as  to  how  it  has  affected  your 
life 

The  Supreme  Court,  in  overturning  the  circuit  court's  decision  in 
your  case  used,  what  I  am  sure  to  you,  is  a  meaningless  technicality: 
that  you  should  have  sought  relief  in  the  State  courts.  Recognizing 
this,  I  would  still  like  to  be  able  to  ask  you  why  you  have  not  sought 
such  relief  in  the  State  courts.  Is  it  just  that  you  are  emotionally, 
spiritually  worn  out?  Or  is  it  the  present  financial  burden  of  seeking 
such  relief?  What  are  the  reasons  that  made  you  decide  not  to  go  to 
the  State  courts? 

Mr.  Davis.  I  think  my  attorney  should  answer  that  question. 

Senator  Tunney.  Okay. 

Mr.  Taylor.  We  have  in  our  State  what  is  called  a  statute  of  limi- 
tations, which,  of  course  is  universal  in  any  jurisdiction,  so  Mr.  Davis 
and  myself  and  his  other  council  had  to  opt  at  the  time,  to  borrow 
and  appreciate  your  word,  at  the  time  of  the  outrage  we  had  to  opt 
which  forum  to  move  in.  We  are  foreclosed  from  further  relief.  To  use  a 
phrase,  we  are  sitting  there  with  egg  on  our  face,  as  it  were.  There  is 
no  way  we  can  get  back  in  State  court.  It  is  somewhat  similar  to  the 
case  of  a  couple  of  weeks  ago,  again,  an  action  in  Federal  court  of 
deprivation  of  constitutional  rights  where  the  Burger  Court  said  that 
you  move  too  late  or — once  again  we  have  the  old  form  instead  of  sub- 
stance thing,  but  to  make  it  short,  we  are  foreclosed  at  this  time.  We 
put  our  reliance  in  the  Federal  system,  Senator. 

Senator  Tunney.  I  assume  that  the  Supreme  Court  knew  that  you 
were  foreclosed? 

Mr.  Taylor.  Senator,  I  do  not  know  what  their  familarity  is  with 
the  law  after  that  decision. 

Senator  Tunney.  Did  you  indicate  in  your  brief  that  you  were 
foreclosed  from  going  into  the  State  court? 

Mr.  Taylor.  In  honesty  with  you,  we  did  not  think  that  the  case 
should  or  would  conceivably  turn  out — we  did  try  to  anticipate  what 
technicality  they  might  proceed  to,  I  think,  avoid  their  responsibility 
in  the  matter,  and  we  could  talk  more  in  terms  of  showing  a  compelling 
interest  in  immunity  of  judicial  leaders  and  the  office  and  that  type  of 
thing. 

Senator  Tunney.  What  about  the  future;  will  the  arrest  record  ever 
be  expunged? 

Mr.  Taylor.  Senator,  the  case,  if  you  please,  the  hearing,  you 
might  say,  the  ongoing  program  in  conjunction  with  the  ACLU  and 
the  other  organization  would  have  been  to  move  in  this  area  from 
success  in  Mr.  Davis'  case,  which  we  were  very  hopeful  for,  and  then 
into  any  expungement  action  which  the  prior  court — and,  of  course,  I 
make  the  contrast  between  the  Warren  Court  and  the  Burger  Court, 
which  the  prior  court  had  given  some  sort  of  signal  could  be  coming. 

Senator  Tunney.  Has  this  shoplifters'  notice  been  updated? 

Has  it  been  circulated  in  other  jurisdictions? 

Mr.  Davis.  Not  to  my  knowledge. 


10 

Senator  Tunney.  Most  employment  application  forms  ask  whether 
the  applicant  has  ever  been  arrested. 

Do  you  believe  if  you  answered  truthfully  that  your  chances  for 
employment  would  be  prejudiced  in  the  future? 
Mr.  Davis.  Yes.  Definitely. 

Senator  Tunney.  Have  you  made  any  plans  regarding  your  future? 
Mr.  Davis.  I  am  still  seeking  employment.  I  will  probably  finish 
up  college  and  I  might  possibly  even  move  out  of  town. 

Senator  Tunney.  You  mentioned  the  harassment  and  pressure  that 
was  brought  to  bear  on  you  by  your  coworkers,  about  the  fact  that 
you  had  this  record. 

Did  you  at  any  time  see  the  police  chief  and  ask  him  to  remove 
your  name  from  the  list? 

Mr.  Davis.  It  wouldn't  have  done  any  good.  I  mean,  the  flier  had 
already  been  circulated;  the  damage  was  done. 

Oh,  we  did  seek  an  injunction,  and  we  did  not  get  it. 
Senator  Tunney.  And  you  did  not  get  it? 
Mr.  Davis.  Did  not  get  it. 
Senator  Tunney.  Was  that  in  the  State  court? 
Mr.  Taylor.  It  was  in  the  Federal  Court.  It  was  the  Christmas 
season  and  we  sought  to  block  the  dissemination,  and  failed  totally  in 
the  district  court,  which,  of  course,  threw  us  out.  It  was  the  Sixth 
Circuit  that  sent  us  back  to  an  evidentiary  hearing,  and  from  there  to 
the  Supreme  Court. 

Senator  Tunney.  I  see.  To  read  from  the  chief  of  police's  flier, 
which  will  be  incorporated  as  a  part  of  the  record:  "These  persons 
have  been  arrested  during  1971-72  or  have  been  active  in  various 
criminal  fields  in  high  density  shopping  areas."  Of  course,  that  is  the 
flier  in  which  your  name  appears. 

I  can  only  say  that  I  think  that  the  court  is  dead  wrong  in  the 
decision  that  they  made.  To  disseminate  a  person's  picture  bearing  his 
name  throughout  the  business  community  and  to  say  that  this  person 
has  been  arrested — despite  the  fact  that  the  outcome  of  the  arrest 
was  a  dismissal  of  charges — is  just  unconscionable,  and  I  am  very 
displeased  with  the  decision.  I  wish  that  it  had  been  the  other  way. 
Does  your  lawyer  have  any  suggestions  as  to  what  the  Congress 
might  do? 

Mr.  Taylor.  If  you  please,  Senator,  Eddie  and  I  came  over  here 
at  your  invitation,  and  there  is  just  something  that  I  just  very  quickly 
want  to  say  to  the  Senator,  and  it  is  this :  I  take  direct  issue  with 
Chief  Justice  Burger's  remark  as  expressed  in  the  Renquist  opinion 
about  this  plethora  of  litigation  in  the  Federal  system.  Had  Senator 
Alvarez  been  here  today,  I  had  occasion  last  year  to  be  in  South 
Dakota  defending  Sioux  Indians.  Now,  I  did  not  notice  at  that  time 
any  paucity  of  Federal  resource  when  it  came  to  prosecuting  minority 
people.  I  did  not  notice  any  failure  of  court  rooms  or  judges  or  prose- 
cutors over  from  Washington  talking  about  the  system,  how  it  works. 
The  system,  it  seemed  to  me,  works  against  the  people,  and  particu- 
larly I  subscribe  to  what  Justice  Douglas  said  over  and  over  again 
repeatedly,  that  the  problem  was  not  overloading  the  court;  it  was 
orientation  that  the  Court  wants  to  preserve,  and  I  refer  to  the 
Supreme  Court,  preserve  it  province. 

But  I  submit,  just  merely  as  a  workaday  civil  rights  radical  lawyer, 
that  if  there  are  not  enough  courts  to  handle  the  preservation  of  the 


11 

rights  of  the  people  then  the  remedy  is  to  make  more  courts,  or  what- 
ever, and  not  to  deny  the  people  their  rights.  I  just  did  want  to  say 
that  to  you,  sir. 

Thank  you. 

Senator  Tunney.  I  concur  with  your  belief  that  this  decision  is 
offensive,  whatever  the  reasons.  I  can  understand  its  justification — 
the  technicalities  that  were  applied  by  the  Court — but  I  still  find  the 
result  offensive.  I  want  to  thank  you  both  for  coming  here. 

Good  luck  to  you. 

Mr.  Davis.  Thank  you. 

[The  chiefs  of  police  flier  referred  to  above  follows :] 


12 


TOt  BUSINESS  MEN  IN  THE  METROPOLITAN  AREA 

The  Chiefs  of  The  Jefferson  County  and  City  of  Louisville  Police 
Departments,  in  an  effort  to  keep  their  officers  advised  on  shoplifting 
activity,  have  approved  the  attached  alphabetic  ally  arranged  flyer  of 
subjects  known  to  be  active  in  this  criminal  field* 

This  flyer  is  being  distributed  to  you,   the  business  man,  so  that 
you  may  inform  your  security  personnel  to  watch  for  these  subjects.  These 
persons  have  been  arrested  during  1971  and  1972  or  have  been  active  in 
various  criminal  fields  in  high  density  shopping  areas » 

Only  the  photograph  and  name  of  the  subject  is  shown  on  this  flyer, 

if  additional  information  is  desired,  please  forward  a  request  j.n  writing  to» 

PUNNING  AND  RESEARCH  UNIT 
LOUISVILLE  DIVISION  OF  POLICE 
633  WEST  JEFFERSON  STREET 
LOUISVILLE,   KENTUCKY     U0202 

NOTE!  ALL  REQUESTS  SUBJECT  TO  APFROVAL  BY  THE  RESPECTIVE  CHIEF  OF  POLICE, 

This  flyer's  preparation  is  accredited  to  officers  of  the  Second(2nd) 
Police  District,   Tactical  Unit,   and  Detectives  of  the  Criminal  Intelligence 

Section,  in  cooperation  with  the  Planning  and  Research-Development  staffs 

t,. 
of  the  Police  Departmwts. 

Sincerely, 


du/ 


Col'.  Ed^ar 'Paul^'  Col/Hussell  McDaniel 

Chie£>6f  Police  Chief  of  Police 

Louisville  Division  of  Police  Jefferson  County  Police 

7 

EP/hr  "" RM/hr 


13 


won       ;.;l»s  »lli« 


J£=i*. 


..     ill 


SuSiE    <LLth 


50SEKT    l .    8AL_»Ru 


0E80R*'-    BARBOUK 


(■OUaBER    1972 

Ci!Y    Of    L0UI5V I  LLC 

Jt'FtRSO*    COUNTI 

POLICE    OEPiRTMtmS 

»CTlTE    SHOPLIFTERS 


JfrwhiMlliiM 
D«*li<    JK    SEOEXS 


:»--L    F .    BCSQS 


5 ICflASG    L -    BOLOE* 


s 

JUL  l»    «»E    BOCHtR 


■1  m.-< 

S»hDR»    LOUISE    : 


IPffil 


HAftTHA    *fcV    ;■  ■ 


'»  -.:  .e  Bt3o«uir 


^  -, 


«.CR£E   C.    BRCI* 


Dtga   1 


sun)  asom 


14 


J 


•*OU*Bl>.     I9T? 
CUT    OF    LSulSVILLt 

JIFFLR30N    COUNT! 
POLICE    OEPAfiTulM 

*CI 1 Vt    SHOPLIFTERS 


I.  ;   ■ 


tuuu     ii'TiiiTmj!       *^"  'nk^l  a.  i.  ' -v .'  V3 


*  ILL  UM    FRAhK     6RUCK 


JOHN    I.     CAMPBELL 


IVLRITI    A.    DIJON 


PHILLIP    A.    BUCKAIAN 


CHARLES    M ,    BURKS 


-5** 


A    ^ 


iHARON    (MHM )    CALHOUN 


trttirt  lit  I      . 


KENNETH    R .    CARLE 


! 


3 

I  I'll     ■■     l   I        'nil 


BILL    C.    COCHRAN 


GILBERT    COTTON 


FRAN*    LUTHER    EVANS 


u,;'     ».     FAIR 


'  f 


tlLLUll   8.    FERRr    JR  . 


LINDA    FORD 


GARNETT    OILL 


»•»•    2 


KENNETH    A.    FROIIEN 


HERBERT    D.    «ILBERT 


15 


Uhoim  Hoosien 


JOHk  ycMRt    jr . 


16 


NOVEMBER      19?2 

cm  of  louisvilli 

JEFFERSON   C0UNT1 
POLICE    DEPARTMENTS 

ACTIVE    SHOPLIFTERS 


01L0RCS    B.    KILLER 


| 


PAUILA  ly.    MILLER 


ROBERTA  MILLER 


CAROL    D.    MIMUS 


k> 


GAR  UK    L.    MOORMAN 


,** 


ROBIR-T    L.    MORRIS 


- 

MORfi  i  S 

•  ■■ . 

Mia 

E 

C 

m 

'■ 

1J£ 

CLARENCE    O'OELL 


pigi    ( 


3  I . 


m  MitVvn 


HARRY     T.     PHttPl 


-.if  i»t*«i« 

tJBnUn 


PATSY  ANN  PHELPS 


MARCIA  E .  RHODES 


DONALO  E .  ROBINSON 


17 


jf\ 

fi 

F ■: 

4^3 

hOVLUBtfi      IS" 

cut  of  Louisville 

JEFFERSON    COUNTY 
POLICE    DEPARTMENTS 

ACT  >  Vt    SMOPLIHERS 


*"'  "■"«*       it, ,  < ij.nl 


•  III  I  AU    IEILS 


CHARLES    D.    ROSENBARGER 


DORIS    SPENCER 


•  ILIUM    PAa    tllGAKC 


>* 


M'iV?i     il.„.         .J 


KATHEHNE    SPENSER 


P  A  uU  T  J  E    •  1 1  (i  I  Jl  S 


NE»SA    SCOTT 


IVORt    STEVENSON 


ARTHUR    1ILLM" 


JP^VTriS 


J 


CLAStNCl    u      SIASS 


THOMAS    C. 

TURNSIll 

to 

l 

ALTON    0.    SELF  D*V  fO   L.    WADE 


'—i 


THOMAS    L .     SINKHORN 


JmskiL 


PATRICK  IALSH 


ANDREI  J.  SMITH 


CCLCNA  ZACHERT 


18 

Senator  Tunney.  Our  next  witness  is  Mr.  Tom  Ehrlich,  who  is  pres- 
ident of  the  Legal  Services  Corporation,  a  distinguished  former  dean 
of  Stanford  Law  School,  and  also  a  friend. 

It  is  nice  having  you  before  us  now. 

TESTIMONY  OF  THOMAS  EHRLICH,  PRESIDENT,  LEGAL  SERVICES 

CORP. 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator.  It  is  a  pleasure  to 
be  here. 

Seventy  years  ago,  when  Roscoe  Pound  gave  his  famous  speech, 
he  began  with  a  reminder  of  our  obligation  that  "justice  is  to  be  done 
equally  to  the  rich  and  to  the  poor.  .  .  ."  My  own  focus  today  is  on 
the  legal  problems  of  the  poor  and  on  their  needs  for  access  to  justice. 

Twenty-nine  million  poor  people  in  this  country,  people  who  have 
income  below  subsistence  levels.  For  them  economic  survival  is  more 
than  just  a  major  issue;  it  is  often  the  only  issue.  Only  a  small  fraction 
of  those  29  million  poor  people  have  any  access  to  help  when  they  face 
a  legal  problem.  For  all  but  that  small  fraction,  justice  is  beyond  reach. 
As  a  result,  those  who  are  poor  in  this  country  see  that  access  to  the 
legal  system  often  does  depend  on  money,  that  justice  is  not  done 
equally  to  the  rich  and  to  the  poor. 

Most  of  the  legal  problems  that  poor  people  face  are  relatively 
uncomplicated  matters  involving  housing  law,  consumer  law,  family 
law,  and  administrative  benefits.  For  the  individuals  involved,  how- 
ever, these  matters  often  assume  crisis  proportion.  For  most  of  us  a 
defective  car  is  a  substantial  irritant,  but  for  a  poor  person  it  may  mean 
unemployment.  A  poor  person's  problem  with  a  landlord  may  mean 
no  housing  at  all.  The  denial  of  social  security  benefits  can  be  disas- 
trous. 

Access  to  justice  for  the  poor  then  means  much  more  than  just  a 
day  in  court.  It  means  access  to  the  legal  system.  It  means  a  legal 
system  that  cares  about  the  poor  as  individual  human  beings.  But 
for  most  poor  people  today,  the  entire  legal  system  is  remote,  imper- 
sonal, and  inaccessible. 

What  are  the  solutions? 

In  the  long  run,  coordinated  revision  of  all  parts  of  the  legal  system 
is  essential.  The  rules  of  the  system,  the  institutions  of  the  system,  the 
ways  in  which  the  individuals  and  groups  seek  justice  through  the 
system,  and  the  legal  services  necessary  to  represent  individuals  and 
groups  who  seek  justice  through  the  system,  all  those  need  restructur- 
ing. In  the  short  term,  particular  attention  must  be  focused  on  the 
immediate  need  for  substantially  increased  legal  services  for  the  poor. 

THE  RULES  OF  THE  SYSTEM  AS  THEY  AFFECT  THE  POOR 

The  most  straight-forward  approach  to  reducing  the  burdens  on 
the  courts  and  the  pressures  for  more  legal  services  is  to  simplify 
the  law,  to  make  it  more  uniform  and  simple  in  areas  involving 
recurring  issues.  Some  relatively  routine  aspects  of  family  law,  land- 
lord and  tenant  law,  and  consumer  transactions  are  prime  examples. 
Disputes  about  Government  benefits  are  equally  significant.  In  these 
areas,  simplicity  and  uniformity  in  the  law  can  prevent  controversy. 


19 

A  price  has  to  be  paid  for  simplicity  and  uniformity,  but  it  is  far 
less  than  the  price  now  paid  by  the  poor  because  of  their  inability 
to  understand,  let  alone  to  utilize  complex  legal  language,  complex 
procedures.  Reform  in  this  area  would  go  a  long  way  toward  reducing 
the  causes  of  popular  dissatisfaction  with  the  administration  of  justice. 

The  high  cost  of  justice  could  also  be  substantially  lowered  by 
reducing  the  need  to  handle  on  a  one-by-one  handcrafted  basis  the 
large  numbers  of  people  and  the  large  numbers  of  total  transactions 
that  result  in  high  costs  of  legal  services.  Workers  compensation  is 
an  example  from  an  earlier  era.  No-fault  legislation  in  many  fields 
is  an  emerging  illustration. 

Similarly,  the  current  legislative  efforts  to  reduce  the  costs  and 
reduce  the  time  involved  in  uncontested  family  law  matters  are  an 
important  step  that  has  to  be  taken. 

THE  INSTITUTIONS  OF  THE  SYSTEM THE  COURTS,  THE  ADMINISTRATIVE 

AGENCIES,  AND  THE  LEGISLATURES 

For  most  poor  people  those  institutions  are  wholly  beyond  reach. 
The  courts  are  the  most  obvious  example.  They  are  clogged;  delay 
and  high  costs  result. 

For  the  Federal  courts,  elimination  of  diversity  jurisdiction  is  one 
obvious  remedy.  But  it  is  also  clear  that  a  range  of  new  dispute 
mechanisms  is  needed.  Procedural  fairness,  after  all,  does  not  require 
judicial  proceedings  in  every  situation. 

In  particular  we  need  more  and  better  community  courts  and  other 
community  institutions  for  the  settlement  of  small  disputes  within 
the  communities  where  they  arise. 

A  major  category  of  cases  involving  the  poor  concern  denial  of 
benefits  by  administrative  agencies.  Those  matters  very  often  involve 
the  most  basic  needs  of  the  poor.  Much  ought  to  be  done  by  the 
agencies  themselves  to  resolve  those  matters  within  the  agencies 
without  litigation.  Some  agencies — the  Interstate  Commerce  Com- 
mission is  one  example — have  established  public  counsel  to  provide 
consumer  representation  in  public  proceedings.  Similar  representation 
is  needed  for  the  poor  in  those  agencies  that  deal  particularly  with 
problems  of  the  poor. 

Legislatures  also  have  been  a  prime  cause  of  popular  dissatisfaction 
with  the  administration  of  justice.  The  premium  on  introducing  new 
legislation  is  so  high,  the  gains  from  well-drafted  bills  apparently  so 
low,  that  too  often  statutes  are  written  with  impregnable  prose,  and 
the  result  inevitably  is  seemingly  endless  litigation  about  what  a 
legislature  meant. 

THE  WAYS  IN  WHICH  INDIVIDUALS  AND  GROUPS  SEEK  JUSTICE 

Over  the  past  few  years  a  series  of  Supreme  Court  decisions — and 
we  just  heard  about  one — has  sharply  narrowed  access  to  the  courts 
with  a  substantial  impact  on  the  poor.  Those  decisions  are  reversible 
by  legislation,  and  I  urge  considered  attention  to  that  possibility. 

Two  reforms  seem  to  me  to  deserve  particular  attention.  I  believe 
that  courts  should  be  authorized  to  award  attorneys  fees  in  a  large 
number  of  situations  in  which  that  is  not  now  possible.  Cases  against 
administrative  agencies  brought  to  secure  wrongful  benefits  are  one; 
a  wide  range  of  public  interest  litigation  is  another. 


20 

Further,  it  is  often  true  that  the  only  way  for  the  poor  to  obtain 
judicial  relief  is  through  class  actions,  and  those  actions  have  been 
curtailed  in  recent  years.  The  inability  to  recover  modest  sums  on  the 
part  of  large  numbers  of  poor  people  mean  that  they  sink  further  and 
further  into  poverty. 

LEGAL  SERVICES  FOR  THE  POOR 

The  reforms  I  suggested  are  important.  But  they  will  take  sub" 
stantial  time,  and  even  with  them,  legal  advice  will  always  be  needed- 
Particularly  for  the  poor  that  advice  is  essential — by  lawyers,  by 
para-professionals,  by  others  trained  in  the  law,  by  citizen  education 
in  common  legal  matters.  All  those  are  ways  to  provide  that  advice. 
Yet  for  most  who  are  poor  in  this  country,  legal  advice  is  wholly 
beyond  reach. 

My  own  focus  is  representation  in  civil  matters,  for  that  is  the  man- 
date of  the  Legal  Services  Corporation.  But  more  attention  is  also 
needed  to  the  problems  of  representation  in  criminal  cases. 

The  first  and  most  important  remedy  is  substantially  increased 
funding  for  legal  services  programs.  The  Legal  Services  Corporation 
has  developed  a  4-year  plan  to  provide  the  equivalent  of  two  lawyers 
for  10,000  poor  people  throughout  the  country.  That  does  not  sound 
like  very  much,  and  it  is  not,  particularly  in  comparison  to  the  11.2 
lawj-ers"  per  10,000  among  the  population  generally,  but  even  that 
minimum  level  will  require  substantially  increased  appropriations. 
The  Corporation  is  seeking  $140.3  million  for  the  next  fiscal  year,  and 
I  urge  your  support  for  that  effort. 

Although  the  primary  source  of  funding  ought  to  be  the  Congress, 
in  my  view  other  secondary  sources  of  revenue  ought  also  to  be  con- 
sidered. A  small  additional  payment  of  1  or  2  percent  of  a  judgment, 
or  a  settlement,  for  example,  might  be  collected  by  every  Federal 
court  and  used  to  support  legal  services  for  the  poor  within  its  district. 
Legal  assistance  could  be  provided  either  through  legel  services  pro- 
grams or,  where  no  programs  exist,  through  private  attorneys. 

Alternatively,  a  modest  surcharge  might  be  added  to  all  civil  filing 
fees  in  Federal  courts,  again  to  be  used  for  legal  services  for  the  poor. 
Several  States  have  already  adopted  such  laws.  In  Oregon,  for  example, 
a  $5  fee  is  expected  to  produce  about  $210,000  per  year.  That  could 
mean  a  15-percent  increase  in  funds  for  legal  assistance  to  the  poor  in 
that  State.  A  similar  arrangement  for  the  Federal  courts,  of  course, 
could  produce  substantially  more  money. 

Whatever  our  success  in  obtaining  more  funds  for  legal  services 
for  the  poor,  increased  involvement  by  the  private  bar  in  providing 
those  services  without  fee  is  also  needed.  One  way  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment might  further  that  end  would  be  to  require  private  lawyers  to 
devote  a  small  percentage — say  5  percent,  80  to  100  hours  a  year — 
of  their  time  to  representing  the  poor  on  a  pro  bono  basis  as  a  condition 
of  continued  admission  to  the  Federal  courts.  The  amount  of  time 
involved  for  any  one  lawyer  would  be  small,  but  the  total  impact  on 
legal  services  for  the  poor  could  be  very  substantial. 

Finally,  one  of  the  most  important  steps  that  Congress  could  take 
would  be  to  enact  and  to  fund  a  new  Civil  Justice  Act,  a  civil  counter- 
part to  the  Criminal  Justice  Act  of  1964,  which  provides  for  representa- 
tion in  criminal  matters.  The  new  stature  would  expand  substantially 


21 

access  by  the  poor  to  the  Federal  courts.  It  would  enhance  the  effective- 
ness of  the  access  that  now  exists. 

The  new  act  would  require  that  each  U.S.  District  Court  carry  out  a 
plan  for  furnishing  representation  to  any  plaintiff  or  defendant  eligible 
to  proceed  in  forma  pauperis.  Representation  under  the  plan  would 
include  counsel  and  the  support  services  necessary  for  effective  access. 
It  would  provide  for  appointment  of  attorneys  employed  by  legal 
services  programs  or  private  attorneys  selected  for  a  panel  designated 
or  approved  b}'  the  courts,  and  would  require  compensation  of 
those  attorneys  at  reasonable  rates. 

While  some  may  claim  that  such  legislation  would  flood  the  Federal 
courts,  it  could  be  limited  to  cases  in  which  a  Federal  right  is  claimed, 
and  any  additional  caseload  would  more  than  be  offset  by  eliminating 
diversity  jurisdiction.  The  plan  might  also  serve  as  a  model  for  States 
which  could  adopt  similar  plans  of  their  own. 

It  is  true  that  the  Criminal  Justice  Act  of  1964  implements  the  con- 
stitutional right  to  counsel  in  criminal  cases,  and  no  constitutional 
right  to  counsel  has  thus  far  been  held  to  exist  in  civil  matters,  though 
it  well  may  be  emerging,  but  in  all  events,  the  interests  of  impoverished 
civil  litigants  seeking  to  vindicate  Federal  rights  seems  to  me 
compelling. 

Several  of  the  suggestions  I  have  made  can  be  carried  out  only  by 
State  and  local  governments,  but  many  relate  solely  or  significantly 
to  the  Federal  Government,  and  for  those  I  urge  your  immediate 
attention.  Even  for  the  others  important  steps  can  be  taken  through 
Federal  legislation.  Most  obviously,  incentives  can  be  provided  to 
States  that  adopt  reforms  to  help  cure  the  causes  of  popular  dissatis- 
faction with  the  administration  of  justice. 

One  final  point.  Faced  with  so  many  burdens  on  our  legal  system,  the 
temptation  of  many  is  to  favor  disenfranchising  from  the  system  those 
without  muscle  to  push,  particularly  the  poor  and  those  other  groups 
represented  at  this  hearing.  That  temptation  must  be  resisted.  Reform 
of  the  legal  system  must  be  made  with  particular  attention  to  the 
problems  of  the  poor  and  the  other  groups  that  are  here. 

Reform  is  needed.  The  Federal  Government  should  lead  the  way. 

Mr.  Chairman,  with  your  permission,  I  would  like  also  to  add  to 
the  record  statements  by  the  National  Clients  Council,  by  the  National 
Legal  Aid  and  Defender  Association,  two  groups  that  work  very 
closely  with  the  Legal  Services  Corporation  in  seeking  access  to 
justice  for  the  poor. 

Senator  Tunney.  Yes.  They  will  be  included  in  the  record. 

[The  statements  referred  to  follow:] 

Prepared  Statement  by  the  National  Clients  Council 

It  is  with  considerable  pleasure  that  the  National  Clients  Council  submits 
this  addendum  to  the  testimony  of  Mr.  Ehrlich.  We  of  the  Clients  Council  have, 
I  fear,  a  very  skewed  and  biased  view  of  the  justice  system  as  it  relates  to  the 
poor.  Simply  put,  we  feel  that  the  accomplishment  of  justice  on  behalf  of  a  poor 
person  is  too  often  an  accident,  a  momentary  aberration  in  a  system  designed 
as  the  arena  where  the  "civilized"  might  settle  their  disputes  in  an  orderly,  neat, 
impersonal  manner. 

The  poor  come  to  the  justice  system  in  multiple  crisis.  As  the  defendent  in 
criminal  matters,  as  the  litigant  or  defendent  in  civil  concerns,  the  poor  approach 
the  situation  under  great  stress.  Standing  accused  of  a  crime,  fighting  to  stave 
off  an  eviction  or  foreclosure,  dissolving  a  marriage  all  mark  one  as  a  failure  in 
some  way.  Poverty  itself  is  destructive  of  one's  self-image.  Combine  a  low  self- 


22 

image  with  feelings  of  failure-and  the  presence  of  significant  stress  and  frustration 
is  an  unavoidable  end  product.  Dissatisfaction  is  too  mild  a  term.  To  exacerbate 
the  plight  of  the  poor,  these  stress  situations  are  resolved  by  this  impersonal 
process,  by  a  ritual  totally  unfamiliar  to  the  person  who  has  the  most  to  lose. 
The  police,  court  personnel,  attorneys  for  both  sides  and  judges  all  know  the 
game.  Only  the  poor  person  is  life  without  the  script  essential  to  being  at  ease  and 
participating. 

Examine  the  "hardened  criminal"  versus  the  first  offender  or  those  in  Family 
Court.  The  repeater  stands  at  ease,  mumbles  the  right  phrases,  shrugs  when  the 
process  moves  from  one  phase  to  the  next.  The  newcomer  to  the  system  exhibits 
the  classic  behavior  of  a  person  under  extreme  stress.  And  nothing  (and  nearly 
always  no  one)  in  the  system  acts  to  humanize  the  impersonal — to  explain  away 
the  confusion.  In  urban  settings,  this  is  a  game  where  the  super  educated  set 
the  rules  and  the  poor  might  as  well  be  Ellison's  divisible  Man. 

As  a  further  example  of  stress  leading  to  frustration,  let  us  look  at  communica- 
tion levels.  At  best  the  English  speaking  are  confused  by  the  latinized  jargon  of 
the  legal  trade.  The  non-English  speaking  are  absolutely  cut  off  from  any  hope 
of  comprehension.  Where  in  the  legislative  process  is  the  Bi-Lingual  Courts  Act? 
At  almost  every  turn  these  stresses  are  underlined,  reinforced.  The  court  rooms 
which  the  poor  are  shuffled  are  crowded  an  noisy  with  their  first  call-second  call 
confusion.  Attorney-client  conferences  must  be  held  in  the  public  halls,  all  this 
depersonalizes  and  detracts  from  the  dignity  of  those  who  participate.  Some 
enterprising  attorney  may  one  day  bring  a  case  contending  that  subjecting  the 
poor  to  this  environment  is  as  much  cruel  and  unusual  punishment  as  is  confine- 
ment in  some  of  our  prisons. 

For  the  sake  of  brevity,  I  shall  not  even  begin  to  comment  on  the  poor  who 
are  not  fortunate  enough  to  seek  justice  in  urban  settings.  No  one  on  the  sub- 
committee will,  I  am  sure,  consider  justice  done  when  the  poor  appear  before 
an  untrained  justice  of  the  peace  who  has  no  idea  of  (or  any  concern  for)  the  rules 
of  evidence  or  the  constitutional  safeguards  inherent  in  the  dispensing  of  justice. 
At  one  time,  the  poor  could,  if  they  could  gain  access  to  an  attorney,  at  least 
pursue  their  remedies  beyond  the  reach  of  the  justice  of  the  peace  and  the  state 
courts,  on  whose  bench  all  too  often  sit  the  bigoted  products  of  the  spoils  system. 
Now,  to  relieve  the  overcrowding  in  the  federal  courts,  all  kinds  of  procedural 
steps  and  judicial  opinions  are  serving  to  close  off  even  this  limited  access  to  the 
protection  of  the  rights  of  the  poor. 

The  poor  know  that  IBM  starts  its  defense  of  anti-trust  actions  in  the  comfort 
and  relative  opulence  of  the  federal  courts.  The  crimes  of  the  rich  are  not  heard 
in  rural  courtrooms  or  in  the  misdemeanor  sections  of  the  urban  system.  These 
are  reserved  for  the  poor.  Detention  cells  house  only  those  who  can  not  raise  bail 
or  those  few  rich  whose  crimes  are  so  heinous  that  no  court  would  dare  risk  the 
public  coutrage  of  returning  them  to  the  street.  Yet,  it  is  hard  to  believe  that 
Patty  Hearst  was  confined  with  the  ladies  of  the  evening  or  the  junkies.  Even 
in  the  pre-trail  phase  "the  poor  pay  more." 

The  sub-committee  raises  a  sound  question  when  it  asks  about  possible  legis- 
lative remedies.  There  are,  of  course,  things  like  the  Bi-Lingual  Courts  Act  which 
could  relieve  the  frustration  and  the  Clients  Council  would  be  pleased  to  offer 
in  another  more,  detailed  presentation  further  suggestions,  should  the  sub- 
committee so  desire.  However,  for  now,  we  would  like  to  focus  on  just  one 
aspect. 

It  is,  in  our  opinion,  not  a  case  of  a  need  for  additional  legislation.  The  question 
at  hand  is  the  willingness  of  the  Congress  to  use  the  power  it  already  has  and  to 
wage  the  necessary  fight  to  achieve  the  goals  it  desires.  We  refer  to  the  right  of 
the  Congress  to  appropriate  and  to  oversee. 

One  has  only  to  examine  the  Legal  Services  Corporation  Act  to  find  a  case  in 
point.  The  Congress,  in  considering  this  legislation,  recognized  the  need  to  provide 
an  improved  vehicle  for  the  poor's  access  to  justice.  Inherent  in  this  Act  was  the 
understanding  that  attorneys  were  an  essential  element  of  such  access.  The 
enabling  legislation  is  two  years  old  and  we  now  watch  as  the  program  is  starved 
by  an  appropriation  which  insures  that  frustration  and  rage  will  be  the  end  prod- 
ucts rather  than  justice. 

Similarly,  the  appropriation  level  for  the  federal  courts  and  supportive  services 
are  further  examples  of  this  starvation  technique.  Where  is  the  oversight  of  the 
Congress  when  the  funds  appropriated  for  LEAA  go  to  hardware? 

A  bold  Congress  might  consider  legislation  which  would  establish  a  federal 
competency-based  standard  for  admission  to  the  bar.  Pilots  are  licensed  by  a 


23 

single  federal  competency  standard  and  states  do  not  require  separate  certification 
before  permitting  use  of  state-owned  airports.  Minority  attorneys  offer  some 
possibility  of  lessening  the  stress-produced  dissatisfactions— yet  in  many  jurisdic- 
tions the  organized  bar  is  a  closed  shop  to  which  none  but  a  select,  fortunate 
few  minorities  need  apply.  Court  suits  brought  in  such  places  are  too  often  viewed 
as  threats  to  the  order  of  things — an  assault  on  the  old-boys  club.  Without  legis- 
lative guidance,  the  federal  courts  have  asserted  that  they  lack  jurisdiction  to 
intervene.  But  then,  the  poor  know  that  the  rich  seldom  seek  representation  from 
minority  attorneys.  So  who  cares  how  many  people  from  poverty  backgrounds 
could  become  a  tool  to  reduce  the  miscommunication. 

The  resolution  of  the  problem  is,  in  the  Clients  Council's  view,  most  difficult. 
Difficult  because  there  are  no  real  culprits.  The  fault  lies  not  in  the  judges  or  the 
attorneys,  although  they  are  contributers.  Money  and  oversight  are  not  the 
answers,  although  they  would  help.  The  problem  is  the  lack  of  will,  the  lack  of  a 
sense  of  purpose,  the  failure  to  identify  the  multitude  of  individual  and  collective 
problems  and  apply  the  resources  it  would  take  to  resolve  them. 

We  fool  ourselves  if  we  make  our  attack  on  the  problems  less  than  an  all  out 
effort.  We  do  everyone  a  disservice  if  we  allow  the  present  sj^stem  to  pass  for 
justice  where  the  poor  and  minorities  are  concerned. 

Thank  j-ou  for  the  opportunity  to  comment. 


Prepared  Statement  of  Frank  N.  Jones,  Executive  Director,  National 
Legal  Aid  and  Defender  Association 

Mr.  Chairman:  On  behalf  of  the  National  Legal  Aid  and  Defender  Association, 
I  am  grateful  for  the  opportunity  to  present  this  statement  on  this  important 
topic.  Mr.  Chairman,  you  correctly  noted  in  your  invitation  to  testify  that  last 
month's  "Roscoe  Pound  Revisited"  Conference  in  St.  Paul  treated  this  subject 
as  though  it  were  primarily  an  administrative  problem,  to  be  addressed  by  judges 
and  lawyers.  Fortunately,  these  hearings  afford  an  opportunity  for  a  much 
broader  spectrum  of  views;  I  am  confident  that  the  record  of  these  heerings 
will  demonstrate  that  the  causes  of  popular  dissatisfaction  with  our  justice 
system  run  far  deeper  than  mere  inefficiency.  Indeed,  the  primary  "dissatisfaction" 
on  the  part  of  the  30,000,000  poor  people  who  make  up  NLADA's  constituency  is 
the  threshold  problem  of  access  to  the  system  of  justice.  Until  this  fundamental 
barrier  is  overcome,  the  problems  of  court  administration  remain  secondary  to  the 
nation's  poor. 

The  National  Legal  Aid  and  Defender  Association  has  been  in  the  forefront  of 
the  battle  for  increased  access  to  the  justice  system  for  poor  people  since  its 
inception  in  1911.  NLADA  is  the  only  national  organization  which  devotes  its 
entire  resources  toward  achieving  the  goal  of  equal  justice  under  law  for  the 
poor;  we  are  the  national  voice  of  the  poor  in  matters  concerning  the  justice  system, 
comprising  over  1,500  member  programs  which  provide  legal  assistance  to  indi- 
gent persons. 

In  the  civil  sector  of  the  justice  system,  we  are  entering  a  new  era,  after  years  of 
political  turmoil.  With  the  establishment  of  the  Legal  Services  Corporation,  due 
in  great  measure  to  the  efforts  of  NLADA,  there  is  at  long  last  an  independent 
government  body  with  a  clear  mandate  to  provide  adequate  civil  legal  assistance 
for  the  nation's  poor  people.  We  shall  continue  to  work  along  with  thed  Legal 
Services  Corporation  in  fulfilling  this  challenging  mandate,  assisting  when  asked 
and  prodding  when  necessary.  The  combined  efforts  of  NLADA  and  the  Corpo- 
ration offer  the  best  opportunity  to  date  to  achieve  adequate  civil  legal  assistance 
to  the  nation's  poor. 

Unfortunately,  the  advent  of  the  Legal  Services  Corporation  does  not  solve 
the  problem  of  access  to  the  justice  system  for  poor  people.  Contrary  to  popular 
misconception,  the  poor  are  not  guaranteed  comprehensive  legal  services.  Only 
59%  of  the  nation's  poor  people  are  even  nominally  covered  by  existing  civil 
programs  of  those  covered,  an  average  of  just  $2.16  per  person  annually  is  avail- 
able! The  most  recent  national  data  available  indicates  that  0.76  legal  services 
attorneys  are  allocated  for  every  10,000  poor  people,  and  that  less  than  15%  of 
the  approximately  7,000,000  legal  problems  arising  for  indigents  each  year  are 
handled  by  legal  counse.  (Statistics  for  F.Y.  1974,  from  The  Legal  Services  Pro- 
gram: Resource  Distribution  and  the  Low  Income  Population,  Bureau  of  Social 
Science  Research,   1975). 


24 

The  critical  importance  of  adequate  legal  representation  was  well  stated  by 
Dean  Roger  Cramton,  Chairman  of  the  Legal  Services  Corporation's  Board  of 
Directors,  in  his  address  to  the  1975  NLADA  Conference  in  Seattle:  "(w)here 
the  consequences  of  failure  in  civil  litigation  are  sufficiently  grave,  an  individual 
is  denied  due  process  if  he  does  not  have  the  guiding  hand  of  counsel  at  every 
step  of  the  proceedings.  Without  such  assistance,  he  simply  has  no  meaningful 
'access'   to  the  justice  system." 

These  "consequences"  can  include  eviction  from  one's  dwelling;  loss  of  custody 
of  a  child;  garnishment  of  wages;  denial  of  welfare  or  social  security  benefits; 
denial  of  medical  and  hospital  care;  and  a  lengthy  list  of  similar  burdens  borne  by 
the  unrepresented  poor. 

Often,  well-intentioned  legislation  aimed  at  increasing  indigents'  access  to  the 
justice  system  is  rendered  ineffective  through  failure  to  provide  for  legal  repre- 
sentation. The  Education  for  All  Handicapped  Children  Act  of  1975,  20  U.S.C. 
§  1401  et  seq.,  admirably  provides  for  the  right  to  counsel  in  administrative 
hearings  governing  the  assessment  and  educational  placement  of  mentally  handi- 
capped children.  However,  unless  funds  are  made  available  for  indigent  families 
to  retain  counsel,  and  unless  legal  services  programs  receive  appropriations 
sufficient  to  allow  them  to  handle  such  cases,  this  and  many  similar  "rights"  to 
counsel  are  only  paper  rights. 

Unfortunately,  Supreme  Court  decision  expanding  the  right  to  counsel  in 
criminal  proceedings  (Gideon  v.  Wainwright,  372  U.S.  335  (1963);  Argersinger  v. 
Hamlin,  407  U.S.  35  (1972))  have  not  been  extended  to  civil  proceedings.  Indeed, 
recent  decisions  have  brought  about  new  civil  barriers  to  the  justice  system  for 
poor  people,  in  addition  to  the  failure  to  extend  the  right-to-counsel  doctrine  to 
the  civil  side.  In  United  States  v.  Kras,  409  U.S.  434  (1973),  the  Supreme  Court 
refused  to  waive  filing  fees  in  indigent  bankruptcy  petitions;  waiver  of  fees  was 
also  denied  in  appeals  from  adverse  public  assistance  determinations  in  Ortwein  v. 
Schwab,  410  U.S.  656  (1973).  Just  as  harmful  to  the  cause  of  increased  court 
access  for  the  poor  was  Eisen  v.  Carlisle  and  Jacquelin,  417  U.S.  156  (1974), 
which  severely  restricted  the  use  of  the  class  action,  the  most  effective  procedural 
method  for  affirmative  litigation  on  behalf  of  the  poor. 

Perhaps  the  most  telling  judicial  blow  to  the  movement  for  increased  access  to 
the  justice  system  was  the  Supreme  Court's  holding  last  year  in  Alyeska  Pipeline 
Service  Co.  v.  Wilderness  Society,  421  U.S.  240  (1975).  This  decision  eradicated 
the  "private  attorney  general"  doctrine,  which  permitted  attorney's  fees  for 
prevailing  parties  in  actions  to  uphold  the  public  interest.  Under  this  doctrine, 
counsel  was  available  in  cases  involving  major  poverty  law  issues  to  poor  people 
who  could  not  otherwise  afford  legal  representation. 

The  Alyeska  case  brings  me  to  the  first  of  NLADA's  recommendations  for 
Congressional  action  to  remedy  the  poor's  dissatisfaction  with  the  administration 
of  justice: 

1.  NLADA  strongly  supports  Senate  passage  of  S.  2715,  the  Kennedy-Mathias 
bill,  which  was  reported  out  of  the  full  Judiciary  Committee  on  May  13.  As  you 
know,  this  bill  would  permit  attorney's  fees  in  successful  federal  court  reviews  of 
administrative  agency  decisions,  when  such  actions  uphold  the  public  interest.  In 
addition,  S.  2715  would  appropriate  funds  for  participation  by  poor  people  and 
other  citizen  groups  in  federal  administrative  agency  rulemaking  proceedings,  thus, 
for  the  first  time,  affording  poor  people  a  systematic  opportunity  for  input  into 
decisionmaking  which  affects  so  many  aspects  of  their  lives. 

2.  NLADA  urges  the  Appropriations  Committees  of  both  houses  of  Congress 
to  grant  the  requests  of  the  Legal  Services  Corporation  for  supplemental  and 
annually  increasing  funds  to  extend  legal  services  program  coverage  to  indigents 
throughout  the  nation;  we  urge  full  support  for  the  F.Y.  1977  budget  request  of 
$140-3  million. 

3.  NLADA  proposes  that  all  future  legislation  granting  new  substantive  and 
procedural  legal  rights  to  poor  people  include  funds  for  provision  of  counsel  to 
ensure  the  protection  of  those  rights. 

4.  NLADA  urges  the  Judiciary  Committee  to  revise  Rule  23  of  the  Federal 
Rules  of  Civil  Procedures  to  ensure  that  Class  Actions  are  readily  available,  and 
financially  and  logistically  attainable,  as  a  remedy  in  the  Federal  Courts. 

5.  NLADA  urges  the  Judiciary  Committee  to  revise  the  Federal  Judicial  Code 
so  as  to  provide  for  the  automatic  waiver  of  fees  and  costs  to  indigent  parties  in  all 
actions  in  the  Federal  Courts. 

In  the  criminal  defense  sector,  much  dissatisfaction  with  the  justice  system 
exists  on  the  part  of  poor  persons  accused  of  crimes.  According  to  a  1973  survey 


25 

conducted  by  the  National  Legal  Aid  and  Defender  Association,  two-thirds  of  the 
counties  in  the  United  States,  particularly  in  rural  areas,  lack  any  organized 
system  for  providing  representation  to  poor  persons  in  criminal  cases  and  rely  on 
ad  hoc  judicial  appointment  of  counsel.  The  basic  problems  in  these  areas  include 
the  lack  of  availability  of  counsel  for  appointment,  inadequate  compensation  for 
court  appointed  counsel,  and  lack  of  training  for  these  lawyers  in  the  specialized 
field  of  criminal  defense. 

In  the  remaining  counties,  some  form  of  organized  defense  system  exists, 
whether  it  be  a  public  defender  office,  a  not-for-profit  defender  corporation  or  legal 
aid  society,  or  a  coordinated  assigned  counsel  system.  However,  these  programs 
are  severely  hampered  in  their  efforts  to  provide  effective  defense  services  to  the 
poor. 

The  number  one  problem  in  defender  offices  is  the  lack  of  sufficient  funding. 
In  the  great  majority  of  jurisdictions  which  do  provide  organized  defense  services, 
funding  comes  from  the  county  tax  base,  which  is  frequently  low,  resulting  in 
inequality  of  representation  within  a  particular  state.  Inadequate  funding  leads 
to  excessively  high  caseloads  per  lawyer,  inadequate  investigation  of  cases  by  the 
defense,  excessive  and  uniformed  plea  bargaining,  and  the  lack  of  career  incentives 
to  retain  skilled  practitioners  in  the  field  of  defender  work. 

A  second  problem  faced  by  defender  offices,  and  recognized  by  their  clients,  is 
political  and  judicial  influence  upon  the  operation  of  their  offices.  Judges  and  local 
officials  often  see  defender  hiring  as  a  means  of  handing  out  patronage.  Defender 
offices  which  submit  to  political  hiring  practices  may  be  rewarded  by  an  increase  in 
staff.  In  some  jurisdictions  this  practice  has  been  avoided  through  enlightened 
procedures  whereby  the  defender  is  selected  by  an  independent  board.  However, 
even  these  offices  are  frequently  threatened  with  extinction  by  virtue  of  diminish- 
ing county  resources  and  competing  bids  from  outfits  which  offer  to  provide 
services,  however  inadequate  for  a  lesser  cost. 

In  recent  years,  the  resource  which  both  jurisdictions  lacking  organized  defense 
programs  and  jurisdictions  wishing  to  upgrade  their  defender  systems  have 
turned  to  for  support  is  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration.  LEAA 
is  the  principal  source  of  federal  funding  for  state  and  local  defender  offices. 
However,  the  most  recent  study  of  LEAA  funding,  conducted  through  American 
University,  demonstrates  that  less  than  2%  of  the  limited  LEAA  funds  have  been 
allocated  to  defense  projects.  Moreover,  due  to  the  legislative-mandated  funding 
scheme  under  which  LEAA  operates,  defender  funding  is  for  a  limited  time 
period — usually,  2  to  3  years.  Thus,  those  defender  programs  which  have  received 
LEAA  funding  must  later  be  funded  by  their  county  or  state  treasuries  or  be- 
come extinct.  A  more  permanent  source  of  federal  funding  must  be  found  to 
augment  inadequate  local  funds,  especially  in  poorer  counties. 

As  many  as  4  million  poor  persons  annually  are  charged  with  a  criminal  offense 
and  represented  by  a  defender  or  appointed  counsel  because  they  are  unable  to 
afford  to  retain  private  counsel.  These  people  are  frequently  herded  through  a 
"cafeteria-type"  justice  system  wherein,  due  to  inadequate  resources,  they  are 
given  little  time  to  confer  with  a  lawyer  and  may  be  influenced  to  plea  guilty 
because  of  lack  of  preparation  of  defense  counsel  or  waivers  of  counsel  which  may 
have  been  induced  as  a  result  of  the  unavailability  of  counsel. 

One  important  factor  in  the  reduction  of  citizen  access  to  the  criminal  justice 
system  has  been  a  series  of  recent  Supreme  Court  decisions  affecting  the  right  of 
indigent  defendants  to  counsel  at  public  expense.  The  right  to  counsel  is  the  foun- 
dation of  all  other  constitutional  rights  because  without  counsel  the  average 
defendant  is  not  aware  of  and  will  probably  not  assert  the  substantive  and  pro- 
cedural rights  that  are  his.  Recent  decisions  involving  the  right  to  counsel  have 
reversed  the  earlier  trend  towards  providing  poor  people  in  criminal  proceedings 
with  the  same  advantages  enjoved  bv  the  rich.  Previous  cases  such  as  Gideon  v. 
Wainwright,  372  U.S.  335  (1963)  and  Argersinger  v.  Hamlin,  407  U.S.  25  (1972) 
extended  the  right  to  counsel  at  public  expense  to  all  cases  where  imprisonment 
is  a  possible  punishment.  Although  the  general  holdings  of  these  cases  remain, 
the  idea  of  full  representation  by  counsel  has  been  substantially  eroded. 

The  most  far-reaching  decision  is  Ross  v.  Moffitt,  417  U.S.  600  (1974)  holding 
that  indigent  defendants  are  not  entitled  to  court  appointed  counsel  in  the  pur- 
suit of  appellate  discretionary  review.  This  case  severely  limited  the  holding  in 
Douglas  v.  California  which  provided  for  counsel  on  appeal.  The  defendant  in 
Ross  was  provided  counsel  for  trial  and  for  one  appeal,  but  was  not  allowed  repre- 
sentation at  public  expense  for  a  petition  for  writ  of  certiorari  to  the  state  Supreme 
Court.  The  Fourth  Circuit  unanimously  held  that  the  defendant  did  have  a  right 


26 

to  counsel  for  the  whole  appeals  process,  asserting  that  in  a  criminal  case  all 
avenues  of  appeal  open  to  a  wealthy  defendant  should  be  open  to  a  poor  one. 
Moffitt  v.  Ross,  483  F.  2d  650  (4th  Cir.  1973).  The  Supreme  Court  reversed, 
holding  that  an  indigent  was  entitled  to  counsel  only  for  the  first  step  of  the 
appellate  process. 

In  Gerstein  v.  Pugh,  95  S.  Ct.  854  (1975),  the  Court  indicated  that  the  right  to 
counsel  did  not  extend  to  a  hearing  before  a  magistrate  to  assess  probable  cause 
for  a  warrantless  arrest  and  subsequent  detention.  The  Court  made  the  dubious 
assertion  that  such  a  probable  cause  hearing  is  "non-adversary,"  and  concluded 
that  it  was  therefore  not  one  of  the  "critical  stages"  of  a  criminal  proceeding  at 
which  counsel  is  required  by  Coleman  v.  Alabama,  399  U.S.  1  (1970). 

In  the  past  three  years,  Supreme  Court  decisions  have  restricted  the  right  to 
counsel  in  three  specific  contexts.  These  decisions  are  important  for  the  situations 
in  which  one  who  may  be  punished  by  law  is  without  legal  assistance,  and  they 
indicate  a  general  attitude  which  may  further  limit  the  right  to  counsel  in  the 
future.  The  Supreme  Court  upheld  denial  of  counsel:  in  summary  courts-martial, 
even  though  sentences  of  imprisonment  and  imprisonment  at  hard  labor  could 
be  imposed,  Middendorf  v.  Henry,  18  Cr.L.  3142  (1976) ;  in  prison  disciplinary  pro- 
ceedings, for  conduct  punishable  as  a  crime  under  revocation  proceeding,  except 
under  certain  stringent  circumstances,  Gagnon  v.  Scar  pell  411  U.S.  778  (1973). 

A  decision  which  adversely  affects  the  right  to  counsel  in  State  courts  is  Fuller  v. 
Oregon,  417  U.S.  40  (1974),  where  the  Court  held  a  defendant's  parole  would  be 
made  conditional  on  his  repayment  of  appointed  counsel  and  investigator  fees 
should  he  become  able  to  do  so.  Fuller  will  doubtless  cause  many  states  to  adopt 
the  sort  of  'recoupment"  statute  used  in  Oregon.  First,  no  other  debtor  could 
be  sent  to  jail  for  defaulting,  but  Fuller's  probation  could  be  revoked  for  that 
reason.  Second,  and  more  important  as  a  constitutional  defect,  is  the  "chilling 
effect"  of  the  statute:  the  defendant  may  hesitate  to  accept  an  appointed  attorney 
when  the  attorney  comes  with  an  open-ended  bill  for  services.  Further,  if  the 
defendant  accepts  counsel,  he  may  be  reluctant  to  incur  the  added  expenses 
of  trial  or  of  trial  by  jury.  The  result  is  a  built-in  inducement  to  the  citizen  to 
waive  his  constitutional  rights. 

The  combination  of  adverse  Supreme  Court  cases  and  the  inability  of  states 
and  counties  to  provide  adequate  resources  to  meet  existing  mandates  for  the 
provision  of  counsel  operates  to  alienate  many  Americans  who  pass  through  this 
Nation's  criminal  courts.  As  is  the  case  in  the  civil  sector,  dissatisfaction  with  the 
justice  system  arises  from  a  failure  to  obtain  the  adequate  counsel  which  can 
make  "justice"  a  reality. 

I  am  confident  that  the  Committee  will  fully  consider  this  testimony  and 
recommendations,  for  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  members  of  the  Committee,  like 
the  majority  of  Americans,  feel  that  popular  dissatisfaction  with  the  justice 
system  is  far  more  fundamental  than  a  matter  of  court  administration.  For  the 
poor  people  whom  NLADA  represents,  dissatisfaction  with  our  system  of  justice 
will  not  diminish  until  access  to  that  system  becomes  a  reality. 

Thank  you  again,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  this  opportunity  to  present  our  views  on 
these  important  issues.  And,  of  course,  we  would  be  happy  to  provide  any  further 
information  or  assistance  the  Committee  and  staff  thinks  appropriate. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Ehrlich.  I  want  to  make  a  couple 
of  observations  and  then  ask  a  question  of  you. 

It  has  been  my  impression  that  those  persons  who  are  in  private 
practice  for  financial  gain  are  reluctant,  once  they  achieve  a  certain 
status  in  their  profession,  to  give  of  their  time  for  pro  bono  services. 
They  have  many  clients  that  are  demanding  their  time.  They  have  to 
choose  among  clients  as  to  the  amount  of  time  that  they  are  going  to 
devote  to  any  particular  case.  Therefore,  it  would  seem  to  me  these 
lawyers  would  resist  giving  pro  bono  services  to  the  poor,  even  if  it 
were  5  percent  of  total  services,  and  then  one  might  conclude  that 
if  they  were  forced  to  do  it,  they  would  treat  such  cases  in  a  cursory 
manner:  not  giving  their  full  attention  to  pro  bono  cases,  being  more 
concerned  about  the  high  paying  client.  That  observation  may  be 
based  upon  some  false  premises.  I  would  like  your  opinion  on  that, 
but,  first,  as  an  observation  it  seems  to  me  that  those  legal  service 


27 

lawyers  that  I  have  met  who  are  working  for  the  California  rural 
assistance  program,  the  Indian  legal  service  program,  and  other 
public  service  programs  for  lawyers,  tend  to  be  highly  motivated, 
they  really  have  a  desire  to  be  of  service  to  the  poor,  so  that  if  you 
were  going  to  choose  between  an  expansion  of  a  program  such  as  the 
Legal  Service  Corporation,  or,  a  requirement  that  lawyers  give  5 
percent  of  their  time  to  the  poor  as  a  precondition  of  being  admitted 
to  the  Federal  Courts,  for  example,  that  it  would  perhaps  be  best  to 
come  down  on  the  side  of  expanding  the  Legal  Services  Corporation, 
rather  than  going  the  other  route. 

As  I  have  said,  those  observations  that  I  have  made  may  be  based 
upon  false  premises,  and  I  would  just  like  to  get  your  evaluation. 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  I  agree  completely,  Senator,  that  if  we  had  to  choose 
between  expanding  legal  service  programs  with  staff  attorneys  and 
looking  to  the  private  bar  for  pro  bono  efforts,  Ave  should  choose  the 
former.  There  is  no  more  dedicated  group  of  lawyers  than  those  who 
are  working  in  legal  services  programs.  They  are  the  pride  of  our 
profession. 

At  the  same  time,  I  do  not  think  we  have  to  choose.  We  must  expand 
legal  services  programs  for  the  poor.  That  is  and  always  will  be  the 
mainstay  of  access  to  justice  for  the  poor.  At  the  same  time  private 
lawyers  can  serve  an  important  role — and  I  believe  they  ought  to  serve 
that  role — as  a  supplement,  particularly  in  rural  areas  and  other  parts 
of  the  country  that  have  no  legal  services  programs. 

Senator  Tunney.  Do  you  think  that  they  would  serve  competently 
and  would  represent  the  rights  of  the  poor  in  an  effective  fashion? 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  You  raise  the  concern  that  they  might  shortchange 
their  poor  clients  because  they  would  not  be  paid.  They  would,  of 
course,  have  a  professional  obligation  under  the  "Canons  of  Ethics" 
to  represent  those  clients  just  as  they  represent  every  other  client. 
It  is  also  true  that  we  need,  as  you  have  said,  far  more  effective  en- 
forcement mechanisms  within  the  bar  to  insure  that  lawyers  do  per- 
form their  professional  obligations.  But  from  talking  to  a  great  many 
members  of  State  and  local  bars,  as  well  as  the  American  Bar  Associa- 
tion, I  am  convinced  that  if  such  an  obligation  were  in  existence, 
private  lawyers  would  fulfill  it  and  that  the  bar  would  support  it 
without  shortchanging  their  clients. 

Senator  Tunney.  Why  has  not  the  bar  put  more  effort  into  this 
kind  of  a  forum? 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  We  have  come  a  long  way,  I  think,  in  the  last  10 
years.  Last  summer  in  Montreal  the  American  Bar  Association 
established  that  lawyers  have  an  affirmative  obligation  to  provide 
public  service.  That  was  a  major  step  forward,  and  it  was  lead  by  a 
group  of  those  within  the  American  Bar  Association  who  believe  that 
lawyers  in  private  practice  ought  to  do  more.  That  obligation  has  yet 
to  be  quantified  in  terms  of  specific  time  or  to  have  muscle  behind  it, 
but  that,  too,  I  think,  will  come. 

Senator  Tunney.  One  of  the  areas  that  you  did  not  address  during 
your  remarks  was  research.  It  strikes  me  that  there  is  a  dearth  of 
hard  data  on  precisely  who  is  served  by  the  legal  system  and  who  is 
not.  We  also  do  not  know  with  any  precision  what  the  costs  are  of 
coverage  of  legal  representation  in  this  country. 

Do  you  agree  that  such  a  study  ought  to  be  completed? 


28 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  I  agree  completely.  The  sad  truth  is  that  there  is 
little  research  that  has  been  done  on  the  amount  of  representation, 
the  cost  of  representation,  the  quality  of  representation,  or  the  ways 
in  which  average  citizens  interact  with  the  legal  system  and  make  use 
of  it  or  fail  to  make  use  of  it.  It  is  very  important  for  those  studies  to 
go  forward,  and  I  hope  very  much  that  this  subcommittee  will  sponsor 
some  of  them.  Others  dealing  particularly  with  the  problems  of  the 
poor  are  appropriate  for  the  Legal  Services  Corporation  to  sponsor. 
And  I  hope  we  can  do  some  of  this  work  together. 

Senator  Tunney.  The  American  Bar  Association,  among  others, 
proposes  the  establishment  of  a  National  Institute  of  Justice  as  our 
Government's  impartial,  nonpolitical,  independent  clearinghouse  for 
research,  getting  facts  on  the  administration  of  both  civil  and  criminal 
justice  in  the  United  States. 
What  do  you  think  of  the  idea? 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  I  think  it  is  an  excellent  idea,  and  I  hope  it  goes 
forward  quickly.  The  agenda  set  forth  for  the  Institute — which  one 
might  have  hoped  would  have  been  done  within  the  Justice  Depart- 
ment, but  is  not  done  there — can  only  be  done,  I  am  now  convinced, 
by  a  new  and  independent  entity  along  the  lines  of  the  proposed 
Institute. 

Senator  Tunney.  Have  any  law  schools  or  any  foundations  made 
an  attempt  to  develop  research  on  the  administration  of  criminal 
justice  which  you  feel  would  be  helpful  to  the  subcommittee's 
activities? 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  At  a  number  of  law  schools  around  the  country, 
research  is  going  on  that  no  doubt  relates  to  the  kind  of  work  the 
subcommittee  is  doing.  One  problem  is  the  lack  of  a  clearinghouse, 
and  that  is  part  of  what  a  national  institute  ought  to  be  doing.  I 
know  of  no  law  school,  however,  where  studies  are  now  going  on 
concerning  the  costs,  quality,  or  reach  of  legal  representation. 

Senator  Tunney.  You  have  been  the  president  of  the  Legal  Services 
Corporation  for  what,  6  months  now? 
Mr.  Ehrlich.  Somewhat  over  4  months. 

Senator  Tunney.  In  the  time  that  you  have  been  president,  what 
do  you  think  that  the  Legal  Services  Corporation  has  been  able  to  do 
in  providing  of  legal  services  for  the  poor,  that  had  not  been  done 
previously? 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  For  5  sad  years,  Senator,  funding  for  all  legal  services 
was  frozen  while  some  sought  to  eliminate  legal  services  for  the  poor, 
if  not  the  poor  themselves.  It  was  evident  to  a  good  many,  and  you 
were  one,  that  a  new  independent  entity  was  needed  to  give  a  sense 
of  tomorrow — and  the  day  after  tomorrow — a  sense  of  permanence 
to  access  to  justice  for  the  poor,  and  to  gain  substantially  more  re- 
sources devoted  to  that  end.  That  has  been  the  major  mission  in  the 
last  4  months.  We  are  seeking  a  substantially  increased  appropriation 
over  the  $88  million  that  the  Legal  Services  Corporation  received 
for  fiscal  year  1976,  and  we  hope  that  we  will,  with  that  appropriation, 
be  able  to  reach  areas  of  the  country  that  do  not  have  legal  services. 
Senator  Tunney.  I  want  to  thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Ehrlich, 
for  your  statement.  You  have  given  to  the  Congress  an  excellent  blue- 
print for  legislation  to  assist  you  and  those  of  your  associates  who  are 
trying  to  bring  a  greater  degree  of  legal  help  to  the  poor,  and  I  would 


29 

like  at  some  future  time  to  go  over  with  you  in  greater  detail  some  of 
the  recommendations  that  you  make — particularly  with  respect  to  a 
prioritization  of  some  of  these  points — in  the  hope  that  we  could  move 
some  of  the  suggestions  through  the  Congress  in  the  near  future. 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  It  will  be  a  great  pleasure  to  do  that.  I  am  grateful 
for  being  asked  to  be  here. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you  very  much.  I  appreciate  it. 

Mr.  Ehrlich.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Tunney.  Our  next  witness  is  the  Honorable  Julian  Bond, 
State  senator  from  Georgia,  who  is  accompanied  by  John  Lewis,  exec- 
utive director,  Voter  Education  Project;  Armand  Derfner,  attorney, 
Charleston,  S.  C. 

Welcome,  Senator  Bond. 

TESTIMONY  OF  JULIAN  BOND,   STATE  SENATOR  FROM  GEORGIA 

Mr.  Bond.  Thank  you,  Senator. 

Senator  Tunney.  It  is  a  pleasure  having  you  before  our  subcom- 
mittee. Your  reputation  precedes  you,  and  we  feel  that  we  are  privi- 
leged to  have  the  opportunity  to  hear  from  you. 

Mr.  Bond.  Thank  you  a  great  deal. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  subcommittee,  I  am  Julian 
Bond,  State  senator  representing  the  39th  District  in  Atlanta,  Ga. 
With  me  are  John  Lewis,  director  of  the  voter  education  project  of 
Atlanta,  Ga. ;  and  Armand  Derfner,  a  lawyer  of  Charleston,  S.C. 

For  blacks  and  other  minorities,  dissatisfaction  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  justice  is  nothing  new.  Throughout  our  history  we  have 
seen  the  system  of  justice  perverted  to  the  same  illegitimate  ends  as 
the  dominant  political  process  in  making  certain  that  those  who  have 
most  should  keep  it,  while  those  who  have  least  should  stay  that  way. 

I  would  like  to  limit  my  focus  today  to  one  area  of  concern,  but  one 
which  I  think  is  vital.  That  area  is  the  special  need  for  the  Federal 
Government,  especially  the  Federal  courts,  to  be  responsive  to  the 
claims  of  blacks  and  other  minorities  for  enforcement  of  fundamental 
rights  of  equality  and  freedom.  I  have  always  thought  that  under  our 
Constitution  courts  have  a  special  obligation  to  be  alert  to  protect 
minority  rights  precisely  because  unlike  the  majority,  we  cannot  rely 
on  the  normal  workings  of  the  political  process. 

Today  there  are  unmistakable  signs  that  the  obligation  is  being 
disavowed,  and  to  those  of  us  who  have  grown  up  in  a  period  when 
we  thought  Government  was  beginning  to  live  up  to  its  responsibilities, 
the  present  trends  are  the  beginning  of  a  national  tragedy. 

Unquestionably,  my  views  are  shaped  by  the  times  I  have  seen. 
During  these  times,  beginning  roughly  with  the  1954  school  desegre- 
gation decision,  the  system  of  justice  began  to  change.  The  Constitu- 
tion was  rediscovered,  Congress  began  passing  new  laws  to  back  up 
our  efforts  to  gain  equal  rights,  the  Federal  courts  began  protecting 
our  rights,  the  Justice  Department  began  to  answer  our  telephone 
calls,  and  slowly  to  put  people  to  work  on  the  side  of  what  we  thought 
was  the  right. 

The  effect  of  all  this  was  enormous.  We  had  not  ever  seen  anything 
like  it.  What  was  just  as  important,  the  sheriffs,  the  mayors,  and 
lunch-counter  owners  of  the  South  had  not  seen  anything  like  it, 


30 

either.  Blacks  were  just  as  frustrated  as  ever  by  the  inability  to  get 
anything  done  by  local  efforts,  and  we  were  not  alone.  We  began  to 
get  a  dim  feeling  that  we  really  could  help  bring  about  change. 

The  mood  is  radically  different  today.  There  is  enormous  contempt 
for  Government,  for  institutions,  and  especially  for  the  laws.  With 
that  contempt  goes  an  enormous  cynicism  and  distrust,  a  rejection 
of  any  idea  of  getting  involved.  There  is  no  idea  of  trying  to  change 
the  system,  but  of  simply  staying  out  of  its  way.  The  feeling  is,  don't 
get  sad,  don't  get  mad,  we'll  just  get  by. 

Now,  obviously,  a  lot  of  this  is  reaction  to  the  political  system, 
and  much  of  it  does  not  have  to  do  with  the  courts  or  the  system  of 
justice,  at  all.  But  to  blacks  and  other  minorities,  courts  are  not  the 
distant  abstractions  you  may  think.  It  was  the  courts  that  first 
began  to  respond  to  our  rights  even  before  the  Brown  decision;  it 
was  the  courts  that  ended  white  primaries,  white  juries,  and  the  idea  of 
white  schools. 

Political  scientists  do  not  usually  think  of  courts  as  the  most 
democratic  institutions  in  the  society,  but  to  black  people  for  a 
generation  the  courts  were  the  essence  of  our  democracy,  the  main 
symbol  of  the  fact  of  our  belief  that  we  were  finally  becoming  a 
part  of  the  Nation.  Today  that  sense  is  going  fast. 

In  1965,  when  I  was  first  elected  to  the  Georgia  House,  the  other 
members  refused  to  let  me  be  seated  because  I  had  some  things  to 
say  about  the  Vietnam  war,  things  that  very  few  people  disagree 
with  today.  The  Supreme  Court  held  that  the  Georgia  Legislature 
had  no  business  excluding  me  and  disenfranchising  the  voters  in 
my  district  for  exercising  my  right  of  free  speech.  That  was  only  11 
years  ago,  but  I  was  lucky  that  it  happened  then,  because  I  have  a 
real  feeling  that  if  the  case  came  up  today,  we  would  be  told  that  the 
Federal  courts  are  not  in  the  business  of  running  State  legislatures 
and  that  we  should  take  our  complaints  somewhere  else. 

For  many  people,  for  many  issues,  there  is  nowhere  else. 

I  do  a  great  deal  of  traveling,  more  than  I  would  like,  and  I  keep 
telling  my  audiences  that  they  have  to  get  involved,  but  that  if  they 
do,  they  can  make  things  change.  I  would  like  to  be  able  to  keep  on 
believing  that. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator  Bond. 

Given  the  despair  that  you  have  described,  I  assume  that  legislative 
and  administrative  remedies  are  the  only  hope  for  the  poor  and 
minorities.  Can  you  describe  what  you  feel  that  the  Congress  ought 
to  do  in  making  available  greater  remedies  to  the  poor? 

Do  you  have  any  thoughts  on  the  subject  of  what  precisely  the 
Congress  could  do? 

I  am  not  asking  now  for  detailed  legislation,  but  for  the  general 
areas  where  you  feel  it  would  be  important  for  Congress  to  act. 

Mr.  Bond.  Senator,  in  part  of  my  statement  that  I  did  not  read, 
I  mentioned  that  I  am  not  an  attorney  and  tried  to  indicate  that  that 
is  neither  vice  nor  virtue. 

I  cannot  offer  specific  recommendations,  but  I  would  like  to  think 
that  the  Congress  would  once  again  make  the  Federal  judiciary  a 
responsive  and  sympathetic  referee  in  disputes  between  citizens 
at  the  lower  level. 

There  was  a  time  10  years  ago  when  those  of  us  who  were  involved 
in  the  civil  rights  movement  in  the  South  felt  fairly  confident  that 


31 

in  the  event  of  an  insoluble  dispute  over  first  amendment  rights, 
the  right  of  free  speech,  the  right  to  peacefully  petition  the  Govern- 
ment, that  the  Federal  judiciary  would  always  be  an  impartial, 
however  sympathetic  referee.  And  now  one  gets  the  real  feeling  that 
that  is  no  longer  the  case,  that  disputes  which  once  were  handled 
very  easily  and  very  quickly  at  the  Federal  level  will  now  be  dismissed 
and  sent  back  to  the  State  courts  where  the  result  is  often  in  opposition 
to  those  people  who  want  to  expand  their  rights. 
[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Bond  follows  :j 

Prepared  Statement  of  Hon.  Julian  Bond,  State  Senator  From  Georgia 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  committee,  I  am  Julian  Bond,  State  senator 
representing  the  39th  district  in  Atlanta,  Ga.  With  me  are  John  Lewis,  director  of 
the  voter  education  project,  of  Atlanta,  Ga.,  and  Armand  Derfner,  a  lawyer,  of 
Charleston,  S.C.  I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  appear  here  today,  and  would 
like  to  proceed  with  a  short  statement,  following  which  Mr.  Lewis  will  have  a 
statement  of  his  own,  and  then  we  will  try  to  answer  any  questions  you  may  have. 

As  I  understand  the  reaction  to  Roscoe  Pound's  speech  to  the  American  Bar 
Association  in  1906,  he  got  his  audience  mad  just  by  saying  that  the  people  were 
dissatisfied  with  the  administration  of  justice.  That  may  have  been  surprising  to 
the  lawyers  and  judges  in  his  audience,  but  it  couldn't  have  been  surprising  to  the 
people. 

Especially,  it  couldn't  have  been  surprising  to  black  people  and  those  of  other 
minority  groups.  For  blacks  and  other  minorities,  dissatisfaction  with  the  ad- 
ministration of  justice  is  nothing  new.  Throughout  our  history,  we  have  seen  the 
system  of  justice  perverted  to  the  same  illegitimate  ends  as  the  dominant  political 
process  in  making  certain  that  those  who  had  most  should  keep  it,  while  those  who 
had  least  should  stay  that  way. 

You  have  many  experts  here  today  who  will  give  you  detailed  legal  analyses  of 
the  topics  you  are  studying.  I  should  say  that  I  am  not  a  lawyer.  Whether  that  is 
a  vice  or  a  virtue  changes  with  the  times,  and  it  is  not  clear  to  me  what  type  of 
time  we  are  in  now.  Today,  though,  I  would  like  to  take  advantage  of  my  non- 
membership  by  limiting  my  focus  to  one  area  of  concern,  but  one  that  I  think  is 
vital. 

That  area  is  the  special  need  for  the  federal  government,  especially  the  federal 
courts,  to  be  responsive  to  the  claims  of  blacks  and  other  minorities  for  enforce- 
ment of  fundamental  rights  of  equality  and  freedom.  I  have  always  thought  that 
under  our  Constitution,  courts  have  a  special  obligation  to  be  alert  to  protect 
minority  rights,  precisely  because,  unlike  the  majority,  we  cannot  rely  on  the 
normal  workings  of  the  political  process. 

Today,  there  are  unmistakable  signs  that  that  obligation  is  being  disavowed, 
and  to  those  of  us  who  have  grown  up  in  a  period  when  we  thought  government 
was  beginning  to  live  up  to  its  responsibilities,  the  present  trends  are  the  beginning 
of  a  national  tragedy. 

To  those  of  us  who  have  only  recently  begun  to  have  a  real  place  in  this  society, 
the  present  trends  tell  us  not  only  that  we  will  stop  advancing,  not  only  that  the 
gains  we  have  made  are  being  erased,  but  that  our  brief  welcome  is  almost  worn 
out. 

Unquestionably,  my  views  are  shaped  by  the  times  I  have  seen.  During  these 
times,  that  began,  roughly,  with  the  school  desegregation  decision,  the  system  of 
justice  began  to  change.  The  Constitution  was  rediscovered,  Congress  began 
passing  new  laws  to  back  up  our  efforts  to  gain  equal  rights,  the  federal  courts 
began  protecting  our  rights,  the  Justice  Department  began  to  answer  our  tele- 
phone calls  and,  slowly,  to  put  people  tc  work  on  the  side  of  what  we  thought  was 
the  right. 

The  effect  of  this  was  enormous.  We  hadn't  ever  seen  anything  like  it.  What 
was  just  as  important,  the  sheriffs,  mayors,  and  lunchcounter  owners  hadn't 
ever  seen  anything  like  it  either. 

It  meant  there  was  someone  backing  us  up,  to  confirm  the  fact  that  we  were 
right.  Blacks  were  just  as  frustrated  as  ever  by  the  inability  to  get  anything  done 
by  local  efforts,  but  we  were  not  alone.  There  was  a  sympathetic  referee,  if  I  can 
borrow  a  term  of  John  Lewis',  to  whom  we  could  turn  for  support. 

We  began  to  get  a  dim  feeling  that  we  could  really  help  bring  about  change,  and 
this  feeling  extended  not  only  to  the  civil  rights  movement  but  also  to  people  who 


32 

were  pretty  much  alienated  from  government.  As  time  went  on,  and  as  we  learned 
more,  and  people  began  to  redevelop  a  new  contempt  for  government  and  its 
institutions,  there  was  still  a  feeling  that  it  could  be  changed. 

The  mood  is  different  today.  There  is  enormous  contempt  for  government, 
institutions,  and  especially  the  law.  With  that  contempt  goes  an  enormous 
cynicism  and  distrust,  a  rejection  of  any  idea  of  getting  involved.  There  is  no 
idea  of  trying  to  change  the  system,  but  of  simply  staying  out  of  its  way.  The 
feeling  is  "Don't  feel  sad,  don't  get  mad,  we'll  just  get  by." 

But  that's  not  really  true,  because  people  are  getting  mad.  And  it's  a  more 
dangerous  anger,  because  it  follows  a  time  when  we  started  beginning  to  see  how 
things  might  change.  T  think  we  are  sowing  the  seeds  of  social  chaos,  and  if  things 
don't  change  I  am  going  to  be  afraid  of  what  we  face. 

Now  obviously  a  lot  of  this  is  reaction  to  the  political  system,  and  much  of  it 
doesn't  have  to  do  with  courts  or  the  system  of  justice  at  all.  But  to  Blacks  and 
other  minorities  courts  are  not  the  distant  abstractions  you  might  think.  It  was 
the  courts  that  first  began  to  respond  to  our  rights,  even  before  the  Brown  decision. 
It  was  the  courts  that  ended  white  primaries,  white  juries,  and  the  idea  of  white 
schools.  Remember  also  that  the  federal  judges  were  in  some  ways  the  closest 
federal  representatives,  and  the  most  visible.  A  federal  lawsuit  was  never  very 
far  from  our  thinking  of  what  to  do  if  we  ran  into  brick  walls. 

When  we  thought  of  remedies  and  solutions,  very  often  a  federal  court  order 
was  an  important  ingredient.  The  federal  courts  represented  a  constant  reminder 
that  someone  was  listening. 

Political  scientists  don't  usually  think  of  courts  as  the  most  democratic  institu- 
tions in  a  society,  but  to  Blacks  for  a  generation,  the  courts  have  been  the  essence 
of  our  democracy,  the  main  symbol  of  the  fact — or  our  belief — that  we  were 
finally  becoming  a  part  of  this  Nation. 

Today  that  sense  is  going  fast.  The  lawyers  tell  us  the  federal  courts  are  invent- 
ing new  doctrines  to  justify  why  they  don't  even  have  to  hear  our  cases.  I  am  not 
an  expert  on  these  details,  but  I  read  that  the  Supreme  Court  has  decided  that  a 
Black  defendant  isn't  entitled  to  ask  his  jurors  whether  they  will  be  prejudiced 
against  him  because  of  his  color.  I  read  that  the  Voting  Rights  Act  doesn't  prevent 
small  southern  towns  from  discriminating  against  us  as  long  as  they  are  careful 
not  to  make  things  worse  than  they  were  in  1965.  I  read  that  if  the  police  in 
Louisville  go  around  calling  you  a  crook,  or  if  the  police  in  Philadelphia  go  around 
beating  people  up,  or  if  the  judge  and  prosecutor  in  Cairo  deliberately  bring 
false  charges  and  set  unreasonable  bonds  just  to  shut  Blacks  up — the  federal 
courts  are  not  interested  in  any  of  these.  They  are  closed. 

In  1965,  when  I  was  first  elected  to  the  Georgia  House,  the  other  members 
refused  to  let  me  be  seated,  because  I  had  said  some  things  about  the  Vietnam 
war — things  that  very  few  people  disagree  with  today.  The  Supreme  Court  held 
that  the  Georgia  legislature  had  no  business  excluding  me  (and  disfranchising 
the  voters  in  my  district)  for  exercising  my  right  to  free  speech. 

That  was  only  eleven  years  ago,  but  I  think  I  was  lucky  that  it  happened  then 
because  I  have  a  real  feeling  that  if  the  case  came  up  today,  we  would  be  told  that 
the  federal  courts  are  not  in  the  business  of  running  state  legislatures  and  that 
we  should  take  our  complaints  somewhere  else.  Well,  for  many  people,  and  many 
issues,  there  is  nowhere  else. 

I  do  a  lot  of  traveling,  more  than  I'd  like,  and  I  keep  telling  people  that  they 
have  to  get  involved,  but,  that  if  they  do,  they  can  make  things  change.  I'd  like 
to  be  able  to  keep  on  believing  that. 

Senator  Tunney.  It  was  my  understanding  that  Mr.  John  Lewis 
may  have  a  short  statement. 

TESTIMONY  OF  JOHN  LEWIS,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR,  VOTER 

EDUCATION  PROJECT 

Mr.  Lewis.  Senator  Tunney,  I  want  to  thank  you  for  the  oppor- 
tunity to  present  these  brief  remarks  on  causes  of  popular  dissatisfac- 
tion with  the  administration  of  justice  in  this  Nation. 

Since  I  am  not  a  lawyer,  I  do  not  come  here  as  an  authority  on  the 
judicial  system,  but  rather,  with  some  very  real  concern  about  the 
administration  of  justice  in  this  Nation. 


33 

In  my  work  as  executive  director  of  the  voter  education  project,  I 
come  in  contact  with  thousands  of  poor  people,  minorities,  nameless 
individuals,  people  who  have  been  left  out  and  left  behind  in  this 
country.  In  the  midst  of  affluence,  their  dreams  to  share  equally  in 
the  wealth  and  resources  of  this  Nation  remain  unrealized. 

For  a  brief  and  fleeting  moment  in  the  decade  of  the  1960's,  the 
Federal  Government  gave  minorities  and  poor  people  a  sense  of  hope. 
In  the  great  civil  rights  struggle,  there  were  some  outstanding  in- 
stances in  which  the  rights  of  black  citizens  were  affirmed  and  pro- 
tected. This  first  ray  of  light  and  hope  since  the  darkest  days  of  slavery 
came  about,  not  because  of  the  sudden  enlightenment  of  the  Nation's 
leaders  and  the  keepers  of  the  courts,  but  because  a  massive,  courage- 
ous, and  dedicated  movement  demanded  it  and  threatened  to  throw 
this  Nation  into  total  chaos  if  serious  attention  was  not  given  to  their 
longstanding  needs. 

During  the  1960's,  we  made  some  gains  in  this  Nation.  We  opened  a 
few  doors  which  had  been  closed  for  decades  and,  for  a  moment,  it 
seemed  the  promises  of  the  Constitution  and  the  Declaration  of  In- 
dependence and  the  Bill  of  Rights  might  indeed  apply  also  to  blacks, 
chicanos,  native  Americans,  Puerto  Ricans,  and  even  to  women. 
But,  today,  as  we  celebrate  the  200th  birthday  of  this  Nation,  minori- 
ties no  longer  experience  a  sense  of  movement,  a  sense  of  progress,  a 
sense  of  hope.  Too  often  the  dream  has  been  stifled  by  the  politics  of 
expediency  and  the  civil  rights  laws  which  were  enacted  in  the  1960's 
are  not  vigorously  enforced.  Affirmative  action  programs  on  the  part 
of  the  Federal  Government  are  inadequately  conceived  or  totally 
nonexistent.  And  as  minorities  return  to  the  courts  to  check  the  back- 
ward drift  of  the  Federal  bureaucracy,  we  are  stunned  by  the  realiza- 
tion that  our  judges  are  more  concerned  with  easing  crowded  court 
dockets  than  continuing  to  expand  the  basic  rights  of  people  who  are 
still  struggling  to  attain  a  position  of  equal  opportunity. 

We  are  beginning  to  be  asked  again,  in  this  Bicentennial  year, 
"Just  what  do  you  people  want  from  the  American  society?"  Our 
answer  now  is  the  same  as  yesterday,  we  want  a  fair  share  and  a 
fair  shake  from  the  affluent  American  society  which  our  lives,  our 
blood,  our  struggles,  and  our  sacrifices  have  helped  to  build. 

We  are  sick  and  tired  of  seeing  the  courts  dispense  added  advantage 
to  the  very  rich  and  the  already  powerful  ruling  elite  of  the  United 
States.  We  are  tired  of  having  to  shoulder  the  total  burden  of  pressing 
our  own  grievances  in  a  legal  and  political  system  where  the  cards  are 
stacked  against  us.  We  are  tired  of  paying  a  disproportionate  share  of 
tax  dollars  to  perpetuate  a  political  and  legal  system  where  we  find  no 
justice  for  ourselves.  We  are  tired  of  losing  court  cases  because  we 
cannot  afford  the  legal  fees.  We  are  tired  of  having  our  land  taken,  of 
being  unable  to  provide  adequate  food,  clothing,  housing  for  our 
families,  and  education  for  our  children.  We  are  tired  of  being  taken 
for  granted  in  an  economic  system  where  wealth  is  flaunted  in  our 
faces  by  those  who  control  our  lives. 

Just  as  the  legal  system  of  common  law  originated  as  a  device  of 
absolute  control  by  the  rich  and  the  powerful,  we  still  have  a  peasant 
class  in  America  and  that  presents  a  very  dangerous  situation. 

From  across  this  Nation,  I  sense  a  growing  restlessness  from  the 
ghettos  of  Chicago  to  the  barrios  of  California,  from  East  Harlem  to 


34 

the  western  reservations,  from  the  cotton  curtain  of  the  South  to  the 
raped  and  ravaged  region  of  Appalachia,  there  is  a  growing  frustration, 
a  dying  sense  of  hope,  and  a  smoldering  resentment  which  may  explode 
with  a  fury  that  we  have  never  seen  before  in  the  history  of  this  Nation. 
What  we  hear  being  described  today  as  a  growing  cynicism,  distrust 
of  Government,  and  apathy  on  the  part  of  the  electorate,  is,  in  my 
estimation,  a  quiet  and  growing  anger  which  always  breeds  when 
human  potential  is  denied. 

It  seems  that  we  must  now  gird  ourselves  for  a  long,  hard  winter  as 
high  placed  voices  begin  to  recite  the  litany  of  the  elite.  They  are 
saying  that  minorities  are  moving  too  fast ;  that  we  should  be  satisfied 
with  the  crumbs  we  have  been  able  to  gather  from  the  table  of  plenty. 
They  are  saying  the  courts  of  this  land  should  not  be  the  battleground 
for  further  advances  of  human  rights.  But  I  say  to  you  today,  if  these 
rights  remain  unfulfilled  and  we  see  the  clock  turned  backwards,  then 
the  battleground  will  shift  from  the  courts  and  the  legislative  process 
and  the  so-called  avenues  of  justice  back  into  the  streets  of  this  Nation. 
There  are  those  who  would  return  the  destiny  of  minorities  and  the 
poor  back  to  the  sovereign  control  of  demagogues  who  have  only  used 
their  misplaced  authority  to  perpetuate  racism  and  injustice.  We've 
been  in  too  many  jails  and  prisons,  fought  too  hard  and  long,  lost  too 
many  of  our  finest  leaders  and  suffered  too  often  as  victims  of  injustice 
to  return  quietly  to  the  chains  and  disillusionment  of  the  past. 

There  may  well  come  a  time  when  thousands  of  Americans  will  again 
engage  in  campaigns  of  civil  disobedience  in  the  face  of  unjust  laws, 
lack  of  legal  redress,  and  a  lack  of  justice  in  the  American  system.  The 
next  time  the  battle  will  not  be  limited  to  the  forces  working  for  civil 
rights  or  civil  liberties,  but  will  include  Americans  who  are  taxed 
without  representation,  consumers  who  are  bilked  by  the  frauds  of  the 
marketplace  of  materialism,  and  environmentalists  who  see  our 
natural  resources  shrink  in  direct  proportion  to  the  profits  and  gain  of 
multinational,  self-interest  corporations. 

All  around  the  globe,  there  is  a  terrible  hunger  for  self-determination, 
for  the  freedom  to  grow  and  develop  the  awesome  capacity  of  human 
potential.  This  great  movement  will  not  be  defeated,  at  home  or 
abroad.  The  American  minorities  are  sick  and  disillusioned  by  the 
injustice  of  a  Nation  whose  so-called  leaders  commit  the  military 
might  of  the  United  States  against  their  brothers  and  sisters  in  the 
liberation  struggles  of  Africa,  Asia,  and  South  America.  We  are  at  the 
crossroads  in  both  our  domestic  and  foreign  policies.  If  the  moral, 
legal,  and  political  weight  of  the  American  Government  is  not  placed 
on  the  side  advancing  rather  than  repressing  the  growing  aspiration 
of  the  dispossessed,  there  will  simply  be  hell  to  pay. 
Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you.  The  importance  of  the  statements 
that  you  have  made,  Mr.  Lewis  and  Senator  Bond,  is  that  the  people 
that  you  represent  now  perceive  the  Federal  judiciary  to  be  changing 
in  its  ability  and  its  capacity  to  provide  legal  redress  for  the  poor, 
for  the  disadvantaged  in  the  society,  representing  a  significant  change 
in  attitude  over  the  past  15  or  20  years.  Starting  with  Brown  vs. 
Board  of  Education,  carrying  it  up  to  the  present,  the  Federal  judiciary 
in  the  1950's  and  the  1960's  was  perceived  to  be  a  route  by  which  the 
disadvantaged  could  find  that  their  rights  were  being  weighed  and 


35 

redressed  in  an  adequate  fashion;  but,  in  the  last  few  years,  there  has 
been  a  sense  that  the  Federal  judiciary  is  closing  the  doors  to  the  poor, 
the  disadvantaged  no  longer  being  able  to  seek  redress  of  wrongs  in 
the  Federal  judiciary. 

Is  that  a  fair  statement,  a  fair  conclusion  to  reach  from  what  you 
have  been  saying? 

Mr.  Bond.  Yes,  it  is,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Senator  Tunney.  I  think  that  is  very  important  for  us  to  under- 
stand, because  one  of  the  things  that  I  mentioned  in  my  opening 
statement — and  you  were  not  here — Senator  Bond,  was  that  earlier 
this  year  there  was  a  St.  Paul  conference  sponsored  by  the  Judicial 
Conference  of  the  United  States  and  the  Conference  of  Chief  Justices 
and  the  American  Bar  Association.  The  discussion  dealt  with  the 
phrase  "to  ease  the  caseload  in  the  courts,"  particularly  the  Federal 
courts,  and  there  was  very  little  discussion  about  access  to  the  justice 
S3rstem.  1  said  that  the  conference  would  have  best  been  titled  the 
causes  of  judicial  dissatisfaction  with  the  populous:  1  think  that  it  is 
ironic  that  we  should  have  had  a  conference  in  which  the  main  source  of 
inspiration  was  to  keep  the  public  from  getting  into  the  courts,  the 
Federal  courts  in  particular,  rather  than  a  discussion  as  to  how  the 
courts  could  better  serve  the  rights  and  the  interests  of  our  citizenry. 
I  say  it  is  ironic  because  we  hear  so  much  and  have  heard  so  much 
about  "power  to  the  people"  and  "self-determination"  and  "rights  of 
individuals  to  choose  their  own  way,"  and  we  are  also  hearing  a 
remarkable  amount  now  about  the  responsibility  of  the  individual, 
particularly  as  it  relates  to  income  maintenance  programs;  I  am  just 
wondering  how  you  can  have  individual  self-reliance  and  responsi- 
bility if  access  to  one  of  the  major  institutions  by  which  individuals 
can  seek  redress  for  perceived  wrongs  is  denied  to  them. 

Mr.  Bond.  I  think,  Senator,  the  answer  is  that  you  cannot.  What 
you  described  is  part,  really,  of  a  national  withdrawal  of  the  commit- 
ment of  10  years  ago,  and  it  effects,  sadly,  not  only  the  Federal 
judiciary,  but  I  think  the  people  throughout  the  American  system,  in 
education,  in  business — well,  throughout  the  whole  of  American 
society. 

Senator  Tunney.  I  agree  with  you. 

I  want  to  thank  you  very  much,  all  of  you,  for  being  here.  I  appre- 
ciate your  testimony. 

Mr.  Bond.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Tunney.  Our  next  witness  is  Rhoda  Karpatkin,  the  exec- 
utive director,  Consumers  Union. 

TESTIMONY  OF  RHODA  KARPATKIN,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR, 

CONSUMERS  UNION 

Ms.  Karpatkin.  Mr.  Chairman,  on  behalf  of  Consumers  Union  I 
want  to  express  my  appreciation  for  your  invitation.  We  welcome  an 
opportunity  to  voice  again  our  concern  that  access  to  justice  has  been 
seriously  narrowed  by  recent  Supreme  Court  decisions  affecting 
consumers  and  to  focus  attention  on  some  weaknesses  in  the  admin- 
istration of  justice  which  require  prompt  solution. 

All  of  the  witnesses  at  this  hearing  are  likely  to  be  speaking  for  the 
consumers  of  the  justice  system.  Consumers  Union  will  address  some 
special  concerns  affecting  our  particular  consumer  constituency. 


36 

I  should  say,  by  the  way,  that  a  consumer  perspective  on  justice  is 
not  a  novel  approach.  Edmund  Cahn  declared  in  the  1960's  that  we 
needed  to  disavow  the  processors'  point  of  view  in  dealing  with  the  law, 
which  he  called  the  imperial  or  official  point  of  view,  and  he  said,  "A 
free  and  open  society  calls  on  its  official  processors  to  perform  their 
functions  according  to  the  perspective  of  the  consumers." 

Consumers  need  the  Federal  courts.  It  is  essential  that  the  courts  be 
available  for  consumer,  environmental  and  other  public  interest  cases: 
not  alone  for  1-on-l  dispute  resolution,  but  for  large-scale  redress. 
Large-scale  redress  does  more  than  dispense  simple  justice.  It  presents 
one  of  the  few  opportunities  to  fashion  and  enforce  meaningful  deter- 
rents to  abuse  of  the  consumer.  A  series  of  Supreme  Court  decisions 
have  closed  off  major  avenues  for  such  redress,  and  accordingly,  have 
vitiated  the  deterrent  effect  that  effective  redress  mechanisms  provide. 

Chief  Judge  Irving  Kaufman  of  the  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Second 
Circuit  recently  called  the  social  costs  of  insufficient  access  to  the 
courts  staggering,  and  we  agree  with  that  appraisal. 

I  fear  there  will  be  no  enduring  solution  to  the  massive  and  myriad 
kinds  of  abuses  visited  on  consumers  unless  we  develop  workable 
deterrents.  While  courts,  legislators,  and  public  interest  groups  must 
continue  to  focus  on  consumer  complaint  redress  mechanisms,  the 
compelling  need  today  is  to  develop  a  system  to  avert  such  complaints. 
We  need  a  guiding  philosophy,  a  goal,  of  complaint  avoidance:  a  sys- 
tem of  laws,  procedures,  attitudes,  and  punishments  dictated  by  an 
insistence  that  after-the-fact  remedies  are  second  best  to  prevention. 

It  is  our  belief  that  there  is  within  reach  now  a  panoply  of  proposed 
legislation  and  available  legal  doctrine  which,  if  implemented,  would 
mitigate  dissatisfaction  with  the  administration  of  justice,  and  would 
deter  many  of  the  wrongs  which  end  up  deluging  courts  and  agencies 
with  demands  for  redress.  And,  of  course,  to  the  extent  they  failed  to 
deter,  they  would  be  effective  in  providing  efficient  redress  to  wronged 
consumers. 

Here  are  some  of  the  proposals  that  we  put  before  your  subcommittee 
this  morning;  I  realize  that  many  of  them  are  either  being  considered 
by  other  committees  of  this  Congress,  or  perhaps  not  being  considered 
at  all. 

CLASS    ACTIONS 

The  case  for  class  actions  hardly  needs  to  be  detailed.  From  the 
point  of  view  of  discouraging  large-scale  bilking  of  consumers,  the 
consumer  class  action  is  one  of  the  few  remedies  that  holds  any 
promise  as  an  economic  deterrent.  It  is,  as  Justice  Douglas  wrote  in 
his  dissent  in  the  Eisen  case,  "one  of  the  few  legal  remedies  the  small 
claimant  has  against  those  who  command  the  status  quo."  And  this 
interest  in  the  small  claimant  as  compared  with  those  who  command 
the  status  quo  is  not  a  new  interest.  My  son  is  reading  the  book 
History  Began  at  Sumer  and  in  that  book  there  is  a  reference  to  a 
law  code  that  was  developed  150  years  before  Hammauabi,  and  that 
says,  "The  man  of  one  sheckel  should  not  fall  prey  to  the  man  of  60 
sheckels,"  and  I  think  that  that  philosophy  should  guard  Congress 
approach  to  class  action  legislation. 

From  an  individual  consumer  point  of  view,  class  actions  are  just  in 
that  each  victim  is  compensated  and  the  remedy  fits  the  wrong;  they 


37 

are  efficient  and  provide  economies  of  scale;  they  are  affordable  and 
enable  small  consumers  to  unite  against  large  wrongdoers,  and 
successful  plaintiffs  can  have  their  legal  fees  awarded  by  the  court 
out  of  an  award  or  settlement.  As  an  unlooked  for  benefit,  they  may 
engender  a  kind  of  collective  bargaining  for  reforms  between  plaintiffs 
and  defendants,  the  consumer  having  achieved  for  a  brief  moment 
the  clout  of  a  large  group  with  legal  representation. 

It  is  a  blow  to  many  victimized  consumers  and  to  the  public  interest 
that  several  Federal  court  decisions  have  closed  the  door  to  this 
particular  form  of  access  and  its  potent  deterrent  value. 

In  Snyder  v.  Harris,  the  Supreme  Court  held  that  separate  and 
distinct  claims  may  not  be  abrogated  to  provide  the  $10,000  jurisdic- 
tional amount.  In  Zahn  v.  International  Paper  Co.,  the  Supreme  Court 
held  that  multiple  plaintiffs  with  separate  and  distinct  claims  must 
each  satisfy  the  jurisdictional  amount.  In  the  Eisen  case,  the  Supreme 
Court  required  that  individual  notice  must  be  sent  to  all  class  members 
whose  names  and  addresses  may  be  ascertained  through  reasonable 
effort,  even  if  the  cost  would  be  prohibitive  to  the  plaintiff. 

It  is  clear  from  those  decisions  that  effective  legislation  is  essential 
to  remove  major  barriers  to  class  actions  which  implement  existing 
consumer  rights  and  to  provide  the  kind  of  deterrence  that  the  public 
interest  requires.  I  think  it  is  perhaps  one  of  the  national  scandals  of 
our  time  that  no  class  action  legislation  has  emanated  and  been 
passed  by  Congress  to  correct  the  situation. 

PARENS    PATRIAE    LEGISLATION 

Recently,  the  New  York  Times  reported  on  a  strikingly  effective 
lobbying  group,  the  Business  Roundtable,  composed  of  leaders  of  the 
country's  giant  corporations.  It  had  singled  out  a  few  key  issues, 
inundated  Congress  with  top  executives  and  big  dollars,  and  closed  in 
on  its  target  with  a  singleminded  effectiveness  that  let  everyone  know 
what  power  really  means.  This  group,  according  to  the  Times,  selected 
pending  parens  patriae  legislation,  as  one  of  its  major  targets.  We 
agree  with  that  priority. 

This  legislation  is  intended  to  provide  statutory  authority  to  make 
antitrust  law  violators  answerable  to  individual  members  of  the  con- 
suming public,  by  authorizing  State  attorneys  general  to  sue  violators 
of  antitrust  laws  in  Federal  courts  for  treble  damages  on  behalf  of 
citizens  of  their  States,  with  the  damages  to  be  distributed  by  the 
State  to  the  individual  victims. 

Consumers  Union  commented  in  favor  of  such  legislation  in  1975, 
when  it  was  before  the  House  Judiciary  Committee  Subcommittee  on 
Monopoly,  and  we  testified  on  behalf  of  S.  1284,  as  well.  We  believe 
such  legislation  is  a  potent  deterrent  against  antitrust  law  violations, 
an  area  where  consumers  have  been  abused  and  economically  damaged 
again  and  again. 

SUITS    IN    THE    PUBLIC    INTEREST PRIVATE    ATTORNEYS    GENERAL 

The  crusading  lawyer  is  a  reassuring  if  not  exalted  symbol  in  our 
society,  and  helps  make  the  crusading  client  effective.  Foundation 
funded  public  interest  law  firms  added  dramatically  to   the  small 


38 

number  of  lawyers  available  to  bring  litigation  in  the  public  interest, 
to  protect  and  enforce  consumer,  environmental,  and  other  rights  of 
the  public,  and  to  redress  the  unconscionable  paucity  of  lawyers  able 
to  afford  to  serve  the  public  interest.  But  foundation  funding  has 
always  been  recognized  as  temporary.  Public  interest  lawyers  are 
essential  to  vindicate  the  public  interest  and  advance  the  cause  of 
justice.  They  can  survive  and  flourish  only  if  funding  is  available  for 
their  litigation. 

Attorney's  fee  awards  in  specific  cases  are  an  excellent  method  of 
achieving  this  result,  and  one  that  had  raised  considerable  expecta- 
tions on  the  part  of  the  public  interest  bar.  Unfortunately,  in  the 
Alyeska  Pipeline  case,  the  Supreme  Court  held  that  citizen  groups 
acting  as  private  attorneys  general  in  suits  vindicating  public  policies 
cannot  be  awarded  attorneys  fees  in  the  absence  of  specific  authoriza- 
tion by  legislation.  Until  that  decision,  public  interest  firms  had  an- 
ticipated awards  of  substantial  attorneys  fees  in  litigation  that  was 
pending,  and  in  litigation  to  be  brought. 

Indeed,  in  December  1975,  the  council  for  public  interest  law 
reported  the  results  of  a  questionnaire  to  about  90  public  interest  law 
programs.  Anticipated  fee  losses  as  a  result  of  the  Alyeska  decision 
amounted  to  millions  of  dollars.  That  decision,  which  results  in  denial 
of  access  to  justice  for  consumers,  needs  to  be  met  speedily  by  appro- 
priate Federal  legislation. 

Peter  Schuck,  director  of  CU's  Washington  office,  in  his  testimony 
on  S.  2715,  which  authorizes  awards  of  attorneys'  fees  and  costs  for 
agencies  and  courts  in  certain  actions,  stated  that  such  fee  awards  are 
an  efficient  and  equitable  means  of  supporting  public  interest  litigation. 

While  we  believe  that  agencies  already  possess  the  power  to  award 
such  fees,  we  strongly  support  the  legislation,  nevertheless,  with  some 
changes,  and  regard  it  as  urgently  needed  with  respect  to  court 
awarded  fees. 

Next,  control  of  corporate  crime  and  corruption :  While  it  is  difficult 
to  total  up  the  cost  to  consumers  of  the  millions  of  dollars  in  bribes 
and  payoffs  paid  by  corporate  officials,  and  the  millions  lost  to  con- 
sumers because  of  price  fixing  and  other  antitrust  violations,  the  costs 
are  as  tangible  as  that  of  the  garment  destroyed  by  a  dry  cleaner.  This 
highly  sophisticated  form  of  crime  is  generally  not  visible;  its  perpetra- 
tors are  more  highly  placed  than  the  customary  street  mugger,  and  the 
corporate  structure  in  the  United  States  envelops  them  in  a  mantle  of 
protection. 

We  need  large  scale  reform  in  several  areas.  We  need  significant  and 
relevant  penalties  imposed  in  an  evenhanded  way  so  that  the  purse 
snatcher  and  the  corporate  criminal  are  equal  before  the  law.  Even 
those  of  us  who  question  the  deterrent  value  of  many  harsh  criminal 
penalties,  take  a  more  optimistic  view  of  the  deterrent  value  of  such 
penalties  for  corporate  crime.  There  are  many  options,  and  we  hope 
legislation  will  evolve  to  control  corporate  corruption  effectively.  In- 
deed, Business  Week  magazine  has  called  for  legislation  that  would 
"subject  executives  to  criminal  penalties  for  'reckless  default'  in  their 
supervision  of  corporate  actions,"  thus  ending  "the  comfortable  im- 
munity of  the  company  president  who  finds  it  convenient  not  to  ask 
the  sales  manager  about  price-fixing  deals  or  who  is  'too  busy'  to  read 
the  engineer's  report  on  safety  problems  with  a  new  product." 

We  need  to  stop  regarding  the  country's  major  corporations  as 


39 

friendly  neighborhood  businesses.  They  wield  the  powers  of  quasi- 
governments  or  super-governments,  not  only  nationally,  but  inter- 
nationally,  and  require  the  kinds  of  control  appropriate  to  such  awe- 
some power. 

AGENCY  FOR  CONSUMER    ADVOCACY 

While  today's  vogue  words  may  be  deregulation,  a  clear  case  must 
continue  to  be  made  for  this  agency,  which  will  redress  the  anticon- 
sumer  imbalance  which  now  characterizes  Government  decision- 
making and  which  leaves  consumers  certain  the  Government  acts  in 
ignorance  or  disregard  of  their  interests. 

Effective  resolution  of  consumer  controversies:  It  is  not  only  the 
large-scale  forms  of  deterrent  and  redress  that  have  eluded  aggrieved 
consumers.  While  consumers  as  a  class  have  had  the  courthouse  doors 
closed  to  them  repeatedly,  the  individual  consumer  has  not  fared  much 
better.  The  courts,  the  legal  profession  and  the  legal  system  controlled 
by  the  profession  have  failed  the  ordinary  consumer,  the  individual 
with  a  complaint.  A  major  cause  of  consumer  dissatisfaction  with  the 
administration  of  justice  is  the  unavailability  of  effective  forums  for 
the  redress  of  individual  grievances,  especially  small  grievances. 

Efforts  have  been  made,  of  course,  and  the  number  of  forums  are 
considerable,  but  their  outreach  leaves  much  to  be  desired,  as  does  their 
effectiveness.  The  road  to  consumer  redress,  indeed,  is  such  a  labyrinth 
of  confusion,  murkiness  and  un accessibility  that  a  flourishing  business 
has  developed  in  guidebooks  on  how  to  complain.  Unfortunately, 
none  of  the  more  than  half-dozen  now  sold  really  points  the  injured 
consumer  to  surefire  means  of  redress. 

There  are  many  steps  that  need  to  be  taken.  We  should  facilitate 
the  creation  and  sound  operation  of  a  network  of  small  claims  courts. 
They  should  be  prevented  from  being  a  debt  collecting  agency.  An 
interstate  system  is  needed.  Section  8  of  S.  2069,  the  Consumer 
Controversies  Resolution  Act,  sets  forth  an  excellent  list  of  criteria 
for  an  effective  small  claims  system,  and  I  will  not  repeat  them.  The 
legislation  does  not,  however,  sufficiently  protect  against  possible 
abuses  of  the  intent  of  the  system  by  corporate  plaintiffs.  New  York's 
flat  prohibition  against  corporate  plaintiffs  has  helped  keep  its  small 
claims  court  a  consumer  court.  And  Consumers  Union,  in  its  1971 
article,  suggested  restrictions  on  the  number  of  times  a  small  claims 
court  could  be  used  by  a  particular  plaintiff. 

We  should  explore  forums  for  resolution  and  adjudication  of  com- 
plaints outside  our  traditional  court  system.  The  Consumer  Contro- 
versies Resolution  Act  is  one  sound  approach,  but  it  must  be  funded 
sufficiently  to  make  it  meaningful.  Systems  for  arbitration  should  be 
considered,  although  we  must  be  aware  of  the  damages  that  can  be 
brought  by  anticonsumer  precommitment  clauses,  which  are  now 
cropping  up.  If  there  is  a  movement  in  favor  of  considerable  arbitra- 
tion effort,  we  have  to  be  careful  to  evaluate  it  as  we  go  along  to  make 
sure  that  it  is  effective  and  fulfills  its  promise. 

Study,  experimentation,  and  the  support  of  the  organized  bar  are 
all  surely  needed  to  develop  and  try  a  variety  of  ways  to  make  the 
consumer  whole. 

DEJUDICIALIZE 

Some  court  or  contested  proceedings  are  anachronistic.  The  concept 
of  an  inexorable  relationship  between  fault  and  remedy  has  already 


40 

been  questioned,  and  the  concept  of  no-fault  is  a  promising  one.  We 
need  new  approaches.  Judge  Kaufman  discussed  a  kind  of  no-fault 
approach  to  recoveries  for  consumer  complaints :  a  government  agency 
would  reimburse  defrauded  consumers  immediately  and  then  would 
proceed  against  the  defendants. 

Some  matters  can  be  shifted  from  courts  to  administrative  agencies. 
Simple  probates  and  adoptions,  and  no-fault  divorces,  for  example, 
should  be  considered  for  processing  as  clerical,  rather  than  legal 
services. 

LEGAL  SERVICES  FOR  ALL  CONSUMERS  WHO  NEED  THEM 

An  American  Bar  Association  committee  published  in  1974  a  228- 
page  summary  entitled,  "The  Legal  Needs  of  the  Public."  It  makes  a 
persuasive  case  that  many  who  have  needed  legal  services  have  failed 
to  consult  lawyers.  The  reasons  are  numerous.  Some  consumers  cannot 
afford  legal  services;  others  do  not  know  they  need  lawyers,  or  cannot 
find  lawyers  they  can  afford.  We  need  to  make  justice  more  accessible 
by  making  legal  services  more  available. 

In  the  private  sector,  prepaid  legal  services,  group  legal  services, 
and  legal  clinics  must  be  encouraged.  In  the  public  sector,  legal  serv- 
ices must  be  made  available  to  those  who  cannot  otherwise  afford 
them.  The  U.S.  Riot  Commission  reported  that  one  of  the  most  in- 
tense grievances  underlying  the  ghetto  riots  of  1967  was  the  unavail- 
ability of  legal  services  to  ghetto  residents  both  for  litigation  and  for 
other  purposes.  We  should  not  need  another  series  of  riots  to  prod  the 
creation  and  maintenance  of  necessary  legal  services  for  the  poor. 

The  cost  of  legal  services  must  be  reduced.  Economies  possible  by 
use  of  paralegals,  by  economies  of  scale,  by  modern  technologies  or 
pooled  resources,  must  be  sought  and  implemented.  Consumers  Union 
has  urged  that  an  end  to  barriers  to  truthful  advertising  by  lawyers 
would  stimulate  price  competition  and  reduce  the  cost  of  legal  services 
accordingly. 

Consumers  of  legal  services  need  to  be  made  more  aware  of  what 
their  legal  rights  are  and  what  lawyers  can  do  for  them.  Bar  association 
educational  programs,  to  the  extent  that  they  exist,  have  generally 
failed  to  do  this.  Ending  restrictions  on  truthful  lawyer  advertising  is 
one  way  to  disseminate  information,  and  is  a  necessity.  Justice  De- 
partment speakers  have  characterized  these  restrictions  as  violations 
of  the  antitrust  laws.  Directories  containing  important  information 
about  lawyers  and  their  fees  are  also  necessary.  Consumers  Union  is 
litigating  restrictions  on  directories  and  lawyer  advertising  in  two 
forums. 

IMPROVE    THE    ADMINISTRATION    OF    JUSTICE    IN    ALL    COURTS    AT    ALL 

LEVELS 

We  do  not  believe  the  administration  of  justice  is  improved  by 
closing  the  door  in  the  face  of  litigants  who  have  claims  for  which  the 
Constitution  or  statutes  mandate  redress.   New  methods,    efficient 


41 

systems  and  modern  technologies  can  do  for  the  courts  what  many 
consumers  expect  they  will  do  for  law  firms:  make  them  more  efficient 
and  less  expensive. 

DELAWYERING 

We  need  to  reduce  lay  dependence  on  lawyers.  While  some  tasks 
are  so  complex  that  they  must  be  performed  by  lawyers,  others  can 
be  simplified.  A  new  system  of  title  registration,  for  example,  as 
discussed  in  the  August  1975  issue  of  Consumer  Reports,  would 
eliminate  much  of  the  need  for  legal  services  in  land  transfer. 

We  need  to  take  a  fresh  look  at  the  bar's  customary  disapproval  of 
do-it-yourself  lawyering,  and  determine  if  some  areas  of  the  law  lend 
themselves  to  intelligent  self-help  by  lay  people. 

I  want  to  compliment  this  subcommittee  for  providing  an  oppor- 
tunity to  air  these  important  issues. 

This  country  needs  to  find  ways  to  move  closer  to  the  day  that 
Roscoe  Pound  sought  in  the  speech  which  gave  this  hearing  its  title — 

A  near  future  when  our  courts  will  be  swift  and  certain  agents  of  justice,  whose 
decisions  will  be  acquiesced  in  and  respected  by  all. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you  very  much,  Ms.  Karpatkin. 
I  think  that  your  statement  is  excellent.  Obviously  a  great  deal  of 
thought  went  into  it.  It  makes  a  real  contribution  to  our  hearing. 
Perhaps  one  of  the  reasons  I  feel  it  is  so  good  is  because  I  agree  with 
almost  all  of  it. 

I  just  cannot  help  but  feel  that  in  the  last  few  years,  as  a  result 
of  our  Supreme  Court  decisions,  there  has  been  a  great  restriction 
on  the  ability  of  consumers  to  seek  redress  of  grievances  in  the  Federal 
judiciary;  I  think  that  the  Alyeska  case  was  particularly  pernicious, 
from  my  viewpoint,  in  this  regard,  and  I  am  hoping  that  we  are 
going  to  be  able  to  get  specific  legislation  through  the  Congress 
which  will  allow  the  awarding  of  attorney's  fees  in  these  public 
interest  cases  not  only  environmental  cases,  but  civil  rights  cases 
as  well.  I  have  proposed  legislation,  as  you  may  know,  to  achieve 
that,  and  I  hope  we  can  get  it  through  the  Judiciary  Committee  soon. 

There  are  many  other  areas  as  well,  and  now  that  the  Supreme 
Court  has  said  that  the  Congress  is  going  to  have  to  act  affirmatively 
in  the  award  of  attorney's  fees,  judges  no  longer  having  discretion, 
it  is  important  that  we  develop  a  comprehensive  approach  in  this 
regard.  I  will  be  working  with  the  staff  of  this  subcommittee  and 
persons  such  as  yourself  not  only  on  specific  one-shot  bills  to  redress 
a  particular  grievance — such  as  in  civil  rights  cases  or  proceedings 
before  administrative  panels  or  environmental  cases — but  on  a  more 
general  approach  whereby  we  could  give  to  the  courts  guidelines  for 
the  awarding  of  attorney's  fees. 

I  want  to  thank  you  for  being  here.  I  appreciate  it  very  much.  We 
look  forward  to  working  with  you. 

Ms.  Karpatkin.  Thank  you,  Senator. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Ms.  Karpatkin  follows:] 


42 

Prepared  Statement  of  Rhoda  H.  Karpatkin,  Executive  Director, 
Consumers  Union  of  United  States,  Inc. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  this  distinguished  Subcommittee:  On  behalf  of 
Consumers  Union,1  I  wish  to  express  my  appreciation  of  your  invitation  to  express 
our  views  on  Causes  of  Popular  Dissatisfaction  With  the  Administration  of  Justice. 
We  welcome  an  opportunity  to  voice  again  our  concern  that  access  to  justice  has 
been  seriously  narrowed  by  recent  Supreme  Court  decisions  affecting  consumers, 
and  to  focus  attention  on  some  weaknesses  in  the  administration  of  justice  which 
require  prompt  solution. 

In  our  articles  in  Consumer  Reports,  in  recent  years,  we  have  devoted  considerable 
space  to  a  variety  of  consumer  services.  It  is  only  a  small  leap,  therefore,  to  take  a 
consumerist  look  at  a  system  created  to  deliver  justice  to  its  consumers.  Such  a 
perspective  does  not  tread  new  ground.  Indeed,  Edmund  Cahn,  writing  in  1963, 
called  attention  to  a  new  perspective  on  the  law  caused  by  the  democratic  revolu- 
tion. Replacing  the  processors  point  of  view  (the  "imperial  or  official")  was  the 
consumer  perspective.  "A  free  and  open  society  calls  on  its  official  processors  to 
perform  their  functions  according  to  the  perspective  of  the  consumers,"  he  wrote. 

All  of  the  witnesses  at  this  hearing  are  likely  to  be  speaking  for  the  consumers  of 
the  justice  system.  Consumers  Union  will  address  some  special  concerns  affecting 
our  consumer  constitutency. 

Consumers  need  the  federal  courts.  It  is  essential  that  the  courts  be  available 
for  consumer,  environmental  and  other  public  interest  cases:  not  alone  for  one-on- 
one  dispute  resolution,  but  for  large-scale  redress.  Large-scale  redress  does  more 
than  dispense  simple  justice.  It  presents  one  of  the  few  opportunities  to  fashion 
and  enforce  meaningful  deterrents  to  abuse  of  the  consumer.  The  series  of  Supreme 
Court  decisions  discussed  below  have  closed  off  major  avenues  for  such  redress 
and,  accordingly,  vitiated  the  deterrent  effect  that  effective  redress  mechanisms 
provide.2 

The  seriousness  of  this  was  recently  underscored  by  Chief  Judge  Irving  Kaufman 
of  the  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Second  Circuit.  Speaking  at  the  New  York  Univer- 
sity Law  School  Bicentennial  Conference  on  April  29,  he  noted:  "Although  we 
tend  to  overlook  the  social  costs  of  insufficient  access  to  the  courts  and  suboptimal 
resolution  of  disputes,  they  are  real  costs  nonetheless,  and  they  are  of  staggering 
magnitude.  These  costs  must  not  be  ignored  simply  because  they  do  not  appear 
in  official  governmental  budget  documents  or  because  they  tend  to  be  borne  in 
silence." 

I  fear  there  will  be  no  enduring  solution  to  the  massive  and  myriad  kinds  of 
abuses  visited  on  consumers  unless  we  develop  workable  deterrents.  While  courts, 
legislators  and  public  interest  groups  must  continue  to  focus  on  consumer  com- 
plaint redress  mechanisms,  the  compelling  need  today  is  to  develop  a  system  to 
avert  such  complaints.  We  need  a  guiding  philosophy,  a  goal,  of  complaint  avoid- 
ance: a  system  of  laws,  procedures,  attitudes  and  punishments  dictated  by  an 
insistence  that  after-the-fact  remedies  are  second  best  to  prevention.  As  with 
smallpox,  consumers  need  to  be  immunized,  in  preference  to  being  treated. 

It  is  our  belief  that  there  is  within  reach  now  a  panoply  of  proposed  legislation 
and  available  legal  doctrine  which,  if  implemented,  would  mitigate  dissatisfaction 
with  the  administration  of  justice,  and  would  deter  many  of  the  wrongs  which 
end  up  deluging  courts  and  agencies  with  demands  for  redress.  And,  of  course,  to 
the  extent  they  failed  to  deter,  they  would  be  effective  in  providing  efficient  redress 
to  wronged  consumers. 

Here  are  some  proposals  CU  urges  as  part  of  a  system  to  protect  the  consumer 
with  a  mantle  of  deterrent  and  remedy: 

CLASS    ACTIONS 

The  case  for  class  actions  hardly  needs  to  be  detailed.  From  the  point  of  view 
of  discouraging  large-scale  bilking  of  consumers,  the  consumer  class  action  is  one 
of  the  few  remedies  that  holds  any  promise  as  an  economic  deterrent.  It  is,  as 


1  Consumers  Union  is  a  nonprofit  membership  organization  chartered  in  1936  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
New  York  to  provide  information,  education,  and  counsel  about  consumer  goods  and  services  and  the 
management  of  the  family  income.  Consumers  Union's  income  is  derived  solely  from  the  sale  of  Consumer 
Reports  (magazine  and  TV)  and  other  publications.  Expenses  of  occasional  public  service  efforts  may  be 
met,  in  part,  by  nonrestrictive  noncommercial  grants  and  fees.  Tn  addition  to  reports  on  Consumers  Union's 
own  product  testing,  Consumer  Reports,  with  its  almost  2  million  circulation,  regularly  carries  articles  on 
health,  product  safety,  marketplace  economics,  and  legislative,  judicial  and  regulatory  actions  which  affect 
consumer  welfare.  Consumers  Union's  publications  carry  no  advertising  and  receive  no  commercial  support. 

1  Cases  not  referred  to  in  the  text  are  included  in  the  Appendix  to  this  testimony. 


43 

Justice  Douglas  wrote  in  his  dissent  in  Eisen  v.  Carlisle  and  Jacquelin,  "one  of 
the  few  legal  remedies  the  small  claimant  has  against  those  who  command  the 
status  quo."  He  urged  its  strengthening  "with  the  view  of  creating  a  system  of 
law  that  dispenses  justice  to  the  lowly  as  well  as  those  liberally  endowed  with 
power  and  wealth." 

From  an  individual  consumer  point  of  view,  class  actions  are  just,  in  that  each 
victime  is  compensated,  and  the  remedy  fits  the  wrong;  they  are  efficient  and 
provide  economies  of  scale.  They  are  affordable,  and  enable  small  consumers  to 
unite  to  act  against  large  wrongdoers;  successful  plaintiffs  can  have  their  legal 
fees  awarded  by  the  court  out  of  an  award  or  settlement.  As  an  unlooked  for 
benefit,  they  may  engender  a  kind  of  collective  bargaining  for  reforms  between 
plaintiffs  and  defendants,  the  consumer  having  achieved,  for  a  brief  moment,  the 
clout  of  a  large  group  with  legal  representation. 

The  recently  announced  proposed  settlement  of  a  portion  of  a  $5.5-million 
class  action  suit  against  a  group  of  New  York  department  stores  is  an  example. 
The  suit  followed  Justice  Department  price-fixing  charges  against  the  group,  to 
which  they  pleaded  no  contest,  and  paid  fines.  The  sum  of  $1.2-million  will  be 
divided  among  certain  customers;  the  class  numbers  550,000  members. 

It  is  a  blow  to  many  victimized  consumers  and  to  the  public  interest  that  several 
federal  court  decisions  have  closed  the  door  to  this  particular  form  of  access  and  its 
potent  deterrent  value. 

In  Snyder  v.  Harris,  394  U.S.  332,  89  S.  Ct.  1053  (1969),  a  class  action  by  a  cus- 
tomer on  behalf  of  herself  and  others  similarly  situated  against  a  gas  company  to 
recover  overpayments,  the  Supreme  Court  held  that  separate  and  distinct  claims 
may  not  be  aggregated  to  provide  the  $10,000  jurisdictional  amount,  i.e.,  where 
each  plaintiff  has  a  claim  under  $10,000  but  all  claims  added  together  total  more 
than  $10,000. 

In  Zahn  v.  International  Paper  Co.,  414  U.S.,  94  S.Ct.  505  (1973),  four  property 
owners  sued  a  corporation  for  damages  for  alleged  pollution  of  lake  and  damage  to 
property  values.  Only  the  named  plaintiff  met  the  $10,000  jurisdictional  amount. 
The  Supreme  Court  held  that  multiple  plaintiffs  with  separate  and  distinct  claims 
must  each  satisfy  the  jurisdictional  amount  and  that  any  plaintiff  who  does  not 
must  be  dismissed  from  the  action.  This  decision  not  only  forbids  aggregation,  as 
in  the  Snyder  case,  but  requires  dismissal  of  those  whose  claims  are  below  the  juris- 
dictional amount,  even  though  other  litigants  assert  claims  sufficient  to  invoke 
federal  jurisdiction. 

In  Eisen  v.  Carlisle  and  Jacquelin,  417  U.S.  156,  94  S.Ct.  2140  (1974),  a  class 
action  suit  was  brought  by  odd-lot  traders  against  brokerage  firms,  alleging  viola- 
tions of  antitrust  and  securities  laws.  The  Supreme  Court  held  that  in  a  class  action 
maintained  in  part  on  the  basis  that  questions  of  law  or  fact  common  to  members 
of  the  class  predominate  over  questions  affecting  only  individual  members,  in- 
dividual notice  must  be  sent  to  all  class  members  whose  names  and  addresses  may 
be  ascertained  through  reasonable  effort,  even  if  the  cost  is  prohibitive,  to  give  class 
members  an  opportunity  to  request  exclusion  from  the  action  or  to  participate  in 
its  management. 

It  is  clear  from  those  decisions,  that  effective  legislation  is  essential  to  remove 
major  barriers  to  class  actions  which  implement  existing  consumer  rights,  and  to 
provide  the  kind  of  deterrents  the  public  interest  requires. 

PARENS    PATRIAE    LEGISLATION 

Recently,  The  New  York  Times  reported  on  a  strikingly  effective  lobbying  group, 
the  Business  Roundtable,  composed  of  leaders  of  the  country's  giant  corporations. 
[The  Times  reported  158  corporate  members;  63  of  the  nation's  100  top  industrial 
companies.]  It  had  constructed  a  lobby  which  singled  out  a  few  key  issues,  in- 
undated Congress  with  top  executives  and  big  dollars,  and  closed  in  on  its  target 
with  a  singleminded  effectiveness  that  let  everyone  know  what  power  really  means. 
This  group,  according  to  the  Times,  selected  pending  parens  patriae  legislation 
as  one  of  its  major  targets. 

I  would  suppose  from  its  choice  of  priorities  that  the  Business  Roundtable 
shares  our  view  of  the  importance  of  this  legislation,  which  is  intended  to  provide 
statutory  authority  to  make  antitrust  law  violators  answerable  to  individual 
members  of  the  consuming  public,  by  authorizing  State  Attorneys  General  to  sue 
violators  of  antitrust  laws  in  federal  courts  for  treble  damages,  on  behalf  of  citizens 
of  their  states,  with  the  damages  to  be  distributed  by  the  state  to  the  individual 
victims. 


44 

Consumers  Union  commented  in  favor  of  parens  patriae  legislation  when  it  was 
before  the  House  Judiciary  Committee's  Subcommittee  on  Monopoly,  and  testi- 
fied in  behalf  of  S.  1284  in  1975.  We  believe  such  legislation  is  a  potent  deterrent 
against  antitrust  law  violations — an  area  where  consumers  have  been  abused  and 
economically  damaged  again  and  again. 

SUITS    IN    THE    PUBLIC    INTEREST    (PRIVATE   ATTORNEYS    GENERAL) 

The  crusading  lawyer  is  a  reassuring  if  not  exalted  symbol  in  our  society — and 
helps  make  the  crusading  client  effective.  Foundation  funded  public  interest  law 
firms  added  dramatically  to  the  small  number  of  lawyers  available  to  bring  litiga- 
tion in  the  public  interest,  to  protect  and  enforce  consumer,  environmental  and 
rights  of  the  public,  and  to  redress  the  unconscionable  paucity  of  lawyers  able  to 
afford  to  serve  the  public  interest.  But  foundation  funding  has  always  been  recog- 
nized as  temporary.  Public  interest  lawyers  are  essential  to  vindicate  the  public 
interest  and  advance  the  cause  of  justice,  and  can  survive  and  flourish  only  if 
funding  is  available  for  their  litigation. 

Attorneys'  fee  awards  in  specific  cases  are  an  excellent  method  of  achieving  this 
result.  The  Director  of  Consumers  Union's  Washington  Office,  Peter  Schuck, 
testifying  on  S.  2715  (which  would  authorize  the  award  of  attorneys'  fees  and  costs 
by  agencies  and  courts  in  certain  cases),  described  in  detail  the  nature  of  the  litiga- 
tion and  the  funding  problems  of  public  interest  law  firms.  He  has  added  our 
testimony  to  the  strong  case  made  in  previous  testimony  before  this  Subcom- 
mittee, for  the  need  to  remedy  a  situation  where  the  resources  are  both  insufficient 
and  insecure: 

"The  greater  availability  of  attorneys'  fee  awards,  however,  is  a  singularly  effi- 
cient and  equitable  means  for  accomplishing  this  objective.  It  is  efficient  in  that  it 
rewards  a  "public  interest  law  firm"  directly  for  its  role  in  a  particular  situation 
deemed  worthy  of  support,  in  contrast  to  a  system  of  governmental  support  for  the 
organization  in  general,  which  would  be  an  inefficient  approach.  The  fee  award  is 
"targeted"  in  a  way  that  ensures  that  incentives  will  not  be  distorted  but  will  be 
properly  discriminating. 

"One  need  only  consider  the  nature  of  'public  interest'  litigation  and  interven- 
tion in  agency  proceedings  to  appreciate  that  such  an  approach  is  equitable  as  well. 
Typically,  such  litigation  is  quite  expensive,  perhpas  even  more  so  than  civil  litiga- 
tion generally,  which  itself  is  far  beyond  the  means  of  most  individuals  and 
organizations." 

Indeed,  fee  awards  have  already  been  introduced  at  the  Administrative  level, 
with  the  FTC's  reimbursement  of  the  cost  of  citizen  participation  in  rulemaking 
proceedings. 

Unfortunately,  in  the  case  of  Alyeska  Pipeline  Co.  v.  Wilderness  Society,  95 
S.Ct.  1612  (1975),  the  Supreme  Court  held  that  citizen  groups  acting  as  "private 
attorneys  general"  in  suits  vindicating  public  policies  cannot  be  awarded  attorneys 
fees,  in  the  absence  of  specific  authorizing  legislation.  Until  that  decision,  public 
interest  firms  had  anticipated  awards  of  substantial  attorneys  fees  in  pending 
litigation. 

Those  fees  were  regarded  by  such  law  firms  as  a  prerequisite  to  maintaining 
environmental,  consumer,  civil  rights  and  other  public  interest  litigation.  In 
December,  1975,  the  Council  for  Public  Interest  Law  reported  the  results  cf  a 
questionnaire  to  about  90  public  interest  law  programs,  about  half  of  whom  were 
affected  by  the  decision;  anticipated  fee  losses  amounted  to  millions  of  dollars. 
That  decision,  which  results  in  a  denial  of  access  to  justice  for  consumers,  needs 
to  be  met  speedily  by  appropriate  federal  legislation. 

Mr.  Schuck,  in  his  testimony  on  S.  2715,  stated  our  belief  that  agencies  already 
possess  power  to  award  such  fees.  We  strongly  support  the  legislation  nevertheless, 
and  regard  it  as  urgently  needed  with  respect  to  court  awarded  fees.  (Mr.  Schuck's 
testimony  outlines  several  changes  we  recommend,  and  is  available  if  you  wish  it.) 

CONTROL    OF    CORPORATE    CRIME    AND    CORRUPTION 

While  it  is  difficult  to  total  up  the  cost  to  consumers  of  the  millions  of  dollars 
in  bribes  and  payoffs  paid  by  corporate  officials,  and  the  millions  lost  to  consumers 
because  of  price-fixing  and  other  antitrust  violations,  the  costs  are  as  tangible  as 
that  of  the  garment  destroyed  by  a  dry  cleaner.  This  highly  sophisticated  form  of 
crime  is  generally  not  visible,  its  perpetrators  are  more  highly  placed  than  the 
customary  street  mugger,  and  the  corporate  structure  in  the  United  States 
envelops  them  in  a  mantle  of  protection. 


45 

But  the  need  for  deterrent  and  remedy  has  been  placed  before  us  in  a  dramatic 
and  insistent  way  by  newspaper  reports  of  recent  months.  Whether  we  treat  this 
narrowly  as  an  economic  crime  only  {The  Wall  Street  Journal  has  characterized 
bribery  as  "an  assault  on  the  price  mechanism  that  produces  an  uneconomic 
allocation  of  resources"),  or  recognize  it  for  the  epidemic  of  immorality  it  has 
turned  out  to  be,  we  need  large-scale  reforms  in  several  areas: 

We  need  significant  and  relevant  penalties  imposed  in  an  evenhanded  way. 
Even  those  of  us  who  question  the  deterrent  value  of  many  harsh  criminal  penal- 
ties, take  a  more  optimistic  view  of  the  deterrent  value  of  such  penalties  for 
corporate  crime.  There  are  many  options,  and  we  hope  legislation  will  evolve  to 
control  corporate  corruption  effectively.  Ralph  Nader  has  urged  a  new  division  of 
corporate  crime,  in  the  Department  of  Justice,  to  deter  or  ferret  out  the  elegant 
muggers  from  America's  most  distinguished  business  leaders.  Indeed,  Business 
Week  magazine  has  called  for  legislation  that  would  "subject  executives  to  criminal 
penalties  for  'reckless  default'  in  their  supervision  of  corporate  actions,"  thus 
ending  "the  comfortable  immunity  of  the  compan}^  president  who  finds  it  con- 
venient not  to  ask  the  sales  manager  about  price-fixing  deals  or  who  is  'too  busy' 
to  read  the  engineer's  report  on  safety  problems  with  a  new  product." 

We  need  to  stop  regarding  the  country's  major  corporations  as  friendly  neigh- 
borhood businesses.  They  wield  the  powers  of  quasi-governments  or  super-govern- 
ments, not  only  nationally,  but  internationally,  and  require  the  kinds  of  control 
appropriate  to  such  awesome  power.  Ralph  Nader  has  made  a  case  for  federal 
corporate  charters  that  merits  serious  consideration. 

We  surely  need  more  public  members  on  the  boards  of  major  corporations, 
diligently  executing  their  duties  and  aware  of  their  accountability  to  the  public. 
Suits  by  the  Center  for  Law  in  the  Public  Interest,  in  California,  achieved  this 
result  with  respect  to  two  corporations,  in  recently  concluded  public  interest 
litigation. 

AGENCY  FOR  CONSUMER  ADVOCACY 

While  today's  vogue  word  may  be  deregulation,  a  clear  case  must  continue  to 
be  made  for  an  agency  to  redress  the  anti-consumer  imbalance  which  now  charac- 
terizes goverment  decision-making,  and  which  leaves  consumers  certain  the 
government  acts  in  ignorance  or  disregard  of  their  interests.  The  Agency  for 
Consumer  Advocacy  will  provide  to  consumers  representation  and  a  voice  in  the 
decision-making  process,  and  at  the  crucial  point  before  the  decision  is  made. 

EFFECTIVE  RESOLUTION  OF  CONSUMER  CONTROVERSIES 

It  is  not  only  the  large-scale  forms  of  deterrent  and  redress  that  have  eluded 
aggrieved  consumers.  While  consumers  as  a  class  have  had  the  courthouse  doors 
closed  to  them  repeatedly,  the  individual  consumer  has  not  fared  must  better.  The 
courts,  the  legal  profession  and  the  legal  system  it  controls,  have  failed  the  ordi- 
nary consumer — the  individual  with  a  complaint.  A  major  cause  of  consumer 
dissatisfaction  with  the  administration  of  justice  is  the  unavailability  of  effective 
forums  for  the  redress  of  individual  grievances,  especially  small  grievances. 

Efforts  have  been  made,  of  course,  and  the  number  of  forums  are  considerible: 
small  claim  courts,  state,  city  and  county  consumer  affairs  officers,  attornej's- 
generals  frauds  divisions,  business  review  boards,  radio,  newspaper  and  television 
action  lines;  voluntary  consumer  complaint  centers,  Congressional  offices,  union 
complaint  handling  systems,  ombudsmen,  company  hot-lines,  and  so  on.  But 
studies  show  that  too  many  consumers  are  unaware  of  what  is  available.  The 
proliferation  of  institutions  processing  or  hearing  complaints  may  be  large,  but 
their  outreach  leaves  much  to  be  desired,  as  does  their  effectiveness. 

Indeed,  the  road  to  consumer  redress  is  such  a  labyrnth  of  confusion,  murkiness 
and  unaccessibility  that  a  flourishing  business  has  developed  in  guidebooks  on 
how  to  complain.  Unfortunately  none  of  the  more  than  half-dozen  now  sold 
really  points  the  injured  consumer  to  sure-fire  redress. 

There  are  many  steps  that  need  to  be  taken.  Not  all,  of  course,  fall  within  the 
ambit  of  Congress. 

FACILITATE  THE  CREATION  AND  SOUND  OPERATION  OF  A  NETWORK  OF  SMALL  CLAIMS 

COURTS 

Prevent  them  from  being  debt-collecting  agencies.  An  interstate  system  is 
needed.  Section  8  of  S.  2069,  the  Consumer  Controversies  Resolution  Act,  sets 
forth  an  excellent  list  of  criteria  for  an  effective  small  claims  system,  and  I  will 


46 

not  repeat  them.  The  legislation  does  not,  however,  sufficiently  protect  against 
possible  abuses  of  the  intent  of  the  system  by  corporate  defendants.  New  York's 
flat  prohibition  against  corporate  plaintiffs  has  helped  keep  its  Small  Claims  Court 
a  consumer  court.  And  Consumers  Union,  in  its  1971  article,  suggested  restrictions 
on  the  number  of  times  a  small  claims  court  could  be  used  by  plaintiffs. 

EXPLORE    FORUMS    FOR    RESOLUTION   AND   ADJUDICATION    OF    COMPLAINTS    OUTSIDE 

OUR   TRADITIONAL   COURT   SYSTEM 

The  Consumer  Controversies  Resolution  Act  is  one  approach,  but  it  must  be 
funded  sufficiently  to  make  it  meaningful.  Systems  for  arbitration  should  be 
considered,  although  we  must  be  aware  of  the  damages  of  the  anti-consumer 
pre-commitment  clauses  now  cropping  up.  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States, 
at  the  Pound  Conference,  urged  new  tribunals  to  adjudicate  customary  consumer 
complaints,  and  the  Association  of  the  Bar  of  the  City  of  New  York's  Special 
Committee  on  Consumer  Affairs  offered  a  detailed  proposal  in  1972  for  a  new 
tribunal  for  the  resolution  of  consumer  complaints.  (Record  of  the  Association 
of  the  Bar  of  the  City  of  New  York  419).  Study,  experimentation  and  the  support 
of  the  organized  bar  are  all  surely  needed  to  develop  and  try  a  variety  of  ways  to 
make  whole  the  consumer  with  a  valid  complaint. 

DEJUDICIALIZE 

Some  court  or  contested  proceedings  are  anachronistic.  The  concept  of  an 
inexorable  relationship  between  fault  and  remedy  has  already  been  questioned, 
and  the  concept  of  no-fault  is  a  promising  one.  The  New  York  Small  Claims  Court 
uses  volunteer  lawyers  for  voluntary  arbitrations.  Judge  Kaufman  discussed  a 
kind  of  no-fault  approach  to  recoveries  for  consumer  complaints:  a  government 
agency  would  reimburse  defrauded  consumers  immediately,  and  would  then 
proceed  against  the  merchant. 

Some  matters  can  be  shifted  from  courts  to  administrative  agencies:  simple 
probates  and  adoptions,  and  no-fault  divorces,  for  example,  should  be  considered 
for  processing  as  clerical,  rather  than  legal,  services. 

IMPROVE    THE    ADMINISTRATION    OF   JUSTICE    IN    ALL    COURTS    AT    ALL    LEVELS 

Where  that  means  more  judges,  add  them.  It  surely  means  striving  for  new 
modes  and  efficiencies  in  the  way  our  courts  are  administered.  We  do  not  believe 
the  administration  of  justice  is  improved  by  closing  the  door  in  the  face  of  liti- 
gants who  have  claims  for  which  the  Constitution  or  statutes  mandate  redress. 
New  methods,  efficient  systems  and  modern  technologies  can  do  for  the  courts 
what  many  consumers  expect  they  will  do  for  law  firms:  make  them  more  efficient 
and  less  expensive.  Judge  Irving  Kaufman  advanced  some  thoughts  and  proposals 
on  this  at  his  New  York  University  Bicentennial  Conference  speech.  More  study 
is  needed  on  how  to  make  our  courts  more  efficient  and  responsive. 

LEGAL  SERVICES  FOR  ALL  CONSUMERS  WHO  NEED  THEM 

The  American  Bar  Association's  Special  Committee  to  Survey  Legal  Needs 
published  in  1974  a  228-page  summary  entitled,  "The  Legal  Needs  of  the  Public." 
It  makes  a  persuasive  case  that  many  who  have  needed  legal  services  have  failed 
to  consult  lawyers.  The  reasons  are  numerous.  Some  consumers  can't  afford  legal 
services.  Others  don't  know  they  need  lawyers,  or  can't  find  lawyers  they  can 
afford.  We  need  to  make  justice  more  accessible  by  making  legal  services  more 
available: 

Develop  and  nurture  programs  which  bring  lawyers  to  people  who  need  them 
when  they  need  them,  and  at  fees  that  are  reasonable  and  affordable.  In  the 
private  sectoT,  prepaid  legal  services,  group  legal  services,  and  legal  clinics  must 
In  encouraged.  In  the  public  sector,  legal  services  must  be  made  available  to  those 
who  can't  otherwise  afford  them.  Following  the  1968  ghetto  riots,  the  U.S.  Riot 
Commission  reported  that  one  of  the  most  intense  grievances  underlying  the  riots 
of  1967  was  the  unavailability  of  legal  services  for  ghetto  residents,  both  for 
litigation  and  for  other  purposes.  We  should  not  need  another  series  of  riots  to 
prod  the  creation  and  maintenance  of  necessary  legal  services  for  the  poor. 

The  cost  of  legal  services  must  be  reduced.  Economies  possible  by  use  of  para- 
legals, by  economies  of  scale,  by  modern  technologies  or  pooled  resources,  must 
be  sought  and  implemented.  Consumers  Union  has  urged  that  an  end  to  barriers 


47 

to  truthful  advertising  would  stimulate  price  competition,  and  reduce  the  cost  of 
legal  services  accordingly. 

Consumers  of  legal  services  need  to  be  made  more  aware  of  what  their  legal 
rights  are  and  what  lawyers  can  do  for  them.  Bar  association  educational  programs, 
to  the  extent  they  exist,  have  generally  failed  to  do  this.  Ending  restrictions  on 
truthful  lawyer  advertising  is  one  way  to  help  disseminate  information.  Direc- 
tories containing  important  information  about  lawyers  and  their  fees  are  also 
necessary.  Consumers  Union  has  urged  that  such  restrictions  on  directories  and 
advertising  should  be  lifted,  and  is  litigating  that  issue  in  two  forums. 

DELAWYERING 

We  need  to  reduce  lay  reliance  on  lawyers.  While  some  tasks  are  so  complex 
that  they  must  be  performed  by  lawyers,  some  can  be  simplified.  A  new  system  of 
title  registration,  for  example,  as  discussed  in  the  August,  1975  issue  of  Consumer 
Reports,  would  eliminate  much  of  the  need  for  legal  services  in  land  transfer. 
And  the  Chief  Justice  too,  has  called  for  simplification  in  this  area. 

We  need  to  take  a  fresh  look  at  the  bar's  customary  disapproval  of  do-it- 
yourself  lawyering,  and  determine  if  some  areas  of  the  law  lend  themselves  to 
intelligent  self-help  by  lay  people.  Statutory  standardized  forms  for  certain 
common  transactions,  in  clear  language,  should  be  considered. 

I  want  to  compliment  this  Subcommittee  for  providing  an  opportunity  to  air 
these  important  issues.  While  we  have  not  covered  the  entire  field  with  this 
listing,  and  some  of  our  proposals  may  fall  outside  your  scope,  we  have,  I  hope, 
suggested  ways  to  move  closer  to  the  day  Roscoe  Pound  sought  in  the  article 
which  gave  this  hearing  its  title:  "a  near  future  when  our  courts  will  be  swift 
and  certain  agents  of  justice,  whose  decision  will  be  acquiesced  in  and  respected 
by  all." 

[Appendix] 

Some  Recent  Cases  Affecting  Consumers,  Limiting  Access  to  the  Courts 
Schlesinger  v.  Reservists  Committee  to  Stop  the  War,  418  U.S.  94  S.  Ct.  2925  (1974) 

Citizens  and  an  association  of  present  and  former  members  of  the  Armed 
Forces  Reserve  brought  a  class  action  on  behalf  of  all  citizens  and  taxpayers 
alleging  that  simultaneous  membership  in  Congress  and  the  Armed  Forces 
Reserve  violated  the  Incompatability  Act. 

The  Supreme  Court  held  there  was  no  standing  to  sue  as  citizens  where  the  claim 
implicates  only  the  "generalized  interest  of  all  citizens  in  constitutional  governance 
and  is  thus  merely  an  abstract  injury."  It  held  there  was  no  standing  to  sue  as 
taxpayers  since  they  failed  to  establish  a  "logical  nexus"  between  taxpayer  status 
and  claim. 

Warth  v.  Seldin,  U.S.,  95  S.  Ct.  2197  (1975) 

Rochester  community  group,  Rochester  taxpayers,  Rochester  area  low  and 
moderate  income  persons,  Rochester  home  builders,  and  not-for-profit  Housing 
Council  in  Monroe  County  were  all  held  to  have  no  standing  to  challenge  zoning 
ordinances  of  Rochester  suburb  which  effectively  excluded  all  people  of  low  and 
moderate  incomes  from  living  in  the  town.  The  Court  held  that  petitioners  must 
show  they  have  personally  been  injured,  and  that  absent  the  allegedly  unconstitu- 
tional actions  of  respondents,  there  is  a  substantial  probability  that  they  could 
purchase  or  lease  in  the  suburb. 

Hawaii  v.  Standard  Oil  Co.  of  California,  405  U.S.  251,  92  S.  Ct.  885  (1972) 

State  of  Hawaii  sued  under  the  Clayton  Act  as  parens  patriae  for  injunctive  and 
monetary  relief  against  overcharges  paid  by  its  citizens  to  Standard  Oil. 

The  Court  held  that  while  state  may  sue  as  parens  patriae  to  prevent  or  repair 
harm  to  its  "quasi-sovereign"  interests  under  a  common  law  right  of  action, 
Section  4  of  the  Clayton  Act  does  not  authorize  a  state  to  sue  for  damages  for 
injury  to  its  general  economy  caused  by  antitrust  violations.  (Injury  to  general 
economy  is  not  an  injury  to  state's  "business  or  property"  within  the  terms  of 
Section  4.) 

Cort  v.  Ash,  U.S.  95,  S.  Ct.  2080  (1975) 

Derivative  action  by  stockholders  against  corporation  for  illegal  corporate 
campaign  contributions.  The  Supreme  Court  held  that  Federal  Elections  Cam- 
paign Act  did  not  create  a  private  right  of  action  for  such  suits. 


48 

Blue  Chip  Stamps  v.  Manor  Drug  Store,  421  U.S.  723,  95  S.  Ct.  1917  (1975) 

An  antitrust  consent  decree  required  Blue  Chip  to  offer  common  stock  to 
retailers.  Manor  Drug  alleged  that  it  was  dissuaded  from  purchasing  stock  by  an 
overly  pessimistic  appraisal  of  the  new  business.  Plaintiff  sued  for  damages  under 
SEC  rule  10  b-5.  The  Court  held  that  plaintiff  lacked  standing  to  sue,  because  it 
was  neither  a  purchaser  nor  seller  as  defined  in  the  Act.  Mr.  Justice  Blackmun, 
dissenting,  stated  :"In  doing  so,  the  Court  exhibits  a  preternatural  solicitousness 
for  corporate  well  being  and  a  seeming  callousness  toward  the  investing  public 
quite  out  of  keeping,  it  seems  to  me,  with  our  own  traditions  and  the  intent  of  the 
securities  law."  (421  U.S.  723,  750) 

Senator  Tunney.  Our  next  witness  is  Thomas  F.  Field,  executive 
director,  Tax  Analysts  and  Advocates,  and  James  Dale  Davidson, 
executive  director,  National  Taxpayers  Union. 

I  am  going  to  ask  you,  if  you  could,  to  either  read  your  statements 
quickly  or  abbreviate  them  a  bit,  because  we  have  got  time  problems. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

TESTIMONY  OF  THOMAS  F.  FIELD,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR,  TAX 

ANALYSTS  AND  ADVOCATES 

Mr.  Field.  Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  very  much  for  this  oppor- 
tune to  address  the  subcommittee.  I  have  only  two  brief  points. 

First,  it  is  my  strong  view  that  Internal  Revenue  Service  adminis- 
trative decisions  should  be  subject  to  judicial  review  in  all  cases,  not 
just  in  those  cases  in  which  revenue  is  raised  as  a  result  of  the  decision. 

My  second  point  is  that  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  should  not 
be  allowed  to  push  ordinary  citizens  around,  without  hope  of  judicial 
review,  just  because  they  happen  to  owe  no  tax. 

I  would  like  to  discuss  each  of  those  two  points,  Mr.  Chairman, 
very  briefly. 

The  Internal  Revenue  Service  is  thought  of  as  an  agency  that 
raises  money.  But,  in  addition,  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  is  also 
able  to  give  money  away  by  administrative  determinations.  I  have 
listed  in  my  statement^  several  instances  in  which  the  IRS  has  unilater- 
ally, without  public  hearing,  given  away  hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars 
to  special  interest  claimants  through  IRS  rulings.  The  most  prominent 
example,  and  one  which  we  are  currently  seeking  to  litigate  in  court, 
is  the  set  of  foreign  tax  credit  rulings  for  oil  firms  which  go  back  to  the 
early  1950's.  Those  rulings,  I  think,  are  quite  clearly  illegal.  They 
were  illegal  in  their  inception.  And  the  facts  as  to  the  way  in  which 
foreign  oil  tax  credits  are  now  generated  make  it  clear  that  they  are 
still  illegal.  Nevertheless,  the  courts  have  held  that  no  one  has  a  right 
to  challenge  those  Internal  Revenue  Service  rulings.  Now  that 
judicial  ruling  is  on  appeal  in  a  case  in  which  my  organization,  Tax 
Analysts  and  Advocates,  and  I  personally,  are  plaintiffs.  But  to  this 
point  the  court's  decision  is  that  when  the  IRS  gives  away  money  to 
special  interest  claimants  that  give  away  is  beyond  judicial  review. 

In  concluding  on  this  point,  I  would  like  to  observe  that  I  can  think 
of  nothing  that  is  more  calculated  to  inspire  cynicism  about  the  role 
of  our  courts  in  our  society  than  the  spectacle  of  an  Internal  Revenue 
Service  which  is  apparently  beyond  judicial  control  when  it  issues 
patently  illegal  rulings  thai  grant  enormous  tax  favors  to  powerful 
special  interests. 

Senator  Tunney.  May  I  just  stop  you  there? 


49 

It  would  require  a  very  simple  amendment  of  the  Internal  Revenue 
Code  to  correct  that  situation;  would  it  not? 

Mr.  Field.  The  problem  that  blocks  taxpayers  from  challenging 
IRS  administrative  action  when  the  result  of  that  action  is  to  lose 
revenue  is  the  doctrine  of  standing,  which  is,  of  course,  a  doctrine  of 
judicial  creation.  It  seems  to  me  the  problem  does  not  in  the  first 
instance  have  its  root  in  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

Senator  Tunney.  Well,  then  it  would  be  a  very  simple  amendment 
to  the  basic  law,  the  Rules  of  Civil  Procedure,  to  have  standing  given 
to  an  individual  taxpayer. 

Mr.  Field.  It  would,  Senator.  It  seems  to  me  that  it  is  the  Judicial 
Code  on  which  we  want  to  focus  our  attention.  I  might  add  that  I 
think  that  a  statutory  cure  for  the  problem  of  taxpayer  standing  is 
very  much  needed.  The  Supreme  Court  has  vacillated  so  frequently 
on  this  issue  of  standing  in  the  last  decade,  has  created  such  a  hash 
with  its  conflicting  decisions,  that  it  seems  to  me  that  it  is  time  for 
Congress  to  step  in  and  bring  clarity  to  this  very  important  area  of  the 
law. 

Now,  with  regard  to  my  second  point.  I  mentioned  that  I  do  not 
think  the  IRS  should  have  the  right  to  push  ordinary  citizens  around, 
without  hope  of  judicial  redress,  just  because  the}^  do  not  happen  to 
owe  any  tax.  You  might  say,  "Well,  how  can  that  happen?" 

Let  me  give  you  by  way  of  answer  three  specific  instances.  First 
of  all,  in  the  early  years  of  this  decade  the  Internal  Revenue  Service 
began  to  issue  what  were  known  as  "private  academy  rulings";  they 
basically  said  that  you  may  organize  a  segregated  private  academy 
and  enjoy  tax-exempt  status  even  though  you  exclude  blacks  or  other 
minorities.  That  set  of  rulings  was  successfully  challenged  in  court 
in  a  case  known  as  McGlotten  v.  Conally,  in  which  black  plaintiffs 
challenged  the  right  of  the  IRS  to  issue  those  rulings.  I  think  the 
significance  of  that  decision  is  that  there  is  nothing  inherently  non- 
justiciable about  an  IRS  ruling. 

The  second  instance  in  which  the  rights  of  non-payers  have  been 
affected  by  IRS  action  is  now  before  the  Supreme  Court  in  a  case 
called  Eastern  Kentucky  Welfare  Rights  Organization  v.  Simon. 
EKWRO  is  the  acronym  of  the  organization.  In  the  EKWRO  case, 
welfare  recipients  in  eastern  Kentucky  are  challenging  the  right  of  the 
Internal  Revenue  Service  to  grant  charitable  status  to  a  hospital  which 
refuses  to  treat  poor  patients.  The  question  on  which  the  government 
has  asked  Supreme  Court  review  is  the  question  whether  the  individ- 
uals in  a  community  affected  by  an  IRS  ruling  granting  charitable 
status  to  a  hospital,  even  though  the  hospital  announces  a  decision  not 
to  allow  poor  people  to  be  treated  there,  can  protest  that  ruling  in 
court.  I  think  it  obvious  that  in  such  a  situation  they  should  be 
allowed  to  protest. 

A  third  situation,  and  one  which  we  have  unsuccessfully  litigated  in 
the  courts,  is  the  censorship  of  our  own  weekhT  tax  news  magazine, 
which  we  publish  for  the  press.  We  are  a  tax  exempt  organization,  and 
as  a  consequence,  we  owe  no  taxes  to  the  Federal  Government  of  any 
sort.  Nevertheless,  as  a  precondition  to  maintaining  tax  exempt  status, 
we  are  required  each  week  to  remove  from  our  publication  anything 
that  could  be  construed  to  be  a  comment  on  legislation.  I  personally 
have  wielded  the  blue  pencil.  Sometimes,  too,  I  have  published  things 


50 

that  I  did  not  particularly  want  to  publish,  just  so  that  we  would  have 
some  protective  coloration  in  the  event  of  an  IRS  audit. 

The  problems  here  are  twofold:  First,  the  IRS  has  never  spelled  out 
the  rules  in  this  area.  Former  chief  counsel  of  the  IRS,  Mitchell 
Rogovin,  in  an  affidavit  that  we  will  soon  be  filing  in  court,  has 
testified  that  the  reason  the  IRS  has  never  spelled  out  the  rules  is  that 
they  like  to  keep  them  vague.  There  is  a  doctrine,  a  constitutional 
doctrine  under  the  first  amendment,  known  as  "void  for  vagueness", 
and  the  statute  that  we  sought  to  challenge  2  years  ago  is,  in  our 
view,  precisely  that,  void  for  vagueness.  And  yet  that  statute  requires 
us  to  censor  a  publication  which  is  a  major  organ  for  informing  the 
press  about  Federal  tax  decisions. 

The  courts  have  held  that  unless  we  choose  first  to  violate  the  law, 
incur  IRS  audit  and  penalties,  and  undergo  automatic  bankruptcy, 
because  all  of  our  foundation  support  at  that  point  would  be  reclaimed 
under  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1969,  unless  we  did  those  things,  unless 
we  underwent  the  dangers  of  IRS  audit  and  bankruptcy,  we  could  not 
get  into  court  to  protest  the  censorship  of  our  publication.  As  a  result, 
we  have  continued,  week  by  week,  to  censor  a  publication  designed  to 
inform  the  press  about  Federal  tax  issues. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  think  it  is  outrageous  that  an  organization  such  as 
ours,  which  seeks  to  monitor  the  actions  of  the  Internal  Revenue 
Service,  should  find  itself  subject  to  censorship  by  the  very  Federal 
agency  which  it  seeks  to  monitor  and  then,  on  top  of  that,  should  find 
itself  thrown  out  of  court  and  in  effect  deprived  of  any  enforceable 
first  amendment  rights. 

Thank  you. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you.  I  make  a  personal  note  on  your  testi- 
mony that  what  you  have  said  raises  the  temperature  of  my  blood.  I 
would  like  very  much  to  work  with  you  to  see  if  we  can  develop  some 
legislation  that  could  remedy  the  present  condition. 

I  think  that  everything  that  you  pointed  out  in  your  testimony  is 
just  another  indication  of  why  it  is  that  many  people  have  lost  faith 
in  the  institutions  which  traditionally  have  been  thought  of  as  having 
been  created  for  the  benefit  of  the  taxpayer- — the  citizen — and  yet 
now  to  a  considerable  extent  are  considered  amongst  hostile  powers 
that  are  unaccountable  and  certainly  not  responsive  to  individual 
needs.  It  has  produced  the  kind  of  political  cynicism  and  apathy 
that  many  of  us  can  sense  as  political  figures  out  amongst  our 
constituents. 

Mr.  Field.  I  listened  to  some  of  the  witnesses  earlier  this  morning, 
Mr.  Chairman,  who  voiced  similar  sentiments,  and  I  must  say  that  I, 
too,  am  beginning  to  be  concerned  about  the  willingness  of  our  courts 
to  do  justice.  It  seems  to  me  that,  all  too  frequently,  the  key  decisions 
today  turn  on  technicalities.  They  may  be  technicalities  relating  to 
the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  to  the  Judicial  Code,  to  the  Doctrine 
of  Standing,  or  to  the  question  of  whether  remedies  have  been  ex- 
hausted in  State  courts.  But  ordinary  citizens,  even  though  they  are 
unskilled  in  the  law,  recognize  a  technicality  when  they  see  one;  they 
recognize  a  denial  of  justice  when  they  see  one,  and  that  is  why  I 
think  we  have  the  cynicism  that  is  growing,  and  that  I  sense,  and 
you  sense. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Thomas  F.  Field  follows:] 


51 

Prepared    Statement    by    Thomas    F.    Field,    Executive    Director,    Tax 

Analysts  and  Advocates 

Mr.  Chairman,  and  members  of  the  Subcommittee: 

I  want  to  thank  you  for  your  invitation  to  testify  regarding  the  causes  of  popular 
dissatisfaction  with  the  administration  of  justice.  That  is  a  broad  subject,  and  I 
want  to  confine  myself  today  to  one  aspect:  the  need  for  greater  access  to  the 
courts   by  those  seeking  judicial  review  of  Internal   Revenue  Service  actions. 

In  this  connection,  I  wish  to  make  only  two  brief,  but  highly  important  points: 
First — All  IRS  administrative  decisions  should  be  subject  to  judicial  review,  not 
just  those  that  raise  revenue.  Second — No  charitable  or  educational  group  should 
be  forced  to  violate  the  law  before  being  allowed  to  go  to  court  to  vindicate 
Constitutional  rights  that  have  been  violated  by  IRS  action. 

INTRODUCTION 

Bureaucrats,  whether  in  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  or  elsewhere,  can  make 
honest  mistakes.  Moreover,  they  can  also  yield  to  political  and  other  pressures  to 
engage  in  lawless  or  illegal  administrative  actions.  That  is  why,  more  than  a 
generation  ago,  Congress  provided  broad  access  to  the  courts  for  those  wishing  to 
obtain  judicial  review  of  agency  action. 

But,  in  the  case  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  judicial  review  by  some  of  the 
most  important  agency  actions  is  claimed  by  the  IRS  to  be  barred  by  statute, 
judicial  precedent,  or  a  combination  of  both.  And,  to  date,  those  IRS  claims  have 
been  generally  sustained  by  the  courts. 

The  IRS  actions  which  are  said  to  be  beyond  the  scrutiny  of  the  courts  fall  into 
two  categories:  tax  giveaways,  and  actions  which  injure  the  rights  of  nontaxpayers . 

TAX    GIVEAWAYS 

The  IRS,  by  administrative  regulation  and  private  ruling,  can  affect  the  tax 
liabilities  of  individuals  and  firms.  If  the  administrative  action  results  in  greater 
tax  payments,  that  action  is  subject  to  judicial  review  in  three  forums:  the  Tax 
Court,  the  Court  of  Claims,  and  the  district  courts. 

But  if  the  administrative  determination — no  matter  how  illegal — results  in  a  loss 
of  revenue,  the  IRS  claims  that  its  administrative  actions  are  totally  beyond 
judicial  review.  In  short,  the  IRS  cannot  raise  revenue  without  running  the  gamut 
of  judicial  review,  but  it  claims  that  it  can  give  away  revenue  to  special  interest 
claimants  without  any  risk  that  its  actions  will  be  reviewed  by  the  courts. 

Thus,  for  example,  there  has  never  been  judicial  review  of  the  following  IRS 
administrative  rulings,  each  of  which  was  highly  questionable,  and  each  of  which 
was  the  result  of  secret  negotiations  between  the  IRS  and  attorneys  for  the  special 
interests  whose  taxes  were  lowered  as  a  result  of  those  rulings: 

(a)  The  ruling  that  convicted  antitrust  violators  could  deduct  their  treble 
damage  payments.  (Cost  to  the  public:  in  excess  of  $400  million  through  1969, 
when  Congress  repealed  this  ruling). 

(b)  The  rulings  that  oil,  gas,  and  mineral  producers  could  minimize  their  tax 
payments  through  questionable  "production  payment"  transactions.  (Cost  to  the 
public:  $200  million  per  year  through  1969,  when  Congress  repealed  this  ruling 
as  well). 

(c)  The  ruling  that  royalty-type  taxes  paid  to  OPEC  countries  are  creditable 
against  U.S.  tax,  rather  than  deductible.  (Cost  to  the  public:  more  than  $1  billion 
annually) . 

The  third  of  these  rulings,  which  is  still  in  effect,  is  worthy  of  special  mention. 
Thanks  to  the  hearings  of  the  Senate  Subcommittee  on  Multinational  Corpora- 
tions, the  secrecy  which  formerly  surrounded  the  origin  of  the  OPEC  royalty  tax 
rulings  has  been  lifted  to  some  degree.  It  is  now  clear  that  those  rulings  were 
illegal  in  their  origin,  having  been  forced  on  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  at  State 
Department  insistence  as  a  means  of  granting  foreign  aid  to  Arab  states  at  a 
time  when  it  was  clear  that  Congressional  sentiment  would  have  blocked  such  aid. 

It  is  equally  clear  that  those  rulings  continue  to  violate  the  law.  The  OPEC 
governments  in  recent  years  have  abandoned  any  pretense  that  these  taxes  are 
computed  by  reference  to  either  gross  or  net  income.  Instead,  they  are  now  levied 
as  straight  per-barrel  excises.  Excise  taxes  are  deductible,  not  creditable,  against 
U.S.  income  tax. 

Hence,  the  existing  system  of  tax  credits  for  major  oil  producers  constitutes  an 
illegal  system  of  tax  subsidies,  totally  unauthorized  by  Congress — indeed,  adopted 


52 

as  a  means  of  circumventing  Congress.  Ordinary  taxpayers  are  paying  over  $1 
billion  in  extra  taxes  each  year  as  a  result  of  these  tax  credit  rulings.  Yet  the 
courts  have  ruled  that  no  one  has  judicial  "standing"  to  seek  review  of  these 
patently  illegal  determinations. 

In  my  view,  this  is  an  outrageous  situation.  If  an  IRS  ruling  costs  an  individual 
taxpayer  a  single  penny,  he  can  obtain  judicial  review  of  that  ruling  in  any  one 
of  three  separate  courts.  But  if  an  obviously  illegal  set  of  IRS  rulings  costs  ordinary 
taxpayer  a  single  penny,  he  can  obtain  judicial  review  of  that  ruling  in  any  one 
taxpayers  more  than  $1  billion  annually,  no  one  has  standing  to  obtain  judicial 
review  of  those  rulings.1 

I  can  think  of  nothing  more  calculated  to  inspire  cynicism  about  the  role  of  the 
courts  in  our  society  than  the  spectacle  of  an  Internal  Revenue  Service  which  is 
apparently  beyond  judicial  control  when  it  issues  illegal  rulings  that  grant  enor- 
mous tax  favors  to  powerful  special  interests.  And  this  cynicism  is  increased  when 
one  notes  how  swift  the  courts  are  to  review  IRS  action  when  it  affects  the  pocket- 
books  of  those  same  interests. 

PROTECTION   FOR  THE    RIGHTS   OF   NONTAXPAYERS 

Most  IRS  actions  are  focused  on  the  collection  of  tax  revenues.  But  IRS  ad- 
ministrative action  can  also  affect  nontaxpayers.  And,  in  such  instances,  the  IRS 
has  been  largely  successful  in  exempting  itself  from  judicial  review. 

For  example,  one  of  the  basic  goals  of  our  organization  is  to  assist  the  press  in 
analyzing  tax  issues.  For  this  purpose,  we  publish  a  weekly  tax  newsmagazine, 
Tax  Notes.  We  are  forced  to  censor  this  magazine  each  week,  in  an  attempt  to 
comply  with  a  set  of  exceedingly  vague  IRS  rules  governing  the  extent  to  which 
we  may,  or  may  not,  comment  on  legislation. 

Let  me  say,  in  passing,  that  I  believe  it  is  clear  that  the  IRS  rules  in  question 
violate  the  First  and  Fifth  Amendments  to  the  Constitution.  Neither  these  nor  any 
similar  rules  could  survive  even  the  most  cursory  judicial  scrutiny  if  they  were 
presented  to  the  courts  on  their  merits. 

But  there  appears  to  be  no  way  in  which  these  issues  can  be  presented  to  the 
courts.  We  brought  suit  more  than  three  years  ago  to  test  these  IRS  rules  in  light 
of  the  First  and  Fifth  Amendments,  but  were  immediately  met  with  the  objec- 
tion that  suits  in  the  district  courts  against  the  IRS  can  only  take  the  form  of  tax 
refund  actions.  Since  we  owe  no  taxes,  the  IRS  argued  that  we  have  no  access  to  the 
courts,  unless  and  until  we  made  ourselves  liable  for  taxes  by  violating  the  law. 

The  courts  accepted  this  IRS  argument,  in  reliance  on  the  recent  Supreme 
Court  opinion  in  Bob  Jones  University  v.  Simon,  416  U.S.  725.  We  sought,  un- 
successfully, before  both  the  District  Court  and  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  District 
of  Columbia  Circuit,  to  distinguish  the  Bob  Jones  case — in  which  the  plaintiff  had 
an  obvious,  if  delayed,  refund  remedy — from  our  own  situation  in  which  a  refund 
remedy  is  available  only  if: 

(a)  We  embark  on  a  conscious  program  of  law  violation,  with  the  objective  of 
causing  an  IRS  assessment  of  penalty  taxes. 

(b)  We  are  willing  to  undergo  the  certain  bankruptcy  that  would  follow  from 
IRS  withdrawal  of  our  charitable  and  educational  status,  and 

(c)  We  are  able  to  find  the  resources  after  bankruptcy  to  prosecute  a  tax  refund 
suit  involving  difficult  Constitutional  issues. 

Obviously,  a  "judicial  remedy"  of  this  sort  is  no  remedy  at  all.  Accordingly,  we 
continue,  week  by  week,  to  censor  an  important  channel  of  information  for  the 
press  regarding  IRS  actions.  But  we  are  very  unhappy  indeed  with  a  situation  in 
which  we  are  subject  to  censorship,  under  vague  and  ill-defined  rules,  by  the  very 
agency  whose  actions  we  seek  to  scrutinize.  For  us,  at  least,  the  First  Amendment  is 
a  nullity. 

Furthermore,  this  nullification  of  the  First  Amendment  has  serious  implications 
for  the  future.  The  courts  have  said,  in  effect,  that  they  will  stand  aside  when  the 
tax  system  is  used  to  violate  rights  guaranteed  by  the  Constitution  to  the  volun- 
tary sector  of  our  society. 

But,  you  may  object,  voluntary  organizations  enjoy  the  benefit  of  tax  exemption. 
So  we  can  authorize  the  IRS  to  violate  their  Constitutional  rights  if  it  chooses. 
The  short  answer  to  this  contention  is  that  the  Supreme  Court  has  repeatedly 


1  Tax  Analysts  and  I  have  been  contesting  these  rulings  in  court  for  2  years.  Tax  A/A 
has  sought  to  establish  standing  as  a  representative  of  citizen  and  taxpayer  interests,  and 
I  have  sought  standing  as  the  owner  of  a  domestic  oil  well,  who  suffers  competitive  harm 
as  a  result  of  tax  favors  to  foreign  producers.  The  District  Court  for  the  District  of 
Columbia  has  ruled  that  neither  Tax  A/A  nor  I  are  within  the  "zone  of  interest"  protected 
by  the  courts.  The  case  is  now  on  appeal. 


53 

held  (and  presumably  will  continue  to  hold  if  the  Constitution  means  anything) 
that  indirect  violation  of  Constitutional  rights  through  the  tax  system  is  as 
reprehensible  as  direct  violation  of  those  same  rights  through  financial  penalties, 
police  harassment,  and  other  means. 

This  situation  is  a  matter  of  serious  concern  to  thousands  of  voluntary  groups 
throughout  the  country,  which  are  subject,  like  ourselves,  to  vague  and  capricious 
IRS  censorship  with  respect  to  their  publications.  I  find  it  shocking  that  these 
organizations  can  vindicate  their  Constitutional  rights  only  if  they  first  violate 
the  law  and  run  the  risks  associated  with  IRS  audit  and  bankruptc}^. 

WHAT  NEEDS  TO  BE  DONE 

The  doctrine  of  standing  is  the  root  cause  of  the  problems  involved  in  taxpayer 
challenges  to  illegal  IRS  administrative  action.  That  doctrine  is,  in  the  words  of 
the  late  Justice  Harlan,  "a  word  game  played  by  secret  rules".  At  bottom,  it  is  a 
way  in  which  the  courts  regulate  their  workloads. 

Regulating  the  workload  of  the  courts  is  an  important  objective,  but  surely 
there  is  no  justification  for  a  rule  that  grants  prompt  judicial  review  for  all  pocket- 
book  interests  that  are  immediately  affected  by  IRS  action,  and  denies  review 
when  the  IRS  engages  in  illegal  action  that  affects  taxpayers  generally.  That  rule 
has  the  grave  demerit  of  making  our  courts  little  more  than  a  convenient  device 
for  special  interest  claimants.  Meanwhile,  the  historical  role  of  the  courts  in  pro- 
tecting citizens  from  arbitrary  and  illegal  executive  action  is  neglected. 

There  are  ways  of  regulating  the  workload  of  the  courts  short  of  making  un- 
reviewable a  substantial  number  of  important  IRS  administrative  determinations. 
Included  are  rules  that  would  establish  a  Taxpayer  Protection  Agency  as  an  inde- 
pendent office  in  the  Treasury  Department,  with  power  to  bring  questionable  IRS 
decisions  to  court.  Alternatively,  we  could  grant  a  right  of  action  to  taxpayer 
groups  that  meet  specified  membership  and  financial  requirements,  which  are 
indicative  of  broad  public  acceptance  of  their  goals.2  The  precise  nature  of  the 
remedy  to  be  adopted  can  be  discussed  later.  The  important  point  for  present 
purposes  is  that  the  IRS  should  not  remain  immune  from  judicial  review  when  it 
gives  away  money.  That  is  far  too  sensitive  a  matter  to  be  left  to  the  unbridled 
discretion  of  administrators,  no  matter  how  honest  or  well-intentioned  they  may  be. 

As  for  protection  of  the  rights  of  nontaxpayers,  it  seems  to  me  that  an  amend- 
ment to  the  judicial  code  is  needed.  It  should  make  clear  that  no  individual  or 
group  is  required  to  violate  a  non-criminal  statute  as  a  precondition  to  a  suit  de- 
signed to  vindicate  Constitutional  rights  that  have  been  violated  by  the  IRS. 
Such  a  statute  would  establish  the  inadequacy  cf  legal  remedits  in  this  area,  and 
would  therefore  clear  the  way  for  the  exercise  of  equity  jurisdiction  by  the  courts. 

1  hope  that  these  comments  are  helpful  to  you.  I  will  be  glad  to  answer  any 
questions  that  you  may  have. 

Senator  Tunney.  Mr.  Davidson  you  may  proceed  with  your  state- 
ment. 

TESTIMONY  OF  JAMES  DALE  DAVIDSON,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR, 

NATIONAL  TAXPAYERS  UNION 

Mr.  Davidson.  Thank  you,  Senator.  I  appreciate  the  opportunity 
to  discuss  an  issue  which  I  believe  is  very  important;  perhaps  more 
important  than  some  of  the  others  discussed.  That  is  the  fact  that 
the  IRS,  which  reaches  into  the  home  of  every  citizen,  has  the 
ability  to  push  around  people  who  are  taxpayers,  not  only  the  ones 
who  are  not  taxpayers.  I  think  that  the  operational  costs  for  a  citizen 
to  secure  his  constitutional  rights  in  tax  issues  are  purposefully 
designed  to  be  far  higher  than  the  normal  issue  at  stake,  so  we  have 
what  I  call  a  banana  republic  style  of  justice,  which  is  akin  to  that 

2  Something  similar  has  been  done,  for  example,  to  separate  legitimate  Presidential 
candidates  from  splinter  candidates,  when  determining  eligibility  for  Federal  campaign 
funds.  Under  those  rules,  a  candidate  must  demonstrate  broad  public  support  before  be- 
coming eligible  for  funds.  A  similar  demonstration  might  be  demanded  as  a  precondition 
for  taxpayer  standing  in  court. 


54 

found  in  any  country  around  the  world  where  a  citizen  with  a  vast 
pocketbook  and  a  very  exotic  knowledge  can  obtain  his  own  dif- 
ferential justice  by  bribing  the  proper  officials.  By  paying  a  very  high 
cost,  he  can  thereby  be  immune  from  whatever  weighs  down  on  the 
rest  of  the  public. 

Now,  the  same  sort  of  situation  occurs  with  the  Internal  Revenue 
Service.  We  just  heard  a  discussion  of  the  doctrine  of  "void  by  vague- 
ness." If  that  were  consistently  held,  the  Internal  Revenue  Code 
would  be  entirely  stricken  from  the  books  because  certainly  it  is  quite 
vague  and  most  citizens  have  no  real  idea  of  what  the  code  consists 
of  or  what  they  are  required  to  pay. 

Which  brings  me  to  an  additional  point  which  I  believe  is  very 
slightly  considered  but  it  is  quite  important,  and  that  is  the  perception 
of  justice.  Because  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  is  so  vague  the  IRS 
has  said  in  a  loose  moment  that  99.9  percent  of  all  returns  have 
errors  that  could  be  discovered  if  anybody  wanted  to  dig  into  them. 
The  citizen,  recognizing  this,  feels  that  he  has  a  choice  between  sub- 
mitting to  whatever  is  asked  of  him  or  possibly  being  in  jeopardy  of 
running  a  great  bill  and  then  loosing  anyway. 

We  found  that  44  percent  of  the  people  who  filed  returns  in  the 
current  year  went  to  the  H  and  R  Block  or  some  similar  organization 
for  professional  assistance,  and  many  of  these  people  were  individuals 
who  had  worked  for  wages  and  had  no  real  complexities  in  their  return. 
So  I  think  this  is  just  one  statistical  indication  of  the  large  feeling  of 
low-grade  paranoia  that  exists  in  the  country.  People  feel  "I  cannot 
get  justice  from  the  IRS,"  and  they  are  quite  right  normally  in 
thinking  that. 

We  discovered  something  which  might  be  of  some  embarrassment 
to  the  Congress — I  am  sure  we  are  not  the  only  ones  who  discovered 
it — that  in  the  Tax  Reform  Act  that  was  passed  and  signed  on 
December  23,  1975,  unbeknownst  to  itself,  the  Congress  generously 
repealed  the  corporate  income  tax.  Now,  this  was  done  by  error, 
obviously,  but  still  it  shows  that  none  of  the  Members  of  Congress 
who  voted  this  through  bothered  to  penetrate  to  the  specific  meaning 
of  the  paragraph  in  law  which  was  being  changed.  Of  course  the 
citizen  himself  can  scarcely  be  thought  of  as  having  any  greater 
insight  into  these  particulars  of  law.  And  there  is  no  reason  why  one 
should  be  burdened  with  that  type  of  knowledge. 

It  is  notable  that  since  this  tax  has  been  repealed  for  more  than 
6  months  not  one  case  has  come  to  court  to  my  knowledge,  chal- 
lenging the  legality  of  a  tax  which  has  since  been  repealed.  This  again 
shows  the  tremendous  extent  to  which  the  constitutional  protections 
are  discouraged  for  economic  reasons  in  the  collection  of  taxes. 
Almost  everyone  knows,  regardless  of  the  legalities,  that  the  courts 
could  not  afford  to  dismiss  a  large  source  of  revenue;  hence,  while  the 
law  and  logic  are  on  one  side,  the  economic  expediencies  are  on  the 
other.  The  citizen  suffers  for  this. 

The  Government's  purpose  in  making  it  very  difficult  for  individ- 
uals to  obtain  their  rights  is  perhaps  counter  to  the  general  issue  of 
stability  in  the  system.  The  tremendous  resistance  which  I  see  to  the 
IRS  and  the  reaction  which  I  had  to  an  article  which  I  wrote  in  the 
April  issue  of  Playboy  Magazine,  pointing  out  some  of  the  specific 
examples  of  how  IRS  has  abused  the  rights  of  taxpayers,  show  that 


55 

many  people  are  afraid.  I  have  had  50  people  come  to  me  and  say, 
"Gosh  I  thought  that  was  a  great  article,  but  I  would  be  fearful  to 
write  a  letter  because  IRS  would  investigate."  And,  the  researcher 
that  I  had  working  on  the  article  has  already  received  her  notice  of 
audit.  I  look  at  my  mailbox  nervously. 

I  think  that  this  type  of  feeling,  that  injustice  is  the  nature  of  the 
system  and  that  justice  could  only  be  had  if  you  had  a  vast  pocketbook 
and  a  great  knowledge  of  how  the  system  works,  is  something  which  in 
the  long  run  will  destroy  the  society.  That  is  whjr  I  feel  that  several 
specific  steps  which  I  have  outlined  in  my  testimony  ought  to  be  taken. 
First,  that  the  Congress  should  make  its  will  clear  that  the  constitu- 
tional protections  do  apply  to  taxpayers  and  that  due  process  of  law  is 
not  suspended  when  money  is  at  stake.  And  the  laws  ought  to  be 
simplified  to  the  extent  that  the  taxpayer  has  an  opportunity  to  under- 
stand them.  Furthermore,  we  need  to  redress  the  great  diseconomies 
which  fall  on  a  citizen  for  trying  to  protect  his  rights.  We  have  to  make 
the  cost  of  protecting  a  taxpayer's  right  less  than  the  money  at  stake, 
and  if  the  average  taxpayer  in  a  dispute  with  the  IRS  has  a  tax  ques- 
tion of  less  than  $2,000  it  cannot  cost  $100,000  to  assert  his  con- 
stitutional rights.  We  would  like  to  see  that  in  cases  where  the  con- 
stitutional issue  is  at  stake  that  the  Government  would — if  a  citizen 
is  vindicated — pick  up  the  expense  of  protecting  these  rights.  These 
rights  really  do  apply  to  everyone,  and  the  aggravation  which  we  feel, 
while  it  may  be  great,  with  a  toaster  which  does  not  work  or  a  car  that 
will  not  start  or  whatever,  is  minimal  compared  to  the  general  aggrava- 
tion which  we  all  feel  at  being  powerless  before  a  body  like  the  Internal 
Revenue  Service,  which,  as  we  know,  spreads  everywhere. 

Senator  Tunney.  Well,  just  on  that  point,  what  about  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  small  claims  court  for,  let  us  say,  a  claim  by  the  IRS  of 
$2,000  or  less,  there  being  the  ability  to  have  an  attorney  though  only 
a  summary  judgment  is  issued;  if  you  go  before  this  judge  and  not 
have  to  appeal :  Just  a  decision  made  on  the  spot  with  regard  to  a  tax 
claim  of  $2,000  or  less? 

Mr.  Davidson.  Well,  of  course  we  do  have  a  court  of  claims  where 
small  issues  can  be  heard.  But  the  difficulty  here  as  with  the  Tax 
Court  itself,  which  has  been  designed  by  Congress  in  the  past  in  a 
futile  attempt  to  try  to  answer  this  problem,  is  that  these  courts  by 
their  nature  almost  always  hold  that  it  would  be  grandiloquent  on 
their  part  to  favor  any  constitutional  argument  so  they  seldom  do. 

If  a  taxpayer  comes  to  a  court  with  a  claim  that  taxes  are  being 
levied  on  him  on  the  basis  of  information  which  was  illegally  obtained, 
for  example,  the  courts  have  not  ruled  that  the  Government  would 
waive  the  attempt  to  seize  the  revenue  on  that  basis,  and  none  of  these 
small  courts  would  be  willing  to  accept  these  issues.  The  general  issues 
which  arise  out  of  the  failure  of  due  process  and  the  failure  to  observe 
constitutional  rights  as  we  generally  consider  them  in  tax  issues  do 
not  seem  to  interest  these  courts,  and  that  is  why  I  think  that  a  con- 
gressional resolution  instructing  the  court,  the  Tax  Court,  and  the 
Court  of  Claims  that  constitutional  issues  are  pertinent  to  tax  issues 
would  be  in  order. 

Senator  Tunney.  Mr.  Field,  do  you  have  any  comment  on  that? 

Mr.  Field.  I  am  thinking  of  former  Dean  Erwin  Griswold  of  the 
Harvard  Law  School,  who  labored  as  a  young  man  in  the  Solicitor 


56 

General's  office,  essentially  causing  the  problem  which  has  just  been 
described.  Basically  the  Supreme  Court  held  40  years  ago  that  equal 
protection  issues  could  be  raised  only  with  great  difficulty  in  the 
Federal  tax  area.  The  Court  gave  virtually  carte  blanche  to  the 
Congress  to  distinguish  between,  say,  oil  producers  who  pump  liquid 
out  of  a  well  and  who  get  percentage  depletion,  and  water  producers 
who  also  pump  liquid  but  do  not;  to  distinguish  between  married  and 
single;  between  heads  of  households  and  others.  It  seems  to  me  the 
Court  went  very  far  at  that  time,  but  I  am  not  certain  whether  a 
statute  is  needed  here  or  some  rethinking  of  the  reach  of  those  early 
decisions  of  the  late  1920's  and  early  1930's.  In  short,  it  seems  to  me 
is  that  the  problem  here  is  basically  a  problem  of  rethinking  the 
equal  protection  decisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  about  40  years 
ago,  which  Dean  Griswold  was  instrumental  as  a  young  attorney  in 
arguing  on  behalf  of  the  government.  It  may  be,  in  short,  that  this 
particular  program  is  one  that  the  courts  could  correct  for  themselves. 

Perhaps  Mr.  Davidson  can  suggest  a  statutory  route,  and  sometimes 
a  statutory  route  has  the  great  virtue  of  being  both  quicker  and  clearer. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Well,  I  think  that  certainly  the  courts  have  taken 
their  lead  in  this  issue  from  the  Congress,  inasmuch  as  the  Congress 
has  labored  unsuccessfully  to  reform  the  tax  structure  and  to  make  it 
equitable.  The  feeling  that  one  gets  very  quickly  in  investigating  the 
tax  issues  which  involve  constitutional  rights,  is  that  the  courts  feel 
that  Congress  really  does  not  mean  for  the  constitutional  rights  to  be 
taken  seriously  and  extended  in  the  same  way  that  they  are  in  other 
areas  routinely.  For  example,  one  issue  which  I  would  specifically 
point  to,  which  can  be  definitely  corrected  by  legislation,  is  that  in 
tax  issues  where  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  is  facing  the  individual 
citizen  as  an  adversary,  the  courts  maintain  the  fiction  that  the  in- 
dividual citizen,  who  is  obviously  the  defendant  in  an  adversary 
proceeding,  is  a  plaintiff  and  not  a  defendant.  Now,  if  the  Congress 
were  to  simply  define  his  position  as  everyone  in  commonsense  knows 
it  is,  as  a  defendant,  then  this  would  grant  to  him  immediately 
protections  of  due  process  which  are  routinely  waived  by  this  very 
slippery  definition.  That  is  one  of  the  sorts  of  corrections  which  ought 
to  be  considered. 

Senator  Tunney.  Well,  I  could  spend  a  great  deal  more  time  talking 
about  it.  I  hope  that  you  will  make  some  of  your  specific  suggestions 
known  to  the  committee.  I  mean,  you  have  discussed  it  generally  very 
effectively  today,  but  if  you  do  have  any  specific  recommendations  as 
to  legislative  changes — and  I  think  the  definition  that  you  have  just 
suggested — making  the  taxpayer  the  defendant  and  the  constitutional 
protections  of  a  defendant  is  a  very  good  suggestion.  It  is  one  that  I 
would  like  to  think  through  as  a  possible  means  of  developing  legisla- 
tion to  cure  that  problem. 

But  I  am  going  to  have  to  move  on  because  we  have  a  limited  time 
period . 

I  want  to  thank  you  both  for  being  here. 

Mr.  Field.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  James  Davidson  follows:] 


57 

Prepared   Statement   by   James    Davidson,    Executive    Director    of   the 

National  Taxpayers  Union 

As  this  committee  will  no  doubt  hear  many  times  in  the  course  of  its  delibera- 
tions, the  value  of  a  constitutional  right  is  directly  proportionate  to  the  ease  with 
which  it  can  be  exercised.  A  right  which  can  be  secured  only  at  high  cost  is  scarcely 
a  right  at  all. 

When  the  cost  to  most  persons  of  securing  constitutional  guarantees  greatly 
exceeds  the  cost  of  submission,  the  effect  must  be  to  undermine  the  distinctions 
upon  which  we  rightly  pride  ourselves,  between  our  constitutional  system  of 
government  and  all  other  forms.  In  different  words,  by  placing  the  cost  of  securing 
constitutional  rights  too  high,  we  negate  those  rights,  and  convert  our  system 
into  one  in  which  liberty  is  a  matter  to  be  advanced  or  restricted  solely  as  it  is 
economically  expedient.  A  dispassionate  study  of  comparative  political  systems 
reveals  that  it  is  usually  possible  to  obtain  relief  from  tyranny  in  any  system,  no 
matter  how  arbitrary  and  despotic,  if  you  are  willing  and  able  to  pay  a  high  price. 
If  you  have  the  financial  resources  to  bribe  the  necessary  officials,  and  you  have 
the  know-how  to  approach  them,  you  may  be  able  to  obtain  a  highly  differential 
and  quixotic  relief.  Of  course,  in  such  systems  there  is  no  rationalized  procedure 
by  which  the  masses  may  secure  the  same  relief  from  despotism  for  themselves. 
In  despotic  systems  the  masses  lack  both  the  financial  resources  and  the  knowledge 
to  obtain  justice. 

It  is  in  light  of  this  analysis  that  the  National  Taxpayers  Union  invites  this 
committee  to  consider  the  constitutional  rights  of  Americans  as  taxpayers.  You 
will  discover  that  in  all  too  many  instances,  the  cost  to  the  average  taxpayer  of 
asserting  his  constitutional  rights  far  exceeds  the  sum  which  he  would  lose  by 
waiving  those  rights  and  submitting  to  the  claims  of  the  tax  collecting  body.  In 
ways  too  numerous  to  be  fully  listed  here,  the  tax  collecting  system  bears  down 
upon  the  individual  with  a  force  which  far  outweighs  his  theoretical  protections 
in  due  process  of  law.  For  example,  the  only  courts  where  the  entry  costs  for  the 
taxpayers  would  not  normally  exceed  the  disputed  tax  payments — the  tax  court 
or  small  claims  court — do  not  entertain  constitutional  arguments.  Thus,  unless  the 
procedures  which  are  followed  by  these  courts  insure  full  protection  of  a  taxpayers' 
rights,  the  courts  themselves  are  no  help. 

Furthermore,  the  pretense  that  both  parties  are  "plaintiffs"  in  tax  cases  deprives 
the  taxpayer  of  numerous  constitutional  protections  which  normally  shield 
citizens  in  adversary  proceedings.  Rather  than  impose  on  the  government  the 
full  burden  of  proving  wrongdoing  by  the  taxpayer,  the  IRS  is  generally  free  to 
make  accusations  and  thereby  shift  the  burden  onto  the  taxpayer  of  proving  his 
innocence.  Because  the  vast  powers  and  legal  resources  of  the  government  are 
arrayed  against  him,  the  individual  taxpayer  who  feels  himself  to  be  the  victim 
of  injustice  often  must  choose  between  two  unjust  alternatives:  submission,  or 
vindication  by  bankruptcy.  He  personally  must  bear  all  the  operational  costs  of 
asserting  his  constitutional  rights.  If,  after  long  and  expensive  deliberation,  he  is 
vindicated  by  the  court,  there  is  no  provision  for  the  government  to  absorb  the 
high  courts  costs  which  it  imposes. 

Clearly,  the  situation  is  one  in  which  the  vast  majority  of  the  population  doubts 
that  it  can  obtain  justice  in  tax  matters.  I  could  site  more  examples  than  this 
committee  has  time  to  consider  which  tend  to  validate  this  popular  opinion.  But 
let  me  point  to  one  revealing  evidence  of  the  low  grade  paranoia  which  afflicts 
the  population  on  tax  questions:  44%  of  the  citizens  filing  tax  returns  in  1974 
were  afraid  to  send  in  their  returns  without  consulting  "experts".  The  great 
majority  of  these  returns  were  simple  cases  of  persons  who  worked  for  wages  and 
were  due  refunds.  Yet,  fear  is  so  widespread  that  these  millions  went  out  of  their 
way  to  spend  money  for  professionals  to  check  their  judgement  before  filing  a 
return. 

This  not  only  exemplifies  the  deep-seated  fear  abroad  in  the  countryside,  it 
points  to  another  grave  shortcoming  of  the  system.  Taxpayers  cannot  exercise 
their  constitutional  rights  as  taxDayers  partially  because  they  lack  the  knowledge 
to  do  so.  The  reputed  boast  that  "IRS  can  find  errors  in  99.9%  of  all  returns  if 
it  wants  to"  could  not  be  more  appropriate.  No  one  understands  the  Internal 
Revenue  Code.  With  all  due  respect  to  the  distinguished  gentlemen  here,  members 
of  Congress  themselves  could  not  wrestle  with  the  meaning  of  many  specific 


58 

clauses  in  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  without  being  thrown.  There  is  no  better 
example  than  the  recent  revelation  of  Congress'  unintended  generosity  in  repealing 
the  corporate  income  tax  in  the  tax  reform  measure  signed  into  law  on 
December  23,  1975.  Quite  evidently,  not  one  member  of  Congress  bothered  to,  or 
was  able  to  penetrate  the  specific  meaning  of  the  changes  made  in  the  law.  How 
then,  could  the  citizen  be  justly  bound  to  know  more? 

A  further  question  arises  from  the  "repeal"  of  the  corporate  income  tax  which 
bears  directly  on  the  topic  at  hand.  Why  is  it  that  not  one  law  suit  throughout 
the  United  States  has  been  filed  to  challenge  the  collection  of  a  tax  which  has  been 
repealed?  Why  indeed,  does  not  the  prohibition  of  ex  -post  facto  legislation  intervene 
to  prohibit  the  passage  of  a  retroactive  tax  bill?  Obviously,  it  does  not,  and  the 
received  legal  opinion  would  not  even  entertain  such  an  argument.  The  reason, 
it  seems  to  us,  is  not  from  any  shortfall  of  logic  in  the  argument  itself,  but  because 
of  the  more  palpable  shortfall  of-revenue  in  the  Treasury  which  might  result  were 
the  citizen's  constitutional  rights  as  a  taxpayer  to  be  enforced. 

The  National  Taxpayers  Union  disputes  the  supposition  that  economic  expe- 
diency should  so  fully  outweigh  the  constitutional  rights  of  citizens  in  tax  matters. 
The  16th  Amendment  did  not  repeal  the  rest  of  the  Constitution.  Congress  should 
make  that  clear.  A  "Sense  of  the  Congress  Resolution"  perhaps  tied  to  the  current 
resolution  reinstating  the  Corporate  Income  Tax,  should  assert  the  intention  of 
Congress  to  protect  the  constitutional  rights  of  citizens  in  tax  matters.  And  to 
make  that  necessary  statement  more  than  a  rhetorical  show,  specific  changes  in 
the  law  should  be  made,  providing  what  every  taxpayer  already  knows,  that  the 
defendant  in  legal  matter  involving  taxes  is  a  defendant,  not  a  plaintiff.  Further- 
more, the  system  which  requires  vindication  by  bankruptcy  should  be  changed 
to  lower  the  cost  to  the  citizen  of  asserting  his  constitutional  rights.  In  these 
cases  where  the  government  is  found  at  fault,  the  government  should  pay  reason- 
able legal  fees.  The  cost  to  the  government  would  be  more  than  compensated 
for  by  the  increased  perception  that  justice  is  available  through  the  system,  and 
that  one's  constitutional  rights  are  not  merely  something  to  bargain  for  economic- 
ally, like  favors  to  be  purchased  in  a  banana  republic,  but  strong  protections 
which  apply  to  everyone  regardless  of  his  resources. 

Senator  Tunney.  Our  next  witness  is  Aryeh  Neier,  executive  direc- 
tor of  the  American  Civil  Liberties  Union. 

TESTIMONY  OF  ARYEH  NEIER,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR,  AMERICAN 

CIVIL  LIBERTIES  UNION 

Mr.  Neier.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator  Tunney. 

I  am  accompanied  today  by  Prof.  Burt  Neuborne,  a  professor  of 
law  at  New  York  University,  counsel  to  the  American  Civil  Liberties 
Union  in  many  cases,  and  an  expert  on  questions  of  Federal  jurisdiction. 

We  are  very  grateful  for  the  opportunity  to  be  here,  and  we  are 
very  grateful  that  this  committee  is  considering  the  issue  that  is  before 
you  today. 

If  we  may,  we  would  like  to  submit  our  prepared  testimony  for  the 
record,  and  then  briefly  summarize  and  amplify  a  few  points  that  are 
contained  in  the  prepared  statement.  I  would  like  to  lead  off  with  a 
few  general  comments  and  then  turn  to  Professor  Neuborne  for  some 
specific  analysis  of  what  the  Supreme  Court  is  doing  and  what  remedies 
there  may  be  that  the  Congress  could  consider  for  dealing  with  some 
of  the  recent  actions  by  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court. 

In  offering  a  general  comment,  I  would  say  that  the  law  traditionally 
has  been  perceived  by  most  people  in  most  parts  of  the  world  as  an 
instrument  for  upholding  the  status  quo.  It  was  not  that  way  for 
what  now  seems  like  a  far  too  brief  period  in  American  history.  It  was 
not  that  way  during  the  1950's  and  the  1960's.  The  American  courts, 
particularly  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  and  the  Federal  judiciary, 
played  an  extraordinary  part  in  the  history  of  the  1950's  and  the  1960's. 


59 

It  was  a  turbulent  period  in  American  history;  there  were  wide- 
ranging  pressures  for  social  change;  many  groups  of  people  previously 
disenfranchised  by  reasons  of  race,  sex,  status,  dependency  or  youth 
sought  the  full  protections  of  citizenship.  The  Federal  courts  were  a 
forum  open  to  them  to  accommodate  those  pressures.  While  the  Fed- 
eral courts  did  not  always  side  with  the  people  who  were  seeking 
changes,  the  very  openness  of  the  Federal  courts  and  their  willingness 
to  hear  the  claims  for  full  citizenship,  had  a  profound  impact.  This 
produced  very  substantial  and  very  beneficial  social  changes.  The 
courts  channeled  the  activities  of  people  seeking  redress  of  their 
grievances  into  orderly  and  lawful  paths  in  which  claims  for  benefits 
became  claims  for  rights.  Grievances  were  adjudicated  in  the  context 
of  the  U.S.  Constitution. 

I  think  we  got  out  of  that  period  of  intense  pressure  peacefully  and 
with  many  beneficial  social  changes  largely  because  of  the  avail- 
ability of  the  Federal  courts  to  hear  those  claims,  consider  them  on 
their  merits  and  their  willingness  to  redress  grievances.  We  also  got 
out  of  a  period  of  tremendous  national  dissension  over  the  Vietnam 
war  in  a  relatively  peaceful  manner,  perhaps  because  of  the  willingness 
of  the  Federal  courts  to  hold  themselves  open. 

In  the  last  several  years  that  has  all  changed.  This  U.S.  Supreme 
Court  has  devised  a  series  of  mechanisms  for  slamming  shut  the  doors 
of  the  Federal  courts.  I  think  that  that  is  a  matter  of  very  grave 
significance  for  the  United  States.  Many  of  the  promises  that  were 
held  out  during  the  1950's  and  during  the  1960's  have  not  yet  been 
fulfilled.  Yet  the  Federal  courts  today  are  frustrating  the  ambitions 
of  people  who  are  still  not  fully  enfranchised  to  enjoy  the  full  rights  of 
American  citizenship. 

I  do  not  think  we  can  begin  to  calculate  just  what  the  cost  is  going 
to  be.  But  we  do  know  that  there  is  an  atmosphere  in  the  United 
States  today  of  great  pessimism.  We  think  of  many  social  problems  as 
getting  worse.  We  see  ourselves  further  and  further  away  from  solving 
the  problem  of  racial  inequality;  we  see  ourselves  further  and  further 
away  from  solving  the  problems  of  the  poor  and  the  dependent  in 
American  society;  and  we  see  the  possibilities  emerging  again  of 
widespread  discontent  in  American  society. 

For  these  reasons,  it  seems  to  us  extremely  important  to  begin  to 
open  up  again  the  doors  of  the  Federal  courts. 

The  Supreme  Court  has  played  a  very  peculiar  role  in  the  last 
several  years.  It  has  not  overturned  many  of  the  substantive  decisions 
of  the  earlier  Supreme  Court,  and  it  has  not  reversed  the  particular 
decisions  which  grant  rights  to  people  who  were  previously  disen- 
franchised. Instead,  the  Supreme  Court  has  made  it  impossible  for 
those  people  to  get  into  the  court  in  order  to  assert  those  rights.  It  is 
reminiscent  of  Franz  Kafka's  novel,  "The  Castle."  In  'The  Castle" 
the  land  surveyor  is  constantly  frustrated  at  his  inability  to  get 
inside  the  castle;  if  he  can  only  get  inside  all  of  his  problems  will  be 
taken  care  of.  But  one  after  another  bureaucratic  device  is  set  in  his 
way  and  he  can  never  get  inside.  He  can  never  get  an  audience.  He 
can  never  have  an  opportunity  to  state  his  grievances.  That  is  ap- 
proximately what  this  U.S.  Supreme  Court  has  done;  it  has  created  a 
Kafkaesque  world  in  which  people  find  themselves  frustrated  at 
getting  into  the  Federal  courts  in  order  to  assert  their  rights.  If  they 


60 

could  only  get  in,  if  they  could  only  overcome  the  various  standing 
problems  and  jurisdictional  problems  this  Supreme  Court  has  set  in 
their  way,  then  they  might  be  able  to  assert  the  rights  which  this 
Supreme  Court  has  still  left  undisturbed.  This  is  a  matter  of  the 
gravest  significance  for  a  nation  that  wants  to  accommodate  pressures 
for  redress  of  grievance  in  an  orderly  way  and  in  a  way  consistent  with 
the  American  Constitution. 

At  this  point,  if  I  may,  I  would  like  to  ask  Professor  Neuborne  to 
deal  with  some  of  the  specific  obstacles  that  the  Supreme  Court  has 
created  and  some  of  the  ways  in  which  the  Congress  might  be  able  to 
help  us  in  dealing  with  those  obstacles. 

TESTIMONY  OF  BURT  NEUBORNE,  PROFESSOR  OF  LAW  AT  NEW 

YORK  UNIVERSITY 

Professor  Neuborne.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Tunney,  we  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  discuss  what  is 
becoming  a  problem  of  very  serious  dimensions  to  attorneys  in  this 
country  who  are  attempting  to  enforce  constitutional  rights. 

Traditionally  and  historically,  in  this  country,  the  primary  forum 
within  which  one  could  expect  to  receive  a  sympathetic  hearing  on 
issues  of  Federal  constitutional  rights  has  been  the  Federal  trial 
courts.  Now,  of  course,  State  courts  have  a  concurrent  responsibility 
to  enforce  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  and,  indeed,  the 
State  courts  of  your  own  home  State,  the  State  of  California,  have 
pioneered  in  many  constitutional  decisions  which  have  led  the  way 
toward  the  enforcement  of  rights.  Unfortunately,  that  is  not  a  national 
phenomenon,  and  it  remains  the  fixed  view  of  virtually  every  ex- 
perienced civil  rights  lawyer  that  one  is  likely  to  get  a  more  sympa- 
thetic hearing  and  a  more  effective  redress  of  grievance  if  one  is 
permitted  access  to  a  Federal  court  to  enforce  Federal  constitutional 
rights  rather  than  being  forced  to  go  into  a  State  court  to  do  so. 

A  majority  of  the  current  Supreme  Court  has  placed  a  series  of 
extremely  difficult  obstacles  in  the  way  of  persons  seeking  to  secure 
redress  of  Federal  constitutional  rights  in  Federal  court.  First,  the 
current  Court  has  dramatically  expanded  the  standing  doctrine  in 
recent  years;  making  it  virtually  impossible  for  large  numbers  of 
Americans  who  have  festering  constitutional  grievances  and  who  are 
every  day  suffering  violations  of  their  constitutional  rights  to  find  a 
judicial  forum,  any  judicial  forum,  within  which  to  present  their 
constitutional  grievances  to  a  Federal  or  a  State  judiciary. 

Most  recently,  two  decisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  illustrate  this 
ominous  trend.  In  1975  black  residents  of  the  city  of  Rochester  were 
denied  the  opportunity  to  litigate  in  Federal  court  the  constitutional- 
ity of  a  pattern  of  exclusionary  zoning  which  had,  in  effect,  condemned 
them  to  ghetto  existence  in  the  inner  city  of  Rochester  and  frozen 
them  out  of  the  surrounding  suburbs.  They  were  refused  the  oppor- 
tunity to  litigate  the  constitutionality  of  that  exclusionary  zoning 
pattern  on  the  ground  that  none  of  them  could  show  a  particular 
suburban  housing  project  which  they  might  have  lived  in  but  for  the 
exclusionary  zoning.  Well,  the  exclusionary  zoning  prevented  the 
planning  or  building  of  any  housing  projects,  and  so  the  decision 
acted  as  a  kind  of  crude  Catch-22,  which  froze   these   poor  people 


61 

out  of  court  precisely  because  the  exclusionary  zoning  pattern  worked 
so  well  so  that  there  were  no  existing  or,  even,  planned  housing  projects. 

Recently,  in  Philadelphia,  black  citizens  of  the  city  of  Philadelphia, 
after  demonstrating  to  a  Federal  judge  who  held  a  scrupulous  trial,  a 
pattern  and  practice  of  unredressed  police  abuse  in  the  city  of  Phila- 
delphia resulting  in  systematic  deprivation  of  constitutional  rights  were 
denied  an  opportunit}'  to  seek  redress  in  Federal  court  from  those 
clear  violations  of  their  constitutional  rights,  because  the  individual 
plaintiffs  in  that  case  could  not  show  that  the  mayor  of  Philadelphia 
was  actually  doing  something  to  them  at  that  moment. 

Well,  cases  like  that,  which  keep  people  with  live,  real  grievances 
out  of  the  Federal  courts,  renege  on  the  promise  that  the  Constitution 
provides  that  there  will  be  some  judicial  forum  within  which  real 
constitutional  grievances  can  be  redressed. 

I  hasten  to  point  out  to  the  subcommittee  that,  thus  far,  the 
decisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  this  area  are  subject  to  legislative 
reform.  The  Supreme  Court  has  been,  thus  far,  quite  clear  that  it  is 
adopting  restrictive  standing  doctrines  in  a  prudential  capacity  because 
it  feels  that  it  wishes  to  close  the  flood  gates  of  litigation;  it  feels  that 
without  congressional  guidance  it  does  not  want  to  enter  these  areas. 
It  has  made  it  very  clear  that  if  Congress  will  give  a  signal  to  the 
Supreme  Court  that  it  is  to  adopt  a  liberal  posture  with  respect  to 
standing  and  to  allow  people  like  the  Rochester  inner-city  residents 
and  the  citizens  of  Philadelphia  access  to  the  Federal  courts,  that  the 
Supreme  Court  will  not  stand  in  the  way  of  that  congressional  judg- 
ment. We  suggest  that  it  is  one  of  the  critical  items  on  the  congressional 
agenda  to  do  something  about  the  doctrine  of  standing  to  make  sure 
that  persons  with  genuine  constitutional  grievances  do  have  some 
forum  within  which  to  redress  those  grievances. 

A  second  recent  series  of  Supreme  Court  decisions  which  makes  it 
very  difficult  for  persons  to  gain  access  to  Federal  court  and  to  litigate 
issues  which  affect  their  lives,  is  illustrated  by  the  case  that  you  heard 
a  little  bit  about  this  morning,  the  case  of  Paul  v.  Davis.  This  Supreme 
Court  has  very  narrowly  construed  the  nature  of  the  injury  which  will 
give  rise  to  a  constitutional  violation  under  section  1983,  which  is  the 
cause  of  action  statute  which  allows  people  to  invoke  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Federal  courts  on  constitutional  questions.  It  has  very  narrowly 
construed  1983  to  the  point  where  the  knowing  and  malicious  dissem- 
ination of  false  information  about  an  individual  by  a  policeman,  which 
seriously  injures  that  individual,  has  been  held  by  the  Supreme  Court 
not  to  be  sufficient  to  allow  an  individual  to  litigate  that  grievance  in 
Federal  court.  Well,  that  seems  to  be  an  outrageous  narrowing  of  the 
spectrum  of  injuries  which  Federal  courts  are  really  there  to  give  relief 
for.  If  you  cannot  rely  on  a  Federal  court  to  protect  you  against  a 
State  law  enforcement  official  who  has  gone  haywire  and  who  is 
disseminating  information  about  you  in  a  malicious  way,  who  can 
you  go  to? 

That  seems  to  me  to  be  a  primary  function  of  the  Federal  court. 

Once  again,  it  is  clearly  within  the  power  of  Congress,  if  Congress 
wills  it,  to  make  it  clear  to  the  Supreme  Court  and  to  the  lower 
Federal  courts,  that  grievances  like  this  are  appropriate  for  resolution 
in  the  Federal  courts  and  should  be  among  the  primary  concerns  of 
the  Federal  courts. 


72-948  O  -  76  -  5 


62 

Finally,  in  a  very  disturbing  series  of  decisions,  the  Supreme  Court 
has  begun  to  enunciate  something  coming  very  close  to  a  doctrine  of 
exhaustion  of  State  judicial  remedies  before  seeking  relief  in  a  Federal 
court  for  a  constitutional  violation. 

It  has  been  the  law  in  this  country  for  some  time,  and  I  think  most 
people  would  tell  you  it  continues  to  be  the  black  letter  law,  that  a  civil 
rights  plaintiff  need  not  exhaust  his  State  judicial  remedies  before  going 
into  Federal  court.  The  Supreme  Court  continues  to  give  lipservice  to 
that  rule  as  a  matter  of  general  practice.  Unfortunately,  though,  what 
the  Court  has  done  is  to  erect  a  virtual  de  facto  exhaustion  of  State 
judicial  remedies  by  expanding  the  notions  of  abstention,  by  radically 
expanding  the  notion  of  comity  and  by  imposing  doctrines  such  as 
"core"  habeous  corpus  in  a  series  of  technical,  low-visibility  decisions. 
These  decisions  have  imposed,  across  the  spectrum  of  civil  rights 
litigation,  an  80-percent  requirement  of  exhaustion  of  State  judicial 
remedies.  Currently,  in  order  to  gain  access  to  a  Federal  court,  a 
litigant  in  a  civil  rights  case  is  forced  to  run  a  maze,  a  jurisdictional 
maze  of  such  complexity  that  there  are  rarely  lawyers  with  the 
stamina,  the  time,  and  the  experience  to  successfully  traverse  what 
is  now  an  extraordinarily  narrower  path  into  Federal  court.  These 
jurisdictional  devices  frustrate  people  who  are  seeking  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  what  ought  to  be  a  clear,  expeditious,  and  effective  remedy 
in  Federal  court  for  their  constitutional  violations. 

You  have  already  heard  this  morning  two  other  areas  of  serious 
concern  to  those  persons  seeking  to  redress  constitutional  rights  in 
Federal  courts:  the  demise  of  the  class  action  as  an  effective  vehicle 
for  the  resolution  of  these  controversies,  and  the  destruction  of  the 
court's  traditional  ability  to  award  attornerys  fees  in  deserving  cases. 
Apart  from  simply  noting  that  both  of  those  areas  are  of  critical  im- 
portance, I  would  like  to  discuss  a  fourth  area  of  judicial  action  which 
is  seriously  impeding  the  ability  of  lawyers  to  redress  constitutional 
violations  in  Federal  court — the  assault  by  this  Supreme  Court  on  the 
ability  of  the  lower  Federal  judiciary  to  give  adequate  remedies  to 
persons  who  come  into  court.  If  you  are  lucky  enough  to  satisfy  the 
standing  doctrine,  if  you  are  lucky  enough  to  traverse  the  narrow 
abstention  comity  device  and  find  3^ourself  in  Federal  court,  and  if  you 
are  lucky  enough  to  win,  you  still  have  won  only  10  percent  of  the 
battle,  because  the  other  90  percent  of  the  battle  will  consist  of  per- 
suading the  Federal  judge  that,  under  current  Supreme  Court  law,  he 
has  the  power,  or  she  has  the  power,  to  grant  you  adequate  remedies  in 
your  case. 

In  recent  days,  we  have  seen  the  Supreme  Court  say  that  a  Federal 
court  lacks  the  power  to  grant  compensatory  damages  against  a  pros- 
ecutor who  has  willfully  used  perjured  testimony  to  secure  a  convic- 
tion. If  the  defendant  in  a  constitutional  case  is  a  prosecutor  or  if  the 
defendant  is  a  judge  or  if  a  defendant  is  a  municipality  or  if  a  defendant 
is  a  State  agency,  under  recent  decisions  of  the  Supreme  Court,  there 
may  be  no  way  for  a  Federal  judge  to  award  damages  to  an  injured 
constitutional  litigant. 

It  seems  to  me  that  it  is  downright  dishonest  to  provide  a  Federal 
judge  with  the  obligation  of  enforcing  constitutional  law;  to  provide  a 
litigant  with  the  assumption  that  there  is  a  forum  in  which  constitu- 
tional law  can  be  enforced;  but  then  to  come  down  to  the  final  day  of 


63 

judgment  and  be  told  by  the  Federal  court  that  there  are  no  damages 
for  you,  there  is  no  compensation  for  you;  maybe  we  can  enunciate 
norms  of  behavior  that  will  help  other  people,  but  there  is  nothing  that 
we  can  do  for  you. 

Consistent  with  the  cutting  back  of  the  ability  to  award  damages, 
this  Supreme  Court  has  radically  cut  back  in  the  last  2  years  on  the 
ability  of  the  lower  Federal  courts  to  evolve  effective  equity  devices, 
imaginative  injunctive  devices,  to  both  redress  the  past  violation  of 
constitutional  rights  and  prevent  the  future  violation  of  constitutional 
rights. 

In  that  case  arising  out  of  Philadelphia,  the  Rizzo  case,  that  I 
mentioned  earlier,  a  Federal  judge,  in  what  was  an  imaginative  way  of 
dealing  with  a  serious  and  explosive  situation,  directed  the  mayor  of 
the  city  of  Philadelphia  to  set  up  a  grievance  review  board,  some  sort 
of  mechanism  for  dealing  with  complaints  against  the  police.  The 
judge  did  not  say  how  the  board  was  supposed  to  act,  he  did  not  say 
what  the  board  was  supposed  to  do;  he  just  said,  "Listen,  you  cannot 
have  an  effective  redress  of  grievance  here  unless  you  have  some 
forum,"  and  he  directed  that  they  set  up  a  forum  for  the  resolution  of 
these  disputes.  The  Supreme  Court  reversed  that  decision,  indicating 
that  the  Federal  judge  had  gone  beyond  his  correct  role  in  seeking  to 
fashion  this  type  of  affirmative  relief.  That  is  similar  to  a  decision  that 
they  handed  down  reversing  a  similar  decision  out  of  Cairo,  111.,  where 
a  Federal  judge  had  fashioned  imaginative  equitable  relief  to  try  to 
deal  with  rampant  racial  discrimination  in  the  enforcement  of  justice 
in  Cairo,  111. 

In  both  situations  the  power  of  an  equity  court,  the  traditional  power 
of  the  equity  court,  was  cut  back  by  the  Supreme  Court.  Once  again, 
Senator  Tunney,  I  think  that  those  decisions  are  also  amenable  to 
reform  and  to  reversal  by  expressions  of  congressional  will.  If  Congress 
made  it  clear  that  it  does  not  wish  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1871,  which 
is  the  section  1983,  to  be  burdened  with  the  traditional  common  law 
immunities,  then  courts  could  act  in  this  area.  If  Congress  made  it 
clear  that  lower  Federal  courts  are  to  have  adequate  equitable  capacity 
to  fashion  remedial  relief,  then  the  courts  would  be  free  to  do  so. 

I  think,  just  in  conclusion,  as  Mr.  Neier  mentioned,  the  current 
court  has  not  cut  back  on  substantive  rights  dramatically.  There 
have  been  decisions  that  one  can  be  concerned  about  in  the  last  term 
or  two,  but  by  and  large  the  legacy  that  the  Warren  Court  left  us,  of  an 
expanded  notion  of  constitutional  freedom,  is  still  intact.  There  are 
rights  which  American  citizens  can  enforce  if  only  they  are  given  the 
forum  and  the  law3^ers  to  do  it. 

Thank  you. 

Senator  Tunney.  Thank  you.  I  want  to  thank  you  both  for  your 
statements,  and  I  have  many  questions.  Unfortunately,  under  the 
rules  of  the  Senate,  our  hearings  have  to  end  at  12  noon  unless  we  get 
special  permission  of  the  Senate,  so  I  am  going  to  have  to  adjourn  the 
hearing  now.  I  think  that  you  both  have  made  a  very  significant  con- 
tribution to  our  deliberations,  and  I  must  tell  you  that  the  sum  total 
of  the  testimony  that  we  have  had  today  leads  one  to  believe  that  the 
Congress  is  going  to  have  to  take  effective  action  to  give  greater  access 
to  citizens  to  the  courts,  because  I  sense — and  you  do  not  have  to  be 
very  empathetic  to  sense  it — a  tremendous  frustration  on  the  part  of 


64 

those  who,  as  teachers  and  as  students  of  the  Supreme  Court,  or 
following  the  case  law  on  a  day-to-day  basis,  as  well  as  the  average 
citizen  who  finds  that  the  door  to  the  courts  has  been  slammed  down. 
And  I  must  say  that  the  statement  that  we  heard  from  Mr.  Davis, 
was  a  very  compelling  articulation  of  a  man  deeply  frustrated,  deeply 
hurt,  and  without  any  escape  route,  or  any  hope  to  get  out  of  the 
swamp  and  pull  himself  out.  I  just  think  that  it  is  an  outrage. 

Well,  thank  you  very  much.  I  look  forward  to  working  with  you 
and  others  that  have  testified  today  to  see  if  we  can  develop  some 
legislation  which  will  cure  some  of  the  clearest  examples  of  the  Court's 
desire  not  to  curtail  access  to  the  Federal  judiciary  for  the  purposes  of 
curing  these  wrongs. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

[Whereupon,  at  12:08  p.m.,  the  subcommittee  was  adjourned.] 

[The  prepared  statements  of  Mr.  Neier  and  Mr.  Neuborne  follow:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Aryeh  Neier  '  and  Burt  Neuborne  2  on  Behalf 
of  the  American  Civil  Liberties  Union 

We  appear  here  today  on  behalf  of  the  American  Civil  Liberties  Union,  a 
nation-wide  non-partisan  organization  of  275,000  members  dedicated  to  the 
advancement  of  the  principles  of  the  Bill  of  Rights. 

In  your  letter  of  invitation,  Mr.  Chairman,  you  noted  that  this  is  the  70th 
anniversary  of  Roscoe  Pound's  address  to  the  American  Bar  Association  on  the 
causes  of  popular  dissatisfaction  with  the  administration  of  justice.  When  Roscoe 
Pound  embarked  upon  his  critical  re-examination  of  the  role  of  law  in  American 
life,  he  unleashed  a  current  of  legal  idealism  which  has  sought  to  transform 
American  law  from  a  device  for  the  maintenance  of  the  status  quo  into  a  device  for 
the  just  resolution  of  disputes.  We  have  come  a  long  way  from  Pound's  beginning. 
When  Pound  wrote,  in  1906,  only  the  rich  and  the  powerful  could  view  American 
law  with  satisfaction.  Powerless  segments  of  American  society  correctly  perceived 
law  as  a  hostile  force.  The  primary  role  of  law  was  the  protection  of  privilege. 
It  is  a  tribute  to  how  far  we  have  advanced  in  the  last  70  years  that  the  weak  and 
the  powerless  have  come  to  regard  American  law,  not  necessarily  as  an  implacable 
enemy,  but  as  a  potential  ally  which  provides  them  with  hope  for  justice. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  are  grateful,  on  behalf  of  the  American  Civil  Liberties 
Union,  for  the  opportunity  to  discuss  with  you  a  disquieting  phenomenon  which 
threatens  much  of  the  progress  we  have  made  toward  realizing  Roscoe  Pound's 
dream  of  equal  justice  through  law.  During  the  last  several  decades,  two  extraor- 
dinary occurrences  have  made  possible  our  progress  toward  Pound's  dream — 
the  emergence  of  the  Federal  judiciary  as  an  easily  accessible  and  sympathetic 
forum  for  the  protection  of  the  rights  of  the  politically  powerless  and  the  growth 
of  a  segment  of  the  American  Bar  dedicated,  not  to  servicing  the  rich  and  power- 
ful, but  to  vindicating  the  rights  of  those  who  traditionally  have  lacked  access 
to  the  courts.  The  combination  of  a  receptive  Federal  judiciary  and  an  idealistic 
civil  rights-civil  liberties  bar  culminated  in  the  transformation  of  law  from  the 
preserve  of  the  privileged  to  an  engine  of  social  reform.  In  the  last  few  years, 
however,  the  ability  of  the  Federal  judiciary  to  perform  its  historic  and  primary 
function  as  guardian  of  the  United  States  Constitution  has  been  seriously  under- 
mined by  a  series  of  restrictive  decisions  of  the  current  Supreme  Court.  Moreover, 
at  the  same  time  that  the  current  Court  has  sought  to  restrict  access  to  the  Federal 
courts,  it  has  delivered  a  series  of  severe  blows  to  the  newly  emergent  public  bar. 
Mr.  Chairman,  if  the  current  majority  of  the  Supreme  Court  is  permitted  — by 
shutting  down  access  to  the  federal  courts  and  by  crippling  the  public  bar — to 
dismantle  the  apparatus  which  was  responsible  for  the  transformation  of  the  role 
of  law  in  our  society,  the  progress  of  the  last  seventy  years  will  evaporate.  To 
much  of  America,  law  will,  once  again,  become  the  enemy  to  be  feared  and  evaded, 
rather  than  an  ally  to  be  respected  and  revered. 

The  current  Court's  assault  on  the  role  of  the  Federal  judiciary  and  the  public 
bar  has  occurred  in  four  areas.  First,  the  Court  has  severely  restricted  access  to 


1  Aryeh  Neier  is  Executive  Director  of  the  American  Civil  Liberties  Union. 

2  Burt    Neuborne   is   Professor  of   Law    at    New   York    University   and    former   Assistant 
Legal  Director  of  the  American  Civil  Liberties  Union. 


65 

the  Federal  courts  by  aggrieved  individuals;  second,  the  Court  has  placed  signifi- 
cant, and  perhaps,  insuperable  obstacles  in  the  way  of  persons  seeking  to  band 
together  to  seek  class  action  relief  from  the  Federal  courts;  third,  the  Court  has 
struck  a  blow  at  the  continued  existence  of  an  independent  public  bar  by  denying 
Federal  courts  the  power  to  award  attorneys  fees  in  many  cases;  and,  finally, 
the  Court  has  drastically  restricted  the  ability  of  a  Federal  court  to  grant  meaning- 
ful remedies — even  to  successful  plaintiffs. 

I.    THE    RESTRICTION    OF    ACCESS    TO    THE    FEDERAL    COURTS 

Since  the  Civil  War,  the  Federal  trial  courts  have  served  as  the  primary  enforce- 
ment arm  of  the  Bill  of  Rights  and  13th,  14th  and  15th  Amendments.  While 
state  courts  retain  a  concurrent  obligation  to  enforce  the  Federal  Constitution, 
it  has  been  the  lesson  of  our  history — and  it  remains  the  fixed  belief  of  virtually 
every  experienced  civil  rights  lawyer  in  America — that  Federal  courts  provide 
the  most  effective  forum  within  which  to  enforce  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States. 

Congress  has  codified  this  judgment  in  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1871,  (42  USC 
§  1983)  which  guarantees  a  Federal  judicial  forum  whenever  state  or  local  officials 
interfere  with  Federal  constitutional  or  statutory  rights.  Unfortunately,  the 
command  of  Congress  has  been  severely  weakened  by  the  current  Court. 

First,  in  cases  like  Warth  v.  Seldin,  95  S.  Ct.  2197  (1975)  and  Rizzo  v.  Goode  — 
U.S. — (1976),  a  majority  of  the  current  Court  has  restricted  the  class  of  persons 
who  may  complain  to  the  Federal  courts  about  violations  of  their  Federal  consti- 
tutional rights.  In  Warth,  the  Court  ruled  that  minority  residents  of  the  Rochester 
area  could  not  challenge  suburban  exclusionary  zoning  practices  which  condemned 
them  to  a  ghetto  existence  because  they  were  unable  to  point  to  a  specific  housing 
project  which  they  would  have  resided  in,  but  for  the  exclusionary  zoning.  Of 
course,  the  very  existence  of  exclusionary  zoning  prevented  the  planning  or  con- 
struction of  such  projects — reducing  the  decision  to  a  crude  exercise  in  Catch-22. 
In  Rizzo,  the  Court  ruled  that  Black  citizens  of  Philadelphia,  who  had  been  the 
target  of  proven  police  abuse,  could  not  seek  an  order  directing  the  Mayor  to 
establish  a  police  complaint  procedure,  since  they  were  not  currently  suffering 
any  abuse  at  his  hands.  The  extremely  crabbed  view  of  the  standing  doctrine 
enunciated  in  cases  like  Warth  and  Rizzo  3  as  a  "prudential"  matter  by  a  majority 
of  the  Court,  leave  thousands  of  Americans  with  festering  constitutional  griev- 
ances, but  without  a  Federal  court  within  which  to  resolve  them  in  an  orderly 
manner. 

Second,  in  cases  like  Paul  v.  Davis — U.S. — (1976),  the  current  Court  has  read 
the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1871  in  a  grudging  manner  to  refuse  access  to  the  Federal 
courts  to  persons  who  have  been  seriously  injured  by  lawless  government  action. 
In  Paul,  a  police  flier  had  erroneously  stigmatized  the  plaintiff  as  a  "known"  and 
"active  shoplifter."  When  the  erroneously  stigmatized  plaintiff  sought  Federal 
judicial  relief,  the  Supreme  Court  ruled  that  police  injury  to  reputation — even  if 
knowingly  and  maliciously  caused — was  not  a  deprivation  of  constitutional 
rights  and,  thus,  could  not  be  redressed  in  Federal  court.  Thus,  persons  whose 
lives  have  been  seriously  affected  by  lawless  governmental  action  are  denied 
access  to  a  Federal  forum,  unless  they  can  shoehorn  their  injury  into  the  narrow 
constitutional  categories  enunciated  by  a  majority  of  the  current  Supreme  Court. 
Third,  the  current  Court  has  dramatically  expanded  the  doctrines  of  abstention 
and  comity  to  force  case  after  case  out  of  Federal  court.  Despite  the  ruling  of 
Monroe  v.  Pape,  365  U.S.  167  (1961)  that  civil  rights  plaintiffs  are  not  obliged 
to  exhaust  state  judicial  remedies  prior  to  seeking  relief  in  Federal  court,  the 
current  Supreme  Court  has  clamped  a  de  facto  state  judicial  exhaustion  require- 
ment on  civil  rights  plaintiffs — imposing  a  delay  of  from  1-2  years  before  many 
civil  rights  plaintiffs  may  gain  access  to  a  Federal  forum. 

The  availability  of  expeditious  Federal  relief  from  constitutional  violations 
has  been  a  critical  factor  in  transforming  abstract  constitutional  doctrine  into 
practical  reality.  Accordingly,  the  draftsmen  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1871  and 
eight  members  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  Monroe  v.  Pape  recognized  that  the  delay 
which  would  be  caused  by  requiring  resort  to  state  court  as  a  pre-condition  to 
Federal  judicial  review  would  destroy  42  U.S.C.  §  1983  as  an  effective  device  for 
the  protection  of  Federal  constitutional  rights.  Accordingly,  it  is  now  well  settled 
that  a  civil  rights  plaintiff  need  not  exhaust  state  judicial  remedies  before  seeking 


3  Other  recent  cases  similar  restricting  standing  are  :  Schlesinger  v.  Reservists  Committee 
to  Stop  the  War,  418  U.S.  208  (1974)  ;  United  States  v.  Richardson,  418  U.S.  166  (1974)  ; 
Laird  v.  Tatum,  408  U.S.  (1972). 


66 

Federal  judicial  review  under  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1871.  Unfortunately, 
however,  the  current  Court  has  made  a  mockery  of  the  notion  of  direct  and 
uncomplicated  access  to  Federal  courts  by  imposing  at  least  three  forms  of  state 
exhaustion  on  prospective  civil  rights  plaintiffs. 

First,  in  Preiser  v.  Rodriguez,  411  U.S.  475  (1973),  the  current  Court  invented  a 
species  of  cases  falling  within  the  term  "core  habeas  corpus"  in  connection  with 
which  it  imposed  a  requirement  of  exhaustion  of  state  judicial  remedies. 

Second,  in  a  series  of  cases  exemplified  by  Boehning  v.  Indiana  State  Employees 
Association — U.S.— (1976),  the  current  Court  has  dramatically  broadened  the 
concept  of  abstention  into  a  virtual  de  facto  exhaustion  requirement.  In  the  view 
of  Chief  Justice  Burger,  and  perhaps  a  majority  of  the  current  Court,  whenever 
the  challenged  action  of  a  state  official  might  violate  state  constitutional  or 
statutory  law,  a  civil  rights  plaintiff  must  seek  relief  in  state  court  on  state  law 
grounds,  prior  to  seeking  relief  in  Federal  court.  If  such  a  view  of  abstention/ 
exhaustion  prevails — and  there  are  disturbing  signs  that  it  may — speedy  access 
to  Federal  court  will  become  a  thing  of  the  past.  Such  a  view  would  disturb  settled 
notions  of  Federal  jurisdiction  dating  back  to  Home  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Co.  v. 
City  of  Los  Angeles,  227  U.S.  278  (1913). 

Finally,  in  the  wake  of  Younger  v.  Harris  401  U.S.  37  (1971),  which  forbade 
Federal  judicial  interference  with  pending  state  criminal  proceedings,  the  current 
Court  has  ousted  the  Federal  courts  from  wide  areas  of  constitutional  adjudication 
in  the  guise  of  comity.  In  Huffman  v.  Pursue,  Ltd.  420  U.S.  592  (1971),  the  Court 
declined  to  permit  a  Federal  court  to  enjoin  an  unconstitutional  state  civil  court 
injunction.  Thus  by  the  simple  expedient  of  commencing  a  state  civil  proceeding 
against  a  potential  Federal  civil  rights  plaintiff,  state  officials  can  now  deprive  that 
plaintiff  of  access  to  a  Federal  court.  Moreover,  in  Hicks  v.  Miranda,  422  U.S. 
332  (1975),  the  current  Court  ruled  that  even  if  a  Federal  plaintiff  wins  the  race 
to  the  courthouse  and  seeks  Federal  judicial  review  prior  to  the  initiation  of  state 
judicial  proceedings  against  him,  the  state  may  nevertheless  oust  the  Federal 
courts  by  filing  a  proceeding  even  after  the  Federal  action  is  filed.  Such  a  reverse 
removal  power  renders  it  an  act  of  some  courage  to  seek  relief  in  Federal  court 
since  a  predictable  response  under  Hicks  to  a  §  1983  complaint  will  be  the  com- 
mencement of  state  criminal  proceedings  against  the  Federal  plaintiff. 

The  net  result  of  expanding  the  law  of  standing;  narrowing  the  cause  of  action 
granted  by  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1871;  and  pyramiding  abstention  and  comity 
into  a  disguised  exhaustion  requirement,  has  been  the  creation  of  a  jurisdictional 
maze  which  must  be  run  in  order  to  gain  Federal  review  of  Federal  constitutional 
questions — a  far  cry  from  the  simple,  direct  and  effective  remedy  intended  by 
Congress  in  1871.  Unless  Congress  re-asserts  its  will,  the  current  Court  bids  fair 
to  repeal  42  USC  §  1983  by  judicial  fiat. 

II.  RESTRICTIONS  ON  ACCESS  TO  CLASS  ACTIONS 

In  1966,  the  Federal  Rules  of  Civil  Procedure  were  amended  to  authorize  indi- 
vidual litigants,  whose  separate  claims  might  not  be  sufficient  to  justify  the  ex- 
pense and  uncertainty  of  judicial  review,  to  aggregate  their  claims  into  a  class 
action  and,  by  combining  into  a  class,  to  match  the  legal  resources  available  to 
corporations  or  the  government.  The  class  action  promised  the  ability  to  provide 
legal  redress  to  thousands  of  Americans  who  might  otherwise  lack  the  resources 
or  the  capacity  to  protect  their  rights  individually.  It  also  promised  the  emerging 
public  bar  the  opportunity  to  provide  legal  services  to  far  more  persons  than  had 
been  thought  possible  in  a  conventional  procedural  posture.  From  the  beginning, 
however,  the  Supreme  Court  has  narrowly  restricted  the  use  of  class  actions  and 
the  current  Court  has  cast  serious  doubt  on  class  actions  as  a  remedial  device. 
The  Supreme  Court's  attack  on  class  actions  began  in  Snyder  v.  Harris,  394  U.S. 
332  (1969),  when  the  Court  ruled  that  members  of  a  class  could  not  aggregate 
their  individual  damages  to  satisfy  the  jurisdictional  amount  requirements  of  28 
U.S.C.  §§  1332  and  1331.  Since  one  of  the  primary  purposes  of  class  actions  was 
to  permit  powerless  individuals  to  aggregate  into  a  powerful,  ad  hoc  entity  for  the 
purposes  of  litigating  a  specific  claim,  Snyder  was  a  serious  blow.  After  Snyder, 
poor  persons,  whose  claims  rarely,  if  ever,  exceeded  $10,000  individually,  were 
forbidden  to  aggregate  and  were,  thus,  often  excluded  from  Federal  court.  As  bad 
as  Snyder  was,  however,  Zahn  v.  International  Paper  Company,  414  U.S.  291 
(1973)  was  even  worse.  In  Zahn,  the  Court  ruled  that  even  if  the  named  plaintiff 
individually  satisfied  the  $10,000  jurisdictional  amount,  no  class  action  would  be 
permissible  unless  the  members  of  class  each  satsified  the  $10,000  jurisdictional 


67 

amount.  Thus  class  actions  have  now  been  transformed,  through  the  magic  of  a 
hostile  Supreme  Court  into  a  device  for  the  protection  of  persons  whose  claims 
must  each  be  large  enough  not  to  require  class  actions  in  the  first  place.  Of  course, 
where  a  jurisdictional  basis  other  than  diversity  or  Federal  question  exists,  aggre- 
gation is  unnecessary,  since  jurisdictional  amount  is  not  an  issue.  Even  in  such 
situations,  however,  the  current  Court  has  evinced  strong  hostility  to  class  ac- 
tions. In  Eisen  v.  Jacqueline   &  Carlisle  Co., U.S. (1975),  the  current 

Court  required  persons  wishing  to  bring  a  class  action  for  damages  to  notify  each 
member  of  the  class  at  his  own  cost.  If,  as  seems  likely  the  same  rules  are  applied  to 
injunctive  or  declaratory  class  actions,  only  the  rich  will  be  able  to  afford  a  class 
action,  despite  the  fact  that  its  purpose  was  the  equalization  of  litigation  re- 
sources between  rich  and  poor. 

III.    RESTRICTIONS    ON   ATTORNEYS'    FEES   IN   CONSTITUTIONAL   CASES 

Throughout  most  of  our  history,  the  availability  of  counsel  in  constitutional 
cases  has  been  accidental.  The  lack  of  an  economic  base  forced  persons  seeking 
to  vindicate  constitutional  rights  to  rely  on  volunteer  counsel  provided  by  sym- 
pathetic attorneys  who  donated  their  services  to  a  cause.  Much  is  owed  to  volun- 
teers such  as  Clarence  Darrow,  Osmond  Fraenkel,  Charles  Houston,  William 
Hastie  and  Arthur  Garfield  Hays,  whose  talent  unlocked  constitutional  rights  for 
thousands  of  impoverished  persons.  However,  reliance  on  volunteer  counsel  had 
its  obvious  limitations.  Availability  was  sporadic  and  never  came  close  to  meeting 
the  demand  for  legal  services.  Accordingly,  as  the  public's  perception  of  the  role 
of  law  grew  closer  to  Pound's  ideal,  pressures  for  a  full-time,  professionalized 
public  interest  bar  grew  apace.  Hundreds  of  able  lawyers,  eschewing  traditional 
practice  with  its  monetary  rewards,  hoped  to  embark  on  a  career  as  representatives 
of  the  politically  powerless.  In  part,  the  public  bar  was  subsidized  by  foundations; 
in  part  by  cause  organizations  such  as  the  ACLU  and  the  NAACP.  The  creation 
of  the  OEO  Legal  Services  Corporation  was  an  important  step  toward  institution- 
alizing the  public  bar.  The  most  promising  source  of  support  for  an  independent 
public  bar  lay,  however,  not  with  the  foundations;  not  with  cause  organizations 
dependent  on  voluntary  contributions;  and  not  with  the  government.  Rather 
it  lay  with  the  traditional  power  of  a  court  of  equity  to  award  counsel  fees  to  a 
deserving  attorney  in  a  case  which  benefitted  society.  Viewing  the  public  bar  as 
private  attorneys  general,  the  lower  Federal  judiciary  systematically  awarded 
counsel  fees  in  appropriate  cases  to  lawyers  whose  efforts  had  vindicated  the 
rights  of  the  public.  While  rich  awards  were  by  no  means  automatic  and  by  no 
stretch  of  the  imagination  even  close  to  what  could  be  earned  in  the  private  sector, 
court  awarded  fees  did  constitute  an  important  source  of  financial  support  for  the 
public  bar.  In  Alyeska  Pipeline  Service  Co.  v.  Wilderness  Society,  95  S.  Ct.  1612 
(1975),  the  current  Supreme  Court  ended  the  practice  of  awarding  attorneys' 
fees  in  constitutional  cases.  In  an  ironic  abuse  of  statutory  construction,  the  Court 
reasoned  that  since  Congress  had  repeatedly  expressly  approved  the  awarding  of 
attorneys'  fees  in  specific  contexts,  courts  lacked  the  power  to  award  such  fees 
in  the  absence  of  express  Congressional  approval.  Following  such  reasoning 
to  its  logical  conclusion,  when  Congress  wishes  to  approve  a  practice,  it  should 
not  expressly  authorize  it,  for  fear  that  the  Supreme  Court  will  forbid  it  in  all 
other  situations.  Whatever  the  merits  of  Alyeska  Pipeline,  it  struck  a  sharp 
blow  at  the  public  bar  by  cutting  off  its  most  promising  economic  base.  Given 
the  depths  of  idealism  that  motivate  the  public  bar  and  its  proven  resiliency, 
it  will  doubtless  survive — but  in  a  weakened  condition. 

Coupled  with  the  current  Court's  assault  on  the  role  of  the  lower  Federal 
judiciary  and  its  unremitting  hostility  to  class  actions,  its  action  in  Alyeska 
further  threatens  the  ability  to  enforce  the  constitutional  rights  we  have  won  over 
the  past  70  years. 

IV.    RESTRICTIONS   ON   REMEDIES 

The  fourth,  and  perhaps  most  disturbing,  assault  on  the  lower  Federal  courts 
as  an  effective  forum  for  the  protection  of  constitutional  rights  involves  a  series  of 
Supreme  Court  decisions  disabling  the  Federal  courts  from  providing  effective 
relief — even  in  those  cases  where  a  Federal  judge  has  found  that  a  violation  of 
constitutional  law  has  taken  place.  Thus,  in  Imbler  v.  Pachtman,  —  U.S.  —  (1976), 
the  current  Court  ruled  that  a  Federal  court  lacks  power  to  grant  compensatory 
damages  to  a  person  who  has  been  the  target  of  malicious  and  unconstitutional 
action  by  a  state  prosecutor.  See  also,  Pierson  v.  Ray,  386  U.S.  547  (1967)  (ab- 


68 

solute  immunity  for  judges)  and  Tenney  v.  Brandhove,  341  U.S.  367  (1951)  (state 
legislators  immune).  Similarly,  in  Edelman  v.  Jordan,  415  U.S.  651  (1974),  the 
current  Court  deprived  the  lower  Federal  courts  of  the  power  to  award  damages 
against  a  state  agency  which  had  unlawfully  injured  a  Federal  plaintiff.  Earlier 
decisions  had  already  deprived  lower  Federal  courts  of  ability  to  grant  damages 
against  municipalities.  Monroe  v.  Pape,  365  U.S.  167  (1961) ;  City  of  Kenosha  v. 
Bruno,  412  U.S.  507  (1973). 

Thus,  when  a  civil  rights  plaintiff  seeks  compensatory  damages  in  a  Federal 
court  he  is  likely  to  lose — even  if  he  wins  on  the  merits.  If  the  defendant  is  a  judge, 
a  state  legislator,  a  prosecutor,  or  a  local  or  state  governmental  agency,  current 
judge-made  law  deprives  a  Federal  judge  of  the  power  to  award  damages.  More- 
over, even  when  such  an  absolute  prohibition  on  damages  is  absent,  the  courts 
have  fashioned  a  good  faith  defense  which,  more  often  than  not,  will  preclude  a 
damage  award.  E.g.  Pier  son  v.  Ray,  386  U.S.  547  (1967).  It  is  no  exaggeration  to 
characterize  the  current  law  of  constitutional  compensation  in  the  Federal  courts 
as  a  trap  for  the  unwary. 

The  current  Court  has  linked  its  prohibition  on  damages  with  an  equally 
drastic  assault  on  the  power  to  grant  effective  injunctive  relief  in  constitutional 
cases.  In  Rizzo  v.  Goode,  — U.S. — (1976),  the  current  Court  stripped  the  lower 
Federal  courts  of  the  power  to  fashion  flexible  equitable  decrees  to  deal  with 
police  abuse.  In  Rizzo,  a  Federal  judge,  after  a  scrupulous  and  painstaking  trial 
which  documented  twenty  instances  of  unredressed  police  abuse,  ordered  re- 
sponsible city  officials  to  institute  a  program  for  the  resolution  of  civilian  com- 
plaints against  the  police.  The  Supreme  Court  reversed — after  chastising  the 
trial  judge  for  exceeding  his  appropriate  role.  Rizzo  merely  continued  a  trend 
exemplified  by  O'Shea  v.  Littleton,  414  U.S.  488  (1974),  in  which  the  current 
Court  reversed  a  similar  imaginative  decree  aimed  at  controlling  rampant  racial 
discrimination  in  the  administration  of  justice  in  Cairo,  Illinois.  If  the  current 
trend  continues,  Federal  judges  will  soon  be  stripped  of  the  capacity  to  fashion 
meaningful  relief  to  prevent  future  violations  of  law.  Indeed,  it  is  merely  a  con- 
tinuation of  this  trend  which  has  led  the  Solicitor  General  to  urge  that  Federal 
judges  be  stripped  by  the  Court  of  the  power  to  order  effective  desegregation 
decrees  involving  the  transportation  of  pupils. 

CONCLUSION 

It  is,  of  course,  a  truism  to  note  that  the  value  of  a  constitutional  right  is  no 
greater  than  the  procedures  which  exist  to  vindicate  it.  A  constitutional  right 
without  a  forum  to  enforce  it  is  meaningless;  a  constitutional  right  without  a 
lawyer  to  enforce  it  is  illusory;  and  a  constitutional  right  for  which  no  remedy 
exists  is  downright  dishonest.  Yet,  the  sum  and  substance  of  the  decisions  of 
the  current  Supreme  Court  lead  inexorably  and  dishearteningly  to  precisely 
such  a  dilemma.  Indeed,  much  of  the  procedural  retrenching  of  the  current 
Court  appears  to  be  a  kind  of  guerilla  warfare  aimed  at  many  of  the  more  con- 
troversial substantive  decisions  of  the  Warren  era.  Rather  than  forthrightly 
confronting  these  decisions  and  seeking  to  reverse  them  openly,  some  members 
of  the  current  ■  Court  appear  to  have  chosen  to  reverse  them  covertly  by  dis- 
mantling the  apparatus  needed  for  their  enforcement.  Reasonable  persons  may 
agree  or  disagree  with  many  of  the  substantive  decisions  of  the  Warren  Court. 
If  they  are  to  be  reversed,  however,  it  should  be  an  open  process  after  full  argu- 
ment; rather  than  by  the  cynical  and  covert  emasculation  of  the  Federal  courts 
which  has  been  the  disturbing  pattern  of  the  current  Court.  If,  as  Mr.  Justice 
Frankfurter  observed,  the  history  of  liberty  is  inextricably  bound  up  with  pro- 
cedure, the  current  Supreme  Court  has  seriously  endangered  our  liberties  by 
playing  fast  and  loose  with  the  procedures  we  have  painstakingly  erected  to 
protect  them.  It  is  time  Congress  put  a  stop  to  such  unprincipled  and  high  handed 
behavior. 

We  call  on  this  subcommittee  to  begin  the  process  of  examining  specific  legis- 
lative remedies  to  deal  with  the  obstacles  the  current  Supreme  Court  has  placed 
in  the  way  of  judicial  protection  of  constitutional  rights.  The  American  Civil 
Liberties  Union  would  welcome  the  opportunity  to  assist  in  this  process. 

Thank  you. 


69 

[From   the   Washington   Post,  May  24,   1976.   Reprinted  by  permission,  Chicago  Tribune- 
New  York  News  Syndicate,  Inc.] 


TOPPIX 


B  24 


®  iu7D6iy,CH'c*gc  T"bun*  N- Y-  N"»»  *>»*•  Ine. 
All  BigtiU  Rtttrvxj 


"Admit  it.  You  just  tike  to  see  Aryeh  Neier 
of  the  ACLU  gasp  and  fling  up  his  hands  in 

horror.** 


APPENDIX 

Los  Angeles  County  Bar  Association, 

Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  May  26,  1976. 
Hon.  John  V.  Tunney, 
U.S.  Senator, 
Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building,  Washington,  D.C. 

Dear  Senator  Tunney:  In  our  judgment,  a  major  and  entirely  justifiable  cause 
of  dissatisfaction  with  the  justice  system  is  the  high  cost  of  lawyers'  services  in 
contested  civil  cases,  caused  in  substantial  part  by  the  complex  procedures  that 
have  developed  in  the  name  of  due  process.  Such  procedures  are  not  infrequently 
used  by  one  party  to  "wear  down"  the  other  party,  a  process  which  is  not  at  all 
consistent  with  the  interests  of  justice. 

We  have  attempted  in  the  enclosed  bill  to  develop  a  pilot  program  for  drastically 
simplified  procedures  in  small  civil  cases  which  could  merit  the  support  of  all 
enlightened  elements  of  the  bar.  To  our  knowledge,  no  similar  legislation  has  been 
adopted  in  any  other  state.  The  bill  was  recently  passed  by  unanimous  vote  by 
the  State  Assembly. 

Sincerely  yours, 

Francis  M.  Wheat, 

President. 
(71) 


72 
AMENDED  IN  ASSEMBLY  APRIL  29,  1976 

CALIFORNIA  LEGISLATURE— 1975-76  REGULAR  SESSION 

ASSEMBLY  BILL  No.  3704 


Introduced  by  Assemblyman  Knox 


March  15,  1976 


REFERRED  TO  COMMITTEE  ON  JUDICIARY 


An  act  to  add  Part  3.5  (commencing  with  Section  1823)  to 
the  Code  of  Civil  Procedure,  relating  to  stipulated  procedure 
in  civil  cases. 

LEGISLATIVE  COUNSEL'S  DIGEST 

AB  3704,  as  amended,  Knox  (Jud.) .  Stipulated  civil  action 
procedure. 

Existing  statutory  law  recognizes  the  right  of  parties  to  a 
civil  action  to  stipulate  to  matters  concerning  the  action. 
However,  there  is  no  specification  as  to  the  matters  that  may 
be  the  subject  of  stipulation. 

33*49  b&  wouM  provide  generally  that  the  parties  to  a  ew# 
action^  with  court  approval,  may  stipulate  to  limit  er  modify 
any  existing  procedure  governing  the  pleadings,  pretrial 
stage,  or  trial  stage  ef  a  eiv4l  action.- 

3%w  btH  would  specifically  establish  three  model  formats 
for  stipulated  procedure  in  implementation  of  the  general 
authority  te  stipulate  conferred  en  the  parties  by  the  bittr 
Under  all  three  model  formats  -{A;  B7  end  G7-7  the  provisions 
applicable  to  the  pleadings  and  t«a4  stages  are  alike,  while  the 
pretrial  etnd  motion  phases  vary. 

:Fhifl  biH  would  provide,  as  respects  aH  three  model  formats, 
the  following  important  similarities,  among  others,  with  re/ 


73 


AB3704  —2  — 

gard  te  actions  subject  thereto; 

-(if  Priority  over  aH  other  eivil  actions  net  given  priority 
pursuant  te  law? 

-(&)■  Trial  ef  aH  issues  *»  an  action  fey  a  court  aftd  «et  by  e 
jwyr 

•(d)-  Permissible,  bat  net  required,  «se  ef  official  briefs. 
-    -(4)-  Permissible  use  ef  written  submissions  ef  direct  test1 
timony  as  specified. 

•{§)•  Prohibited  me  ef  findings  ef  feet  eg  conclusions  ef  law 
fey  the  court. 

-(€f  Permissible  use  ef  pleading  «*  the  alternative. 
1     -iffy-  Permissible  extensions  ef  time  upon  agreement  ef  the 
parties  and  without  court  approval,  except  as  specified. 

■(8f  Prohibited  «se  ef  discovery. 

This  fetH  would  provide,  as  respects  important  differences  m 
the  three  model  formats,  the  following; 

-ity  Format  B  would  require  each  party  te  file  a  statement 
ef  witnesses,  physical  evidence,  anel  theories,  as  specified, 
which  would  fee  hold  fey  the  court  until  aH  parties  have  filed 
ouch  statements  e*  the  time  fe*  such  filing  has  expired,  a* 
which  time  copies  would  fee  transmitted  te  aH  adverse  parties. 
A  party  would  fee  limited  te  calling  those  witnesses,  introduce 
«g  such  physical  evidence,  and  relying  en  such  theories  as  are 
disclosed  in-  the  statement.  Format  A  would  contain  ne  similar 
provision. 

-(£)•  Format  €  would  require  the  filing  ef  a  statement  ef  the 
ease  fey  each  party  which  would  include  a  statement  ef  the 
facts,  the  party's  legal  contentions,  a  list  ef  aU  known  wit/ 
ncsscs,  a  summary  ef  the  evidence  te  which  each  witness  may 
testify,  and  a  list  anel  summary  er  copies  ef  aH  documents  and 
physical  evidence  relevant  te  the  case.  Similar  te  Format  ©7 
these  statements  would  fee  filed  with,  and  distributed  te  aeV 
verse  parties  fey?  the  court.  However,  such  statements  would 
fee  subject  te  supplementation  er  amendment.  Similar  te  Fer/ 
mat  Bj  the  calling  ef  witnesses  et&4  the  introduction  ef  docu/ 
ments  etf\4  physical  evidence  would  fee  limited  te  those 
witnesses  etn4  evidence  disclosed  m  the  statement.  However, 
unlike  Format  B-,  ne  provision  is  made  fer  the  award  ef  legal 
end  other  expenses  te  the  adverse  party  fer  investigation  and 
preparation  where  the  party  filing  the  statement  docs  net  «se 


74 


—  3—  AB3704 


the  testimony  of  witneggeg  ee  introduce  the  documents  e* 
phygical  evidence  ligtcd  m  the  statement. 

This  bill  would  require  a  pilot  project  to  be  conducted  in 
four  municipal  courts,  or  branches  thereof,  using  Format  B  a 
specified  stipulated  procedure  in  all  cases  tried  therein,  exclu- 
sive of  small  claims  court  cases,  except  as  specified. 

This  bill  would  require  the  Judicial  Council  to  select  such 
municipal  courts  with  the  approval  of  the  judge  or  a  majority 
of  the  judges  of  the  municipal  court  district  and  the  board  of 
supervisors  of  the  county  in  which  the  judicial  district  is  locat- 
ed. ~  •    ■  ' 

Under  the  pilot  project  all  civil  actions  would  be  processed 
and  tried  in  accordance  with  the  stipulated  procedure  estab- 
lished by  the  bill  except  where  the  case  is  withdrawn  for  good 
cause  and  in  the  interest  of  justice.  The  provisions  of  the  pilot 
project  applicable  to  the  trial  stage  are  inapplicable  to  those 
civil  actions  in  which  a  jury  trial  is  not  waived. 

This  bill  would  as  respects  the  pilot  project  procedures, 
provide  for  the  following: 

(I)  The  elimination  of  any  requirement  of  technical  forms 
of  a  pleading. 

-  (2)  Permissible  pleading  of  claims  in  the  alternative  or  in- 
consistently. 
'   (3)  The  prohibition  of  the  use  of  discovery. 

(4)  The  requirement  that  each  party  file  a  statement  of 
witnesses  to  be  called  and  physical  evidence  to  be  introduced. 

(5)  The  elimination  of  any  requirement  of  pretrial  confer- 
ences. 

(6)  The  elimination  of  the  use  or  permissibility  of  demur- 
rers or  pretrial  motions,  except  as  specified. 

(7)  The  permissive,  rather  than  required,  use  of  trial  briefs. 

(8)  The  permissive  use  of  narrative  testimony. 

(9)  The  permissive  use  of  written  submissions  of  direct 
testimony. _   .^  __^ — 

(10)  The  admissibility  of  all  relevant  evidence  other  than 
privileged  information,  except  as  privileged  information  is 
presently  admissible. 

(II)  The  prohibition  of  the  requirement  or  making  of  find- 
ings of  fact  or  conclusions  of  law. 

This  bill. would  also  provide  generally  that  the  parties  to  a 


75 


AB3704  —  4  — 

civil  action,  with  court  approval,  may  stipulate  to  limit  or 
modify  any  existing  procedure  governing  the  pleadings,  pre- 
trial stage,  or  trial  stage  of  a  civil  action. 

Specifically  it  would  authorize  the  parties  to  stipulate  to  the 
use  of  one  of  three  alternative  stipulated  procedures. 

Under  one  of  the  alternatives  all  procedures  would  be  those 
established  for  the  pilot  project.  Under  the  other  two  alterna- 
tives the  provisions  of  the  pilot  project  governing  pleading 
and  trial  would  be  applicable,  but  each  alternative  would 
making  varying  provision  for  pretrial  and  motion  practice. 

This  bill  would  require  the  Judicial  Council  to  4e  each  ef  the 
following; 

■ft)-  Conduct  a  study  te  indicate  the  changes  m  court  rules 
necessitated  m  implementing  the  provisions  ef  the  h&  e&  ft 
permanent  bast* 

-(8)-  Make  ft  report  ef  its  findings  te  the  Covernor  and  the 
Legislature  ne  later  than  an  unspecified  date. 

-(d)-  Conduct  a  2/ycar  conduct  a  study  of  the  effects  of  the 
pilot  project  and  the  voluntary  use  of  stipulated  procedures 
by  parties  generally  and  report  its  findings  annually  to  the 
Covernor  fts4  the  Legislature. 

This  bill  would  become  operative  July  1,  1977. 

Vote:  majority.  Appropriation:  no.  Fiscal  committee:  yes. 
State-mandated  local  program:  no. 

The  people  of  the  State  of  California  do  enact  as  follows: 

1  SECTION  1.     Part   3.5    (commencing   with   Section 

2  1823)  is  added  to  the  Code  of  Civil  Procedure,  to  read: 
3 

4  PART  3.5.    OF  ALTERNATIVE  PROCEDURES 
5 

6  TITLE  h    ALTERNATIVE  STIPULATED 
7 

8  TITLE  1.    PILOT  PROJECTS 
"9 

10  .;      Chapter  1.    Legislative  Findings  and 

11  Declarations 
12 

13       1823.     The    Legislature    finds    and    declares    that 


76 


—  5—  AB3704 

1  experience  with  civil  litigation  in  California  teaches  that 

2  expense  to  the  litigants  has  risen  so  as  to  deny  access  to 

3  the  courts  in  many  instances.  All  too  often  a  person 

4  possessed  of  a  valid  claim  must  forego  its  enforcement  or 

5  accept  a  grossly  inadequate   out-of-court  settlement 

6  because  the  expense  of  enforcing  it  in   court  with 

7  procedures  as  they  now  exist  will  exhaust  the  greater  part 

8  of  his  recovery.  All  too  often  a  person  must  pay  all  or  part 

9  of  an  unjust  claim  against  him  because  payment  is  a  lesser 

10  financial  hardship  than  the  expense  of  defense  in  court. 

11  The  Legislature  further  finds  and  declares  that  the 

12  development  of  simplified  procedures  to  reduce  the 

13  expense  of  litigation  is  inhibited  by  the  absence  from 

14  present  law   of  methods   for   experimentation    with 

15  procedural  innovations  to  reduce  expense.  Hence,  it  has 

16  not  been  possible   to  adopt  the   usual  management 

17  technique  of  a  trial  pilot  program  on  a  small  scale  of 

18  changed  methods  of  operation  with  the  expectation  that 
.19  experience    with   the  pilot  program    will  permit  its 

20  permanent  adoption   in   its  designed  form    or   with 

21  modifications  as  experience  dictates. 

22  The  Legislature  further  finds  and  declares  that  there  is 

23  a   compelling  state  interest  in   the   development  of 

24  pleading,  pretrial,  and  trial  procedures  which  will  reduce 

25  the  expense  of  litigation  to  the  litigants  and  there  is 

26  likewise  a  compelling  state  interest  in  experimentation 

27  on  a  small  scale  with  new  procedures  to  accomplish  that 

28  result  before  those  procedures  are  adopted  statewide. 

29  The  provisions  of  this  part  are  added  to  this  code  to  adopt 

30  the  principle  of  experimentation  in  four  municipal  courts 

31  or  branches  of  municipal  courts  and  to  permit  the  parties 

32  by  stipulation  to  adopt  their  own  methods  of  simplifying 

33  pleading,  pretrial  procedure,  and  trial. 
34 

35  Chapter  2.    Courts  and  Cases 
36 

37  1823.1.     There  shall  be  conducted  in  four  municipal 

38  courts,  or  branches  of  municipal  courts,  selected  by  the 

39  Judicial  Council  with  the  approval  of  the  judge  or  a 

40  majority  of  judges  of  the  district  and  the  board  of 


77 


AB  3704  ,  —  6  — 

1  supervisors  of  the  county  in  which  the  judicial  district  is 

2  located  a  pilot  project  for  a  period  of  three  years  to 

3  achieve  a  fair  sampling  of  the   use  of  abbreviated 

4  procedural  requirements. 

5  1823.2.    All  civil  actions,  excluding  small  claims  court 

6  cases,  filed  in  the  courts  selected  for  the  pilot  project  shall 

7  be   processed    and  'tried   in    accordance    with    the 

8  procedures  set  forth  in  this  title  except  where  the  court 

9  on  the  motion  of  a  party  or  its  own  motion  withdra  ws  the 

10  case  from  the  simplified  procedure  for  good  cause  and  in 

11  the  interest  of  justice. 

12  1823.3.     To  the  extent  that  rules  governing  pleading 

13  and  motion  practice,  pretrial  procedures  and  trial  are  not 

14  inconsistent  with  the  procedures  established  in  this  title, 

15  they  are  applicable  to  simplified  proceedings  pursuant  to 

16  this  title. 
17 

18  Chapter  3.    Pleadings 

19 

20  1824.     (a)  In  any  action  which  is  governed  by  the 

21  procedures  under  this  title,  the  pleadings  shall  consist  of 

22  a  complaint  filed  by  the  plaintiff,  an  answer  filed  by  the 

23  defendant,  and  a  cross-claim  filed  by  the  defendant  at  his 

24  election. 

25  (b)  Motions  where  permitted  by  this  title  shall  be  in 

26  the  form  generally  provided  in   the   Code  of  Civil 

27  Procedure. 

28  1824.1.     (a)  No  technical  forms  of  a  pleading  are 

29  required.  Each  allegation  of  a  pleading  shall  be  simple, 

30  concise,  and  direct. 

31  (b)  A  pleading  which  sets  forth  a  claim  for  relief, 

32  whether  as  a  complaint  or  cross-claim,  shall  contain  a 

33  short    and   plain    statement    of   the    occurrence    or 

34  transaction  upon   which  it  is  based  showing  that  the 

35  pleader  is  entitled  to  relief  and  a  demand  for  judgment 

36  for  the  relief  to  which  he  deems  himself  entitled.  Claims 

37  may  be  pleaded  alternatively  or  inconsistently. 

38  (c)  An  answer  shall  state  in  short  and  plain  terms 

39  defenses  to  each  claim  asserted  and  shall  admit  or  deny 

40  the  allegations  upon  which  the  adverse  party  relies.  A 


78 


—  7  —  AB3704 

1  denial  may   be   for   lack    of  information    or    belief. 

2  Affirmative  defenses  must  be  affirmatively  pleaded  in 

3  short  and  plain  terms  in  an  answer. 

4  (d)  Allegations  in  a  pleading  to  which  a  responsive 

5  pleading  is  required  are  deemed  admitted  if  not  denied. 

6  (e)  All  pleadings  shall  be  construed  to  do  substantial 

7  justice.  Iffra  ud  or  mistake  is  alleged  as  the  basis  of  a  claim 

8  or  defense,  the  circumstances  of  the  fraud  or  mistake 

9  shall  be  stated  with  particularity. 

10  1824.2.     The    Judicial     Council    may    adopt    and 

11  promulgate  rules  governing  the  pleading  of  causes 

12  conducted  in   the  pilot  project.    The  rules  shall  be 

13  consistent  with  this  chapter,  and  unless  inconsistent  shall 

14  control  in  the  proceedings  to  which  they  apply. 

15 

16  Chapter  4.    Pretrial  and  Motion  Practice 

17 

18  1825.    No  discovery  shall  be  permitted  in  any  action 

19  governed  by  the  procedures  in  this  title. 

20  1825.1.     (a)  Each  party  shall  file  with  the  court  a 

21  statement  of  witnesses  and  physical  evidence  within  45 

22  days  after  the  date  the  case  is  at  issue. 

23  (b)  The   statement  shall  include   the   names   and 

24  addresses  of  witnesses  the  party  intends  to  call  and  a 

25  description  of  the  physical  and  documentary  evidence 

26  the  party  intends    to  produce    with    copies   of  the 

27  documents  the  party  intends  to  rely  upon  at  trial.  A  party 

28  is  not  required  to  identify  witnesses,  physical  evidence,  or 

29  documents  which  he  will  use  only  for  impeachment. 

30  1825.2.     The  court  shall  hold  statements  filed  with  it 

31  under  seal  until  it  has  received  the  statements  of  all 

32  parties  to  the  action  or  the  time  for  filing  statements  has 

33  expired.     The    court    then    shall    contemporaneously 

34  transmit  copies  of  the  statements  to  the  adverse  parties. 

35  1825.3.    A  t  trial  a  party  may  call  as  witnesses  only  those 

36  persons  disclosed  by  him  and  introduce  only  physical 

37  evidence  and  documents  identified  in  the  statement, 

38  except  where  relief  is  granted  for  any  of  the  causes 

39  specified  in  Section  473.  If  relief  from  a  statement  is 

40  granted,    the   adverse  party   shall   be   entitled   to   a 


79 


AB3704-  —8  — 

1  continuance  to  meet  the  new  evidence.  Production  of 

2  evidence  for  impeachment  is  not  limited. 

3  1825.4.    Pretrial     conferences     are     riot     required; 

4  however,  counsel  should  communicate  personally  or  by 

5  telephone  in  an  effort  to  narrow  the  issues  prior  to  trial 

6  or  to  resolve  the  disputes. 

7  1825.5.    No  demurrer  or> pretrial  motion  shall  be  used 

8  or  permitted  in  any  action  governed  by  the  procedures 

9  in  this  title  except  as  follows: 

10  (a)  One  motion  may  be  made  by  the  defendant  to 

1 1  dismiss  the  action  on  the  ground  of  a  jurisdictional  defect 

12  or  on  the  ground  that  the  complaint  does  not  give  notice 

13  of  a  claim  upon  which  relief  can  be  granted. 

14  (b)  Motions  may  be  made  for  a  continuance  of  the 

15  action  for  good  cause. 

16  (c)  A  motion  may  be  made  to  withdraw  the  action 

17  from  the  controls  of  the  procedure  under  this  title  for 

18  good  cause. 

19  (d)  One  motion  may  be  made  by  each  party  for 

20  summary  judgment  or  partial  summary  judgment 

21  (e)  Motions  for  change  of  venue. 
22 

23  Chapter  5.    Trial 
24 

25  1826.    If  possible,  the  date  for  trial  shall  be  set  within 

26  20  days  from  the  date  the  court  distributes  the  statement 

27  of  witnesses  and  physical  evidence  in  accordance  with 

28  Section  1825.2. 

29  1826.1.     Where  a  jury  is  demanded,  and  the  case  is 

30  tried  to  a  jury,   the  trial  shall  not  be  conducted  in 

31  accordance  with  this  part,  but  shall  be  conducted  in 

32  accordance  with  the  procedures  established  in  this  code 

33  other  than  in  this  part.  Where  a  jury  is  waived,  the  trial 

34  shall  be  conducted  as  set  forth  in  Section  1826.2  to  1826. 14, 

35  inclusive. 

36  1826.2    An  opening  statement  to  the  court  by  counsel 

37  for  the  parties  shall  be  permitted  in  the  manner  and  for 

38  the  duration  determined  in  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

39  1826.3.     Trial  briefs  shall  be  permitted,  but  shall  not  be 

40  required. 


80 


—  9—  AB3704 

1  1826.4.     The  counsel  for  the  parties  and  the  trial  judge 

2  may  interrogate  the  parties  and  witnesses.  Narrative 

3  testimony  shall  be  permitted. 

4  1826.5.     The  trial  judge  shall  have  the  discretion  to 

5  determine  the  order  in  which  the  evidence  is  introduced 

6  and  the  trial  is  conducted.      , 

7  1826.6.     Written  submissions  of  direct  testimony  shall 

8  be  ^permitted   if  the    court    determines    that   such 

9  submissions  will  result  in  a  saving  of  time  for  the  court 
10 ...  and  counsel. 

11.     1826.7.     Upon  agreement  of  the  parties  and  with 

12  >  consent  of  the  court,  proceedings  under  this  title  may  be 

13  _  recorded  by  video  tape,  electronic  recording,  or  court 
14 .  reporters. 

15  1826.8.    No  privileged  information  shall  be  admissible,. 

16  except  as  provided  in  Division  8  (commencing  with 
17 .  Section  .900)  of  the  Evidence  Code.  Subject  to  the 
18 :  provisions  of  Section  352  of  the  Evidence  Code,  all  other 
19-  evidence  relevant  to  the  action  shall  be  admissible.  The 
20 1  trial  judge  shall  determine  the  weight  to  be  accorded  any 
21..  admissible  evidence. 

221 .    1826.9.     The  trial  judge,  in  his  discretion,  may  permit 

23-  a  pleading  to  be  amended  to  conform  to  proof 

241  -     1826.10.     Closing   arguments    by    counsel   shall    he 

25. permitted    in    the    manner    and    for    the    duration 

261  determined  in  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

ZIL     1826. 11.     Findings  of  fact  or  conclusions  of  la  w  shall  not 

28.  -be  required  or  made  in  any  action  tried  pursuant  to  this 

29.  title.  Upon  request  of  any  party  to  the  action,  the  court 
30  shall  issue  a  brief  explanation  of  its  decision  either  orally 
31„  or  in  writing.  .-_-   . 

32:       1826. 12.    Any  motion  which  may  be  made  after  trial  in 
<  33  ~  the  court  pursuant  to  law  may  he  made  in  any  action  tried 
34   pursuant  to  this  title. 

35; '  1826.13:  The  effect  of  a  judgment  or  final  order  in  any 
36t" action  tried  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  title,  in 
37.  respect  to  the  matter  or  matters  directly  adjudged,  is 
38:  conclusive  between  the  parties  and  their  successors  in 
39T  interest  but  shall  not  operate  as  collateral  estoppel  of  a 
40    party  in  other  litigation  with  a  person  who  was  not  a  party 


81 


AB3704  —  10  — 

1  to  the  action  in  which  the  judgment  or  order  is  rendered. 

2  1826.14.    Any  party  shall  ha  ve  the  right  to  appeal  any 
,  3  judgment  or  final  order  pertaining  to  an  action  go  verned 

4  by  this  title  consistent  with  the  law  governing  such 

5  appeals. 
6 

7  TITLE  2.    ALTERNATIVE  STIPULATED 

8  PROCEDURES 

9 
10  Chapter  1.    Stipulations  of  Parties 

11 

12  1827.     The  parties  to  any  civil  action  may,  with  the 

13  approval  of  the  court,  stipulate  to  limit  or  modify  any 

14  existing  procedure  governing  the  pleading,  proceedings 

15  before  trial,  or  trial  of  the  action. 

16  1827.1.    Any  court  or  judge  may  develop  forms  of 

17  stipulations  modifying  existing  procedures  to  be  used, 

18  modified  or  rejected  by  parties  as  they  see  fit. 
19 

20  Chapter  2.    Statutory  Forms  of  Stipulated 

21  .  Procedure 
22 

23       1828.     The  procedures  set  forth  in  this  chapter  are 
.  24    applicable  to  any  action  in  any  superior,  municipal,  or 

25  justice  court  other  than  a  m  unicipal  court  in  which  a  pilot 

26  project  is  under  way  pursuant  to  Section  1823  when 

27  adopted  by  all  the  parties  appearing  in  the  action  by 
•  28    stipulation.  Where  they  are  utilized  by  stipulation,  the 

29  judgment  or  final  order  in   the  action  is  conclusive 

30  between  the  parties  and  their  successors  in  interest  as  to 

31  matters  directly  adjudged  or  determined,  but  shall  not 

32  operate  as  a  collateral  estoppel  of  a  party  in  other 

33  litigation  with  a  person  not  a  party  to  the  action  in  which 

34  the  judgment  or  order  is  rendered. 

35  1828.1.     The  parties  to  any  civil  action  may  stipulate  to 

36  the  use  of  the  procedures  set  forth  in  Section  1829, 

37  Section  1830,  or  Section  1831.  Nothing  in  this  section 

38  precludes  the  parties  from  other  forms  of  stipulation 

39  pursuant  to  Section  1827. 

40  1829.     (a)    When    the   parties    to    any    civil   action 


82 


—  11—  AB3704 

1  stipulate  to  the  use  of  the  procedures  in  this  section,  the 

2  procedure  of  pleading  and  trial  shall  be  as  set  forth  in 

3  Sections  1824  to  1824.2,  inclusive,  and  Sections  1826  to 

4  1826.14,  inclusive.    Cases  in   which   the  stipulation  is 
'  5  entered  shall  be  entitled  to  priority  in  trial  over  all  actions 

6  not  otherwise  entitled  to  priority. 

7  (b)  No  discovery  shall  be  permitted.  No  demurrer  or 
.  8  pretrial  motions  shall  be  permitted  except:   (1)   one 

9  motion  may  be  made  by  the  defendant  to  dismiss  the 

10  action  on  the  grounds  of  a  jurisdictional  defect  or  that  the 

11  complaint  does  not  give  notice  of  a  claim  upon  which 

12  relief  can  be  granted;  (2)  motions  for  continuance  for 

13  good  cause;  and  (3)  motions  to  withdraw  the  action  from 

14  the  stipulated  procedure  upon  a  showing  of  good  cause. 

15  1830.     When  the  parties  to  any  civil  action  stipulate  to 

16  the  use  of  the  procedures  in  this  section,  the  procedure 

17  of  pleading,  pretrial,  and  trial,  shall  be  that  set  forth  in 

18  Sections  1824  to  1826.14,  inclusive.  Cases  in  which  the 

19  stipulation  is  entered  shall  be  entitled  to  priority  in  trial 

20  over  all  actions  not  otherwise  entitled  to  priority. 

21  1831.     (a)   When    the  parties   to   any   civil  action 

22  stipulate  to  the  use  of  the  procedures  in  this  section,  the 

23  procedure  of  pleading  and  trial  shall  be  as  set  forth  in 

24  Sections  1824  to  1824.2,  inclusive,  and  1826  to  1826.14, 

25  inclusive.  Cases  in  which  the  stipulation  is  entered  shall 

26  be  entitled  to  priority  over  all  actions  not  otherwise 

27  entitled  to  priority. 

28  (b)  No  discovery  shall  be  permitted. 

29  (c)  In  lieu  of  discovery: 

30  (1)  Each  party  shall  file  with  the  court  a  statement  of 

31  the  case  within  45  days  from  the  date  the  case  is  at  issue. 

32  (2)  Subject  to  the  rules  of  privileged  information,  as 

33  set  forth  in  Division  8  (commencing  with  Section  900)  of 

34  the  Evidence  Code,  the  statement  of  the  case  shall 

35  include  each  of  the  following: 

36  (i)  A  statement  of  the  facts. 

37  (ii)  A  statement  of  the  party's  legal  contentions, 

38  including  brief  citations  to  relevant  and  pertinent  case 

39  law  and  statutory  law. 

40  (Hi)  A  written  statement  of  the  evidence  to  which 


83 


AB3704  —  12  — 

1  each  witness  which  the  party  intends  to  call  may  testify, 

2  together  with  a  list  under  oath  in  the  manner  prescribed 

3  in  Section  2030  for  answering  interrogatories  of  the 

4  following: 

5  (A)  A  list  of  all  known  persons  with  knowledge  of  the 

6  facts  of  the  controversy,   favorable  and  unfavorable, 

7  including  addresses  and  telephone  numbers,  if  known. 

8  (B)  A  list  of  all  documents  and  physical  evidence 

9  relevant  to  the  case  and  copies  of  the  documents. 

10  (iv)  A   statement  of  the   case  shall  constitute  an 

11  admission,  but  shall  be  deemed  denied  by  the  adverse 

12  parties. 

13  ,    (v)  The  court  shall  hold  statements  of  the  case  Bled 

14  with  it  under  seal  until  it  has  received  statements  from  all 

15  parties  to  the  action  or  the  time  for  filing  statements  has 

16  expired.  If  any  party  has  not  filed  a  statement,  the  clerk 

17  shall  give  notice  in  writing  tha  t  unless  a  sta  tern  en  t  is  filed 

18  within  10  days  the  party s  pleading  shall  be  stricken.  If  a 

19  statement  is  not  Hied  within  the  10-day  period,  the  court 

20  shall  strike  the  pleadings  of  the  party  in  default.  The  court 

21  then  shall  contemporaneously  transmit  copies  of  the 

22  statements  to  the  adverse  parties. 

23  (vi)  If  a  party  deems  that  a  statement  of  the  case  filed 

24  by  an  adverse  party  is  unclear,  uncertain,  or  ambiguous, 

25  he  may,  by  written  demand,  specify  the  deficiencies  in 

26  the  statement  and  demand  that  the  party  that  filed  the 

27  statement  clarify  the  statement  by  a  supplement  to  be 

28  served  and  filed  within  20  days  of  the  notice.  If  the 

29  adverse  party  does  not  adequately  respond  to   the 

30  demand,  the  party  serving  the  notice  may,  within  20  days 

31  after  response  is  received  or  upon  lapse  of  time  within 

32  which  the  response  may  be  made,  make  a  motion 

33  requesting  the  court  to  order  such  clarification. 

34  (vii)  A  party  may  supplement  or  amend  his  statement 

35  of  the  case  (A)  by  stipulation  of  the  parties,  or  (B)  by 

36  motion  at  the  time  of  trial  upon  a  showing  of  good  cause 

37  as  specified  in  Section  473,  a  showing  of  lack  of  prejudice 

38  to  adverse  parties,  and  a  showing  that  the  substance  of 

39  the  supplement  or  amendment  was  communicated  to 

40  adverse  parties  by  formal  written  notice  at  the  earliest 


84 


—  13—  AB3704 

1  reasonable  time.  The  trial  court  may  grant  a  continuance 

2  to  the  adverse  party  where  it  permits  a  supplement  or 

3  amendment  to  the  statement  of  the  case. 

4  (viii)  Except  as  the  court  may  permit  in  the  interest  of 

5  justice  and  upon  such  conditions  as  are  necessary  to 

6  protect  the  rights  of  adverse  parties,    only  persons 

7  identified  in  the  statement  of  the  case  may  be  called  as 

8  witnesses  by  the  party  filing  the  statement,  and  only 

9  physical  evidence  and  documents  described  in   the 

10  statement  may  be  introduced. 

11  (d)  Pretrial  conferences  are  not  required;  however, 

12  counsel  should  communicate  personally  or  by  telephone 

13  in  an  effort  to  narrow  the  issues  prior  to  trial  or  to  resolve 

14  the  dispute.  \ 

15  (e)  No  demurrer  or  pretrial  motion  shall  be  used  or 

16  permitted  in  any  action  governed  by  these  procedures 

17  except: 

18  (1)  A  motion  may  be  made  by  the  defendant  to  dismiss 

19  the  action  on  the  ground  of  a  jurisdictional  defect  or  that 

20  the  complaint  does  not  state  a  claim. 

21  (2)  Motions  may  be  made  for  a  continuance  of  the 

22  action  for  good  cause. 

23  (3)  Motion  may  be  made  to  withdraw  the  action  from 

24  the  controls  of  the  stipulated  procedure  under  this  title 

25  for  good  cause. 

26  (4)  One  motion  may  be  made  by  any  party  for 

27  judgment    on    the    ground    that    the    pleadings,    as 

28  supplemented  by  admissions  in  the  statements  of  the 

29  case,  entitle  such  party  to  a  judgment. 

30  (5)  One  motion  may  be  made  by  each  party  for 

31  summary  judgment  or  for  partial  summary  judgment. 

32  (6)  A  motion  to  clarify  the  statement  of  the  case. 

33  1832.     The    Judicial     Council     may     devise     and 

34  promulgate  forms  to  facilitate  the  use  of  the  alternative 

35  forms  of  stipulated  procedure  designated  in  Sections 

36  1829,  1830,  and  1831. 


85 


AB3704  —  14  — 

1  TITLE  3.    JUDICIAL  COUNCIL  STUDY 

2  AND  OPERA  TIVE  DA  TE 
3 

4  1833.     The  Judicial  Council  shall  conduct  a  study  of  the 

5  effects   of  the  pilot  project  established  in    Title   1 

6  (commencing  with  Section  1823)  of  this  part  and  the 

7  voluntary  use  of  the  stipulated  procedures  permitted  by 

8  Title  2  (commencing  with  Section  1827)  of  this  part  and 

9  shall  make  an  annual  report  of  its  findings  to  the 

10  Legislature. 

11  1833.1.     The  provisions  of  Title  1  (commencing  with 

12  Section  1823)  of  this  part  and  of  Section  1833  shall  be 

13  implemented  by  the  Judicial  Council  only  when  and  to 

14  the  extent  that  funds  are  made  available  to  implement 

15  the  pilot  project  set  forth  in  Title  1  (commencing  with 

16  Section  1823)  of  this  part  and  the  study  set  forth  in 

17  Section  1833. 

18  1833.2.     The  provisions  of  this  part  shall  become 

19  operative  on  July  lf  1977. 
20 

21  .     :                        PROCEDURE 
22 

23  ClIAPTEn  h     CENEIIAL  PROVISIONS 

24 

25  4883r    ¥he  parties  te  ft  eivd  action,  with  approval  ef  the 

26  court,  mey  stipulate  te  limit  er  modify  any  existing 

27  procedure  governing  the  pleadings,  pretrial  stage,  eg  trial 

28  stage  ef  such  eivil  action. 

29  1828.1.     The  procedural  requirements  set  ferth  m  Title 

30  3  (commencing  with Seetieft  ±88&fc  Title 8  (commencing 

31  with  Section    1808),  and  Title  4    (commencing  with 

32  Section  1831)  are  intended  as  models  fer  individually 

33  developed    stipulated    procedures   ift   eivil   actions   as 

34  permitted  ey  Section  48Q8r 

35  18B3.fl.     The  fotlieial  Council  shall  have  the  pewer  te 

36  devise  a»d  promulgate  forms  fer  statements  ef  the  ease 

37  as  required  m  Sections  1830.1  arte!  183Q.Q  te  he  used  ift 

38  common  categories  ef  litigation. 

39  1803.3.    The  Judicial  Council  shal*  conduct  a  study  te 

40  indicate   the   changes  ift  court   rules   which   shaU  he 


86 


—  15  —  AB  3704 

'  '  '  * 

1  required  to  implement  the  proviaiono  contained  m  Title 

2  4-  (commencing  with  Section  1823) ,  Title  2  (commencing 

3  with  Section  1825) ,  Title  3  (commencing  with  Section 

4  4£28h  and  3^  4  (commencing  w#fe  Section  1831  >  ea  ft 

5  permanent  basis  aftd  to  make  ft  report  of  its  findings  to 

6  the  Covcrnor  aftd  to  the  Legislature  »o  later   than 

7  I  I  I  h 

8  1823.4.    The  Judicial  Council  shall  conduct  ft  two/year 

9  study  of  the  effects  of  the  pilot  project  catabliahed  m 

10  Chapter  2   (commencing  with  Section  1824)   dftd  the 

11  voluntary  «se  of  stipulated  proccduroo  permitted  by 

12  Section  ±823  and  shah  make  ftft  annual  report  of  its 

13  findinga  to  the  Governor  a»d  to  the  Lcgialaturo. 
14 

15  -.     CiiArTEn  2t    Pilot  PnojECT 
16 

17  1824.    There  shall  he  conducted  m  few  municipal 

18  courts,  or  branches  of  municipal  courts,  selected  by  the 

19  Judicial  Council  with  the  approval  of  the  judge  or  a 

20  majority  of  judges  of  the  district  aftO;  the  board  of 

21  supcrviaora  of  the  county  ift  which  the  judicial  diatrict  is 

22  located,  ft  two/year  pilot  project  to  achieve  ft  fair  sampling 

23  of  the  use  of  abbreviated  procedural  requirements  » 

24  divergent  demographic  ftnd  financial  constituencies. 

25  1824.1.    AH  eivil  ftetiertsr  excluding  small  etofts  eettrt 

26  eases;  filed  ift  the  eotsrts  aclcctcd  for  the  pilot  projeet  shall 

27  he    proccascd    aftd    tried    ift    accordance    with    the 

28  proccdurca,  as  to  plcadinga  and  the  pretrial  aftd  trial 

29  stages  of  sueh  eases?  set  forth  ift  :Pitle  3  (commencing  with 

30  Section  1828) ,  except  as  followa; 

31  -(a)-  Gases  shall  he  withdrawn  from-  the  simplified 

32  procedure  format  where  there  is  a  timely  demand  for 

33  j«ry  trial  by  any  party. 

34  -{b)-  The    court    may    withdraw    a    ease    frerft    the 

35  simplified  procedure  format  Oft  its  owft  motion  ift  the 

36  interests  of  justice: 

37  1824.2.     Notwithstanding    any   provision    ift   Title   3 

38  (commencing  with  Section  ±&28>  a  party  ift  a  ease  ift  a 

39  eewt  aclcctcd  for  the  pilot  project  may  make  a  motion  for 

40  a  change  of  venue. 


87 


AB3704  —  16  — 

1  TITLE  fir    ALTERNATIVE  STIPULATED 

2  PROCEDURES  FORMAT  A 

3 

4  CiiAPTEn  h    Pleadings 

6  1805;    -(e)-  ift  any  action  which  is  governed  fey  the 

7  procedure;?  tmder  this  title;  there  shaH  he  ft  complaint  and 

8  ft»  angvvcr;  a  reply  te  ft  counterclaim  denominated  fts 

9  such;  and  ft»  answer  te  ft  cross/claim,  tf  the  answer 

10  contains   ft   cross/claim.    Ne   other    pleading    shall   he 

11  allowed,  except  that  the  court  may  order  a  reply  te  a» 

12  answer. 

13  -ih)-  Aft  application  te  the  eewt  fer  a»  order  shall  he  hy 

14  motion  which,  tmless  made  during  ft  hearing  er  trial;  shaH 

15  fee  made  i»  writing,  shall  state  with  particularity  the 

16  grounds  therefor,  anid  shaH  set  forth  the  relief  er  order 

17  sought.  The  requirement  ef  a  writing  is  fulfilled  if  the 

18  motion  is  stated  ift  a  written  notice  ef  the  hearing  ef  the 

19  motion. 

20  1805.1.    -(a)-  A  pleading  which  sets  ferth  a  claim  fer 

21  relief,    whether    an    original    claim,    counterclaim,    er 

22  cross/claim,  shaH  contain  a  shert  and  plaift  statement  ef 

23  the  claim  showing  that  the  pleader  is  entitled  te  relief, 

24  and  a  demand  fer  judgment  fer  the  relief  te  which  he 

25  deems  himself  entitled.  Relief  in  the  alternative  er  ef 

26  several  different  types  may  be  demanded. 

21  -(e)-  A  party  shaH  state  m  short  and  plaift  terms  his 

28  defenses  te  each  claim  asserted  and  shaH  admit  er  deny 

29  the  averments  taper*  whieh  the  adverse  party  reliesr  U  he 

30  is  without  knowledge  er  information  sufficient  te  form  a 

31  feelief  as  te  the  trftthef  art  averment,  he  shaH  se  state  and 

32  this  shall  have  the  effect  ef  a  denial.  Denials  shaH  fairly 

33  meet  the  substance  ef  the  averments  denied.  When  a 

34  pleader  intends  ift  good  faith  te  deny  enly  a  part  er  a 

35  qualification  ef  aft  averment,  he  shaH  specify  se  frmeh  ef 

36  it  as  is  true  and  material  and  shaH  deny  erfty  the 

37  remainder.  Unless  the  pleader  intends  ift  good  faith  te 

38  controvert  aH  the  averments  ef  the  preceding  pleading, 

39  he  may  make  his  denials  as  specific  denials  ef  designated 

40  averments  er  paragraphs,  er  he  may  generally  deny  aH 


88 


—  17  —  AB  3704 

1  the  Qvcrmcnto  except  ouch  designated  averments  er 

2  paragraphs  as  he  expressly  admits;  feet;  when  he  does  se 

3  intend    te    controvert    aH    its    averments,    including 

4  averments   ef  the   grounds   upon   which   the   court's 

5  jurisdiction  depends,  he  «*ay  de  se  fey  general  denial 

6  subject  te  the  obligation  set  forth  in  Section  1831.4. 

7  -(e)-  fe  pleading  te  a  preceding  pleading,  a  party  shell 

8  set  forth  affirmatively  accord  and  satisfaction,  arbitration 

9  end  award,  assumption  ef  risk?  discharge  m  bankruptcy, 

10  duress,  estoppel,  failure  ef  consideration,  fraud,  illegality, 

11  injury  fey  fellow  servant,  laches,  license,  payment,  release, 

12  res  judicata,  statute  ef  frauds,  statute  ef  limitations, 

13  waiver,  aftd  any  other  matter  constituting  a»  avoidance 

14  er  affirmative  defense.  When  a  party  has  mistakenly 

15  designated  a  defense  as  a  counterclaim  er  a  counterclaim 

1  f\  ■***■»  ja.  ^-< ^ XT j-w »nny%    fel^^a  ^^-« *■*»*-  Qjj  f  fty. -fr-\  i-i    «  i-  lu^ua^  aa  rrnntriOQ  ■  i h n  tf 

XO  tCJ  tt  tJtrrtrfttFtrj  exits  trtTtxrr  uii  ten  my,  it  jtRftxctr  trc?  i  u^uii  v^j,  jxiu.ii 

17  treat  the   pleading   as  if  there   had   been   a  preeer 

18  designation. 

19  -(4)-  Averments  in  a  pleading  te  which  a  responsive 

20  pleading  is  required,  other  than  those  as  te  the  amount  ef 

21  damage,  are  admitted  when  net  denied  » the  responsive 

22  pleading.    Averments    in    a    pleading    te    which    «e 

23  responsive  pleading  is  required  er  permitted  shall  fee 

24  taken  as  denied  er  avoided. 

25  -(e)-  -fty  Each  averment  ef  a  pleading  shall  fee  simple, 

26  concise,  and  direct.  Ne  technical  forms  ef  pleadings  er 

27  motions  are  required. 

28  ■(&)•  A  party  may  set  forth  twe  er  more  statements  ef  a 

29  claim  er  defense  alternately  er  hypothctically,  cither  in 

30  ene  eeent  er  defense  er  in-  separate  eeents  er  defenses. 

31  When    twe    er    more    statements    are    made    in    the 

32  alternative  and  ene  ef  them  if  made  independently 

33  would  fee  sufficient,  the  pleading  is  net  made  insufficient 

34  fey  the  insufficiency  ef  ene  er  more  ef  the  alternative 

35  statements.  A  party  may  else  state  as  many  separate 

36  claims  er  defenses  as  he  has  regardless  ef  consistency  and 

37  whether    based    en    legal    er    equitable    grounds.    AH 

38  statements  shall  fee  made  subject  te  the  obligations  set 

39  ferth  in  Section  1831.4? 

40  -(f)-  AH   pleadings   shall   fee  se   construed   as   te   de 

2— ab3704 


89 


AB3704  —18  — 

1  9ubgtantial  justice. 

2  18Q5.Q.    -(»)-  &  is  ftet  necessary  to  aver  the  capacity  of 

3  a  party  to  st*e  or  be  sued  or  the  authority  ef  ft  party  to  st*e 

4  ef  be  sued  t»  ft  rcprcoontativG  capacity  or  the  legal 

5  existence  ef  aft  organized  aggociation  ef  persons  that  » 

6  made  ft  party,  except  to  the  extent  required  to  show  the 

7  jurisdiction  of  the  court.  When  ft  party  degires  to  raise  ftft 

8  issue  as  to  the  legal  existence  ef  ftfty  party  or  the  capacity 

9  ef  ftfty  party  to  svte  or  be  sued  or  the  authority  ef  ft  party 

10  to  st*e  or  be  sued  m  ft  representative  capacity,  he  shall  do 

11  so  by  specific  negative  averment,  which  shall  include 

12  such  supporting  particulars  as  are  peculiarly  within  the 

13  pleader's  knowledge. 

14  -(b)-  1ft    a«    averments    of   fra«e    or-    mistake,    the 

15  circumstances  constituting  fraud  or  mistake   shall  be 

16  stated  with  particularity.  Malice,  intent,  knowledge,  ftftd 

17  other  condition  of  mind  ef  a  person  fftay  be  averred 

18  generally. 

19  -(e)-  ift  pleading  the  performance  or  occurrence  of 

20  conditions  precedent,  tt  is  sufficient  to  aver  generally  that 

21  ft«  conditions  precedent  have  been  performed  er  have 

22  occurred.  A  denial  of  perferfftaftee  or  occurrence  shaft  be 

23  made  specifically  arte  with  particularity. 

24  -(4)-  lft  pleading  aft  official  document  or  official  ete^  it  is 
25 v  sufficient  to  aver  that  the  document  was  issued  or  the  aet 

26  done  ift  compliance  with  ktw? 

27  -(e)*  h*  pleading  a  judgment  or  decision  of  a  domestic 

28  or  foreign  eoftrt;  judicial  or  quasi/judicial  tribunal,  or  of  a 

29  board  or  officer,  it  is  sufficient  to  aver  the  judgment  or 

30  decision     without     setting     forth     matter      showing 

31  jurisdiction  to  render  itr 

32  -(f)-  For  the  purpose  of  testing  the  sufficiency  ef  a 

33  pleading,  averments  ef  time  &&4  place  are  material  aftd 

34  shall  be  considered  like  all  other  averments  ef  material 

35  matter. 

36  -(g)-  When  items  of  special  damage  are  claimed,  they 

37  shall  be  specifically  stated. 

38  1825.3.    -(a)-  Every  pleading  aftd  motion  shall  contain 

39  a  caption  setting  forth  the  name  of  the  court,  the  title  ef 

40  the  action,  the  file  number,  aftd  a  designation-  as  in 


90 


-—19—  AB3704 

1  subdivision  -fa)-  ef  Section  1831.  Ift  the  complaint  the  title 

2  of  the  action  shall  include  the  names  ef  aft  the  parties,  bat 

3  »  other  pleadings  it  is  sufficient  te  state  the  name  ef  the 

4  first  party  eft  each  siee  with  aft  appropriate  indication  ef 

5  other  parties. 

6  -(e)-  Aft  averments  ef  claim  er  defense  shall  be  made  m 

7  numbered  paragraphs,  the  contents  ef  each  ef  which  shall 

8  he  limited  as  for  as  practicable  te  a  statement  ef  a  single 

9  set  ef  circumstances;  ane  a  paragraph  rrtay  he  referred  te 
10  hy  number  m  aft  succeeding  pleadings.   Each   claim 

-11  founded  upon  a  separate  transaction  er  occurrence  ane 

12  each  defense  other  than  denials  shall  he  stated  m  a 

13  separate    count    er    defense    whenever    a    separation 

14  facilitates  the  clear  presentation  ef  the  matters  set  forth. 

15  -fe)-  Statements  in-  a  pleading  may  he  adopted  by 

16  reference  m  a  different  part  ef  the  same  pleading  er  ift 

17  another  pleading  er  ift  arty  motion.  A  copy  ef  afty  written 

18  instrument  which  is  aft  exhibit  te  a  pleading  is  a  part 

19  thereof  fer  aft  purposes. 

20  18S5.1     Every  pleading  ef  a  party  represented  by  aft 

21  attorney  shall  be  signed  by  at  least  ene  attorney  ef  record 

22  ift  his  individual  name,  whoso  address  shall  be  stated.  A 

23  party  whe  is  ftet  represented  by  aft  attorney  shall  sigft  his 

24  pleading  arte  state  his  address.  Pleadings  3nall  be  verified 

25  .  t»  the  manner  set  forth  t»  Section  446r  The  signature  ef 

26  a»  attorney  constitutes  a  certificate  by  hif»  that  he  has 

27  read  the  pleading;  that  te  the  best  ef  his  knowledge, 

28  information,  afte  belief  there  ts  good  ground  te  support 

29  it;  aftd  that  4t  is  ftet  interposed  fer  delay.  U  a  pleading  is 
.  30  «et  signed  er  is  signed  with  intent  te  defeat  the  purpose 

31  ef  this  section,  i^  may  be  stricken  as  sham  an4  false  a«e 

32  the  action  may  proceed  as  though  the  pleading  had  ftet 

33  beeft  served.  Fer  a  wiftfift  violation  ef  this  rtfte  aft  attorney 

34  may  be  subjected  te  appropriate  disciplinary  action. 

35  Similar  action  may  be  taken  if  scandalous  er  indecent 

36  matter  is  inserted. 

37  1805.5.    -(a)-  A  defendant  shaft  serve  his  answer  within 

38  80  days  after  the  service  ef  the  summons  arte  complaint 

39  upon  him,  except  when  a  different  time  is  prescribed  m 

40  am  order  ef  the  court.  A  party  served  with  a  pleading 


91 


AB3704  —  20  — 

1  otQting  a  cross/claim  againat  him  shall  3crvc  an  anowcr 

2  thereto  within  80  days  after  the  3crvico  upon  him.  :¥he 

3  plaintiff  shall  serve  his  reply  te  ft  counterclaim  ift  the 

4  answer  within  00  days  after  service  ef  the  answer  or?  if  a 

5  reply  is  ordered  by  the  court,  within  80  days  after  service 

6  ef  the  order,  unless  the;  order  otherwise  directs.  :Fhe 

7  service  ef  ft  motion  permitted  under  this  title  alters  these 

8  periods  te  time  as  follows,  unless  ft  different  time  is  fixed 

9  by  order  ef  the  court;  -(4-)-  if  the  court  denies  the  motion 

10  er  postpones  its  disposition  until  the  trial  en  the  merits, 

11  the  responsive  pleading  shall  he  served  within  40  days 

12  after  notice  ef  the  court's  action;  -(8)-  if  the  court  grants 

13  ft  motion  for  a  more  definite  statement  the  responsive 

14  pleading  shall  he  served  within  40  days  after  the  service 

15  ef  the  more  definite  statement. 

16  -(e)-  Every  defense,  in  law  er  faet?  te  ft  claim  for  rehef 

17  i»    any    pleading,    whether    ft    claim,    counterclaim, 

18  cross/claim,  er  third/party  claim,  shall  he  asserted  m  the 

19  responsive    pleading   thereto   if  one   is   required.   Ne 

20  defense  er  objection  is  waived  hy  being  joined  with  one 

21  er  more  other  defenses  er  objections  m  a  responsive 

22  pleading,  if  a  pleading  sets  forth  a  claim  fer  relief  te 

23  which  the  adverse  party  is  set  required  te  servo  a 

24  responsive   pleading,  he  may  assert  ftt  the  trial  e&y 

25  defense  in  law  er  feet  te  that  claim  fer  relief. 

26  1885.6.    -fa>  A  pleading  shall  state  as  a  counterclaim 

27  any  claim  which  at  the  time  ef  serving  the  pleading  the 

28  pleader  has  against  any  opposing  party,  if  t^  arises  etrt  ef 

29  the  transaction  er  occurrence  that  is  the  subject  matter 

30  ef  the  opposing  party's  claim  and  docs  not  require  fer  its 

31  adjudication  the  presence  ef  third  parties  ef  whom  the 

32  court  cannot  acquire  jurisdiction.  B«t  the  pleader  need 

33  net  state  the  claim  if  -ft)-  et^  the  time  the  action  was 

34  commenced   the   claim    was   the   subject    ef   another 

35  pending  action,  er  -(Sf  the  opposing  party  brought  s«it 

36  upon  his  claim  hy  attachment  er  other  process  hy  which 

37  the  court  did  net  acquire  jurisdiction  te  render  a  personal 

38  judgment  en  that  claim,  and  the  pleader  is  not  stating  arty 

39  counterclaim  under  this  section.. 

40  -(h)-  A  pleading  may  state  as  a  counterclaim  any  claim 


92 


—  21—  AB3704 

1  against    an    opposing    party    net    arising   e«t   ef   the 

2  tranaaotion  er  occurrcnco  that  is  the  subject  matter  ef  the 

3  opposing  party's  claim.     , 

4  -(e)-  A  counterclaim  may  er  may  net  diminish  er  defeat 

5  the  recovery  sought  by  the  opposing  party,  ft  may  claim 

6  relief  exceeding  m  amount  et*  different  m  kind  from  that 

7  sought  tft  the  pleading  ef  the  opposing  party. 

8  -(d)-  A  claim, which  cither  matured  er  was  acquired  fey 

9  the  pleader  after  serving  his  pleading  may,  with  the 

10  permission  ef  the  court,  fee  presented  as  a  counterclaim 

11  fey  supplemental  pleading. 

12  -(e)-  When  a  pleader  fails  te  set  «e  a  counterclaim 

13  through  oversight,  inadvertence,  er  excusable  neglect,  er 

14  when  justice  requires,  he  may  fey  leave  ef  court  set  vtp  the 

15  counterclaim  fey  amendment. 

16  -(f)-  A  pleading  may  state  as  a  cross/claim  arty  claim  fey 

17  ene  party  against  a  coparty  arising  et*t  ef  the  transaction 

18  er  occurrence  that  is  the  subject  matter  cither  ef  the 

19  original  action  er  ef  a  counterclaim  therein  er  relating  te 

20  any  property  that  is  the  subject  matter  ef  the  original 

21  action.  Such  cross/claim  may  include  a  claim  that  the 

22  party  against  whom  it  is  asserted  is  er  may  fee  liable  te  the 

23  cross/claimant  fer  att  er  part  ef  a  claim  assorted  m  the 

24  action  against  the  cross/claimant. 

25  18B5.7.    A  party  may  amend  his  pleading  once  as  a 

26  matter  ef  course  at  any  time  before  a  responsive  pleading 

27  is  served  er?  if  the  pleading  is  ene  te  which  ne  responsive 

28  pleading  is  permitted  and  the  action  has  net  been  placed 

29  ttpen  the  trial  calendar,  he  may  se  amend  it  at  any  time 

30  within  29  days  after  it  is  served.  Otherwise  a  party  may 

31  amend  his  pleading  etdy  with  permission  ef  the  court  er 

32  fey  written  consent  ef  the  adverse  party;  and  permission 

33  shall  fee  freely  given  when  justice  se  requires.  A  party 

34  shall  plead  in  response  te  an  amended  pleading  within 

35  the  time  remaining  fer  response  te  the  original  pleading 

36  er  within  10  days  after  service  ef  the  amended  pleading, 

37  whichever  period  may  fee  the  longer,  unless  the  court 

38  otherwise  orders. 

39  1805.8.     Extensions    ef   time    are    permissible    upon 

40  agreement  ef  the  parties  without  court  approval  tmtil  the 


93 


AB3704  —22  — 

1  lapac  ef  three  year 9  after  which  the  action  may  fee 

2  dismissed  eft  the  court'o  ewft  motion. 
3 

4  CHAPTER  On     Pl\ETI\IAL  ANB  MOTION  PnACTICE 
5 

6  1826.    Ne  diacovcry  shall  fee  permitted  m  aay  action 

7  governed  fey  the  procedure  m  this  title? 

8  1826.1.    Ne  demurrer  ep  pretrial  motion  shall  fee  uacd 

9  ef  permitted  m  a»y  aetieft  governed  fey  tfee  procedure  m 

10  this  titlo^  except  as  followa? 

11  -(a)-  ©»e  motion  may  fee  made  fey  the  defendant  te 

12  diamiaa  the  aetieft  eft  the  ground  ef  a  jurisdictional  defect 

13  er  en  the  ground  that  the  complaint  dees  «et  give  notice 

14  ef  a  claim  upon  which  relief  eaft  fee  granted. 

15  -(fe)-  Motions  may  fee  made  fera  continuance  ef  the 

16  action  fe*  good  caugc. 

17  -(e)-  Motions  may  fee  made  te  withdraw  the  action  from 

18  the  controlg  ef  the  gtipulatcd  procedure  under  this  title 

19  fe*  good  caugc.  t 

20  f 

21  Chapter  3r    Trial 
22 

23  1827.    The  eet*rt  shall  give  aft  aetieft  whieh  is  governed 

24  fey  the  procedure  ift  this  title  priority  over  alt  the  ether 

25  eivil  actiona  whieh  are  ftet  giveft  priority  purguant  te  law? 

26  1827.1.     Igauca  ef  a»  action  governed  fey  the  procedure 

27  ift  this  title  shaU  fee  tried  fey  the  eewt  aftd  »et  fey  a  jury? 

28  1827.2.    Aft  opening  atatcment  te  the  eewt  fey  counacl 

29  fer  tfee  partica  shall  fee  permitted  m  the  manner  aftd  fer 

30  the  duration  determined  ift  the  diacrction  ef  the  court. 

31  1827.3.    Trial  briofa  shaU  fee  permitted,  fewt  are  ftet 

32  required. 

33  1827.4.     The  eetmsel  fo*  the  parties  and  the  trial  judge 

34  may  interrogate  the  partica  aftd  witneaaoa.  Narrative 

35  testimony  shall  fee  permitted. 

36  1827.5.     The  trial  judge  shall  have  the  diacrction  te 

37  determine  the  order  ift  which  the  evidence  is  permitted 

38  and  the  trial  is  conducted. 

39  1827.6.     Written  aubmiasiona  ef  direct  testimony  shall 

40  fee    permitted    if    the    court    dctcrminca    tfeat    st*eh 


72-948  O  -  76 


94 


—  23—  AB3704 

1  submissions  wtU  result  m  a  saving  ef  time  fer  the  eettft 

2  ftftd  counsel. 

3  1827.7.     Upon   agreement  ef  the  parties  €&*&  with 

4  consent  ef  the  court,  proceedings  under  this  title  tftfty  be 

5  recorded  by  video  tape,  electronic  recording,  er  court 

6  reporters.  > 

7  1827.8.    Ne  privileged  information  shall  be  admissible, 

8  except  fts  provided  ift  Division  8   (commencing  with 

9  Section  900)-  of  the  Evidence  Code.  AH  other  evidence 

10  relevant  te  the  action  shall  be  admissible.  The  trial  judge 

11  shftH  determine  the  weight  te  ee  accorded  any  admissible 

12  evidence. 

13  1827.0.    The  triftl  judge,  ift  his  discretion,  mey  permit 

14  ft  pleading  te  ee  amended  te  conform  te  the  proof. 

15  1827.10.     Closing    arguments    by    counsel    shall    he 

16  permitted    ift    the    manner    aftd    for    the    duration 

17  determined  ift  the  discretion  ef  the  court. 

18  1827.11.     Findings  ef  faet  er  conclusions  ef  Iftw  shall  net 

19  he  required  er  made  m  any  action  tried  pursuant  te  this 

20  title.  Upon  request  ef  any  party  te  the  action,  the  court 

21  shall  issue  ft  brief  explanation  of  its  decision  cither  orally 

22  er  m  writing. 

23  1827.12.     Any  posttrial  motion  which  tftfty  he  made  ift 

24  the  particular  court  pursuant  te  Iftw  may  he  made  ift  ftfty 

25  action  tried  pursuant  te  this  title. 

26  1827.13.     The  effect  ef  ft  judgment  er  fiftftl  order  ift  any 

27  action  tried  pursuant  te  the  provisions  ef  this  title,  ift 

28  respect  te  the  matter  er  matters  directly  adjudged,  is 

29  conclusive  between  the  parties  ftftd  their  successors  ift 
30 .  interest,  fe  any  succeeding  action  between  the  same 

31  parties  eft  ft  different  cause  ef  action,  such  judgment  shall 

32  net  operate  fts  ftft  estoppel  er  conclusive  adjudication  fts 

33  te  ftfty  issue  ift  such  succeeding  action. 

34  1827.14.     Afty  party  shall  have  the  right  te  appeal  ftfty 

35  judgment  er  final  order  pertaining  te  ftft  action  governed 

36  by  this  title  consistent  with  the  Iftw  governing  such 

37  appeals.- 


95 


AB  3704                                 —  24  — 

* 

1  TITLE  &    ALTERNATIVE  STIPULATED 

2  PROCEDURE  /  FORMAT  & 

■3  '••                                                                          .:•    V 

4  ClIAPTEIl  ±r     Pleadingg 

5 

6  1808.    -fa>  fe  €t»y  action  which  is  governed  fey  the 

7  procedures  oftder  this  title?  there  shall  We  a  complaint  aad 

8  a»  answer;  ft  reply  te  ft  counterclaim  denominated  as 

9  auch;  ftftd  a»  answer  te  ft  cross/claim,  if  the  anowcr 

10  containo   ft   cross/claim.    Ne   other    pleading   shall   fee 

11  allowed,  except  that  the  court  fftay  order  a  reply  te  a» 

12  anowcr. 

13  -ffe)-  Aft  application  te  the  eewt  for  aft  order  shall  fee  fey 

14  motion  whieh;  oftless  fftade  during  a  hearing  or  tr4aH  shell 

15  fee  made  m  writing,  shall  state  with  particularity  the 

16  grounds  therefor,  and  shaU  set  forth  the  relief  or  order 

17  sought,  ^^e  requirement  of  a  writing  is  fulfilled  if  the 

18  motion  is  stated  ift  a  written  notice  of  the  hearing  of  the 

19  motion. 

20  1808.1.    -(ft)-  A  pleading  which  sets  forth  ft  claim  for 

21  relief,    whether    aft    original    claim,    counterclaim,    or 

22  cross/claim,  shall  contain  a  short  and  plain  statement  of 

23  the  ekkft  showing  tfeat  the  pleader  is  entitled  to  relief; 

24  a«o!  a  demand  for  judgment  for  the  relief  to  wfeieh  he 

25  deems  himself  entitled.  Relief  m  the  alternative  or  of 

26  several  different  types  fftay  fee  demanded. 

27  -(fe>  A  party  shell  state  ift  short  and  plain  terms  his 

28  defenses  to  eeeh  eleifft  asserted  and  shall  edmit  or  defty 

29  the  averments  open  whieh  the  adverse  party  rehesr  tf  he 

30  is  without  knowledge  or  information  sufficient  to  ferrft  a 

31  feelief  as  to  the  trttth  of  aa  averment,  he  shall  so  state  artd 

32  this  shall  have  the  effect  of  ft  denial.  Denials  shftH  fairly 

33  meet  the  substance  of  the  averments  denied.  When  ft 

34  pleader  intends  ift  good  faith  to  deny  only  ft  part  or  ft 

35  qualification  of  ftft  averment,  he  shall  speeify  so  frmeh  of 

36  it  as  is  true  ftftd  material   ftftd  shdH  deny  oftly  the 

37  remainder.  Unless  tfee  pleader  intends  ift  good  faith  to 

38  controvert  aH  the  averments  of  the  preceding  pleading, 

39  he  fftay  make  his  denials  as  specific  denials  of  designated 

40  averments  or  paragraphs,  or  he  fftay  generally  4eny  aH 


96 


—  25—  AB3704 

1  the  averments  except  ouch  designated  averments  er 

2  paragraphs  as  he  expressly  admits;  but?  when  he  docs  se 

3  intend    te    controvert    aU    its    averments,    including 

4  averments   ef  the   grounds   upon   which   the   court's 

5  jurisdiction  depends,  he  fftfty  de  se  by  general  denial 

6  subject  te  the  obligation  set  forth  m  Section  1828.4. 

7  -(e)-  te  pleading  te  ft  preceding  pleading,  ft  party  shall 

8  set  forth  affirmatively  accord  and  satisfaction,  arbitration 

9  ftftd  award,  assumption  ef  risk;  discharge  m  bankruptcy, 

10  duress,  estoppel,  failure  ef  consideration,  fraud,  illegality^ 

11  injury  by  fellow  servant,  laches,  license,  payment,  release, 

12  res  judicata,  statute  ef  frauds,  statute  ef  limitations, 

13  waiver,  ftftd  arty  other  matter  constituting  ft»  avoidance 

14  er  affirmative  defense.  When  ft  party  has  mistakenly 

15  designated  ft  defense  as  ft  counterclaim  er  ft  counterclaim 

I  n  ft  Q   £±  ii  £7hw  ""^""^  **<  ***»       fcj3  "*■    A^fcl  mjafc    ^^*^     I-  j^  *»  «-ir-v  i-t       »  1-    a  *  t  .rt4-»  j"i.^-v    o/\    «*^».^"»*  *m^fl       /iV\  it  I  1 

1U  CO  B  Ul^lV^llJ^)  CZ1C  CvCB  E  <J11  LL*1  111  J,  TT  J  UJLII^^  317  1  CHQII  l^J9  J11U1X 

17  treat   the   pleading   as  if  there   had  been   «   proper 

18  designation. 

19  -fd-)-  Averments  in  ft  pleading  te  which  a  responsive 

20  pleading  is  required,  other  than  those  as  te  the  amount  ef 

21  damage,  are  admitted  when  Ret  denied  k»  the  responsive 

22  pleading.    Averments    in-    ft    pleading    te    which    ne 

23  responsive  pleading  is  required  er  permitted  shall  be 

24  taken  as  denied  er  avoided. 

25  -(ef  -(ty  Each  averment  ef  ft  pleading  shall  be  simple, 

26  concise,  ftnd  direct.  Ne  technical  ferms  ef  pleadings  er 

27  motions  are  required. 

28  •(&)•  A  party  may  set  forth  twe  er  more  statements  ef  a 

29  claim  er  defense  alternately  er  hypothctically,  cither  i» 

30  ene  count  er  defense  er  in  separate  counts  er  defenses. 

31  When    twe    er    mere    statements    are    made    m    the 

32  alternative  and  ene  ef  them  if  made  independently 

33  would  be  sufficient,  the  pleading  is  net  made  insufficient 

34  by  the  insufficiency  ef  ene  er  more  ef  the  alternative 

35  statements.  A  party  may  alse  state  as  many  separate 

36  claims  er  defenses  as  he  has  regardless  ef  consistency  artd 

37  whether    based    en    legal    er    equitable    grounds.-    Att 

38  statements  shall  be  made  subject  te  the  obligations  set 

39  ferth  in  Section  1808.4. 

40  4fy  AH   pleadings   shall   be  se   construed   as   te  de 


97 


AB3704  —  26  — 

1  substantial  justice. 

2  1808.2.    -(a)-  It  is  rtet  necessary  te  aver  the  capacity  ef 

3  ft  party  te  s«e  er  be  sued  er  the  authority1  ef  ft  party  te  s«e 

4  ef  fee  sued  m  ft  representative  capacity  er  the  legal 

5  existence  ef  ftft  organized  association  ef  persons  that  is 

6  made  a  party,  except  te  the  extent  required  te  show  the 

7  jurisdiction  ef  the  court.  When  ft  party  desires  te  raise  ft» 

8  issue  fts  te  the  legal  existence  ef  ftrty  party  er  the  capacity 

9  ef  ftfty  party  te  sue  er  he  sued  er  the  authority  ef  a  party 

10  te  sue  er  he  sued  «*  ft  representative  capacity,  he  shall  ee 

11  se  by  specific  negative  averment,  which  shall  include 

12  such  supporting  particulars  as  ftre  peculiarly  within  the 

13  pleader's  knowledge. 

14  -(b)-  fe    ftH    averments    ef    fraud    er    mistake,    the 

15  circumstances  constituting  fraud  er  mistake  shall  be 

16  stated  with  particularity'.  Malice,  intent,  knowledge,  ftftd 

17  other  condition  ef  mind  ef  ft  person  may  be  averred 

18  generally. 

19  -(e)-  fe  pleading  the  performance  er  occurrence  ef 

20  conditions  precedent,  it  is  sufficient  te  aver  generally  that 

21  all  conditions  precedent  have  been  performed  er  have 

22  occurred.  A  denial  ef  performance  er  occurrence  shaft  be 

23  made  specifically  and  with  particularity. 

24  -(4)-  Ift  pleading  aft  official  document  ef  official  aet  i^  is 

25  sufficient  te  aver  that  the  document  was  issued  er  the  aet 

26  done  ift  compliance  with  ktwr 

27  -(e)-  in  pleading  a  judgment  er  decision  ef  a  domestic 

28  er  foreign  eeftrt;  judicial  er  quasi/judicial  tribunal,  er  ef  a 

29  board  er  officer,  it  is  sufficient  te  aver  the  judgment  er 

30  decision     without     setting     forth      matter     showing 

31  jurisdiction  te  render  it? 

32  -(f)-  Fer  the  purpose  ef  testing  the  sufficiency  ef  a 

33  pleading,  averments  ef  time  aftd  ptetee  are  material  artd 

34  shaft  be  considered  hke  aft  ether  averments  ef  material 

35  matter. 

36  -(g)-  When  items  ef  special  damage  are  claimed,  they 

37  shaft  be  specifically  stated. 

38  1808.3.    -(a)-  Every  pleading  and  metier*  shaft  eefttftift  ft 

39  caption  settft^ferth  the  ftatfteef  the  eeftrt;  the  tft^eef  the 

40  action,    the    file    number,    and    a    designation    as    i» 


98 


—  27  —  AB3704 

1  subdivision  -(a)-  ef  Section  1808.  fe  the  complaint  the  title 

2  ef  the  action  shall  include  the  nomos  ef  aH  the  parties,  btrt 

3  »  other  pleadings  tt  is  sufficient  te  state  the  name  ef  the 

4  first  party  eft  each  side  with  an  appropriate  indication  ef 

5  ether  parties. 

6  -(h)-  Aft  averments  ef  claim  er  defense  shall  he  made  tft 

7  numbered  paragraphs,  the  contents  ef  each  ef  which  shall 

8  he  limited  as  far  as  practicable  te  a  statement  ef  a  single 

9  set  ef  circumstances;  and  ft  paragraph  may  he  referred  te 

10  by  number  m  aH  succeeding  pleadings.   Each  claim 

11  founded  upon  ft  separate  transaction  er  occurrence  and 

12  each  defense  other  than  denials  shall  be  stated  h*  ft 

13  separate    count    er    defense    whenever    ft    separation 

14  facilitates  the  clear  presentation  ef  the  matters  set  forth. 

15  -(e)-  Statements  m  s  pleading  may  be  adopted  by 

16  reference  ift  ft  different  part  ef  the  same  pleading  er  i» 

17  another  pleading  er  ift  ftfty  motion.  A  copy  ef  ftfty  written 

18  instrument  which  is  ftft  exhibit  te  ft  pleading  is  ft  part 

19  thereof  fer  aH  purposes. 

20  1828.4.     Every  pleading  ef  a  party  represented  by  ft» 

21  attorney  shall  be  signed  by  ftt  least  erte  attorney  ef  record 

22  ift  his  individual  name,  whose  address  shall  be  stated.  A 

23  party  whe  is  net  represented  by  ftft  attorney  shall  sigft  his 

24  pleading  ftftd  state  his  address.  Pleadings  shall  be  verified 

25  ift  the  manner  set  forth  ift  Section  446r  The  signature  ef 

26  ft»  attorney  constitutes  ft  certificate  by  hkft  that  he  has 

27  read  the  pleading;  that  te  the  best  ef  his  knowledge, 

28  information,  and  belief  there  is  good  ground  te  support 

29  it;  and  that  i^  is  aet  interposed  far  delay.  If  a  pleading  is 

30  »et  signed  er  is  signed  with  intent  te  defeat  the  purpose 

31  ef  this  section,  ik  may  be  stricken  as  sham  aftd  false  aftd 

32  the  action  may  proceed  as  though  the  pleading  had  ftet 

sj\j  Dww«]  jCTTTjcrr  x  ui  tt  vv  zxxxxn  v  rvZunun  tTT  tin 3  z  uil  czn  nrcunrcy 

34  flaay  be  subjected  te  appropriate  disciplinary  action. 

35  Similar  action  may  be  taken  if  scandalous  er  indecent 

36  matter  is  inserted. 

37  1808.5.    -(a)-  A  defendant  shall  serve  his  answer  within 

38  SO  days  after  the  service  ef  the  summons  and  complaint 

39  upon  him,  except  when  a  different  time  is  prescribed  ift 

40  aft  erder  ef  the  court.  A  party  served  with  a  pleading 


99 


AB3704  —  28  — 

1  otating  a  cross/claim  against  him-  ahall  serve  an  answer 

2  thereto  within  89  days  aftor  the  service  upon  him.  :Bhe 

3  plaintiff  shall  serve  his  reply  to  a  counterclaim  t»  the 

4  answer  within  89  days  after  service  of  the  answer  or?  tf  a 

5  reply  is  ordered  fey  the  court,  within  89  days  after  service 

6  ef  the  order,  unless  the  order  otherwise  directs.  :Fhe 

7  service  ef  a  motion  permitted  under  this  title  alters  these 

8  periods  to  time  as  follows,  unless  a  different  time  is  fixed 

9  fey  order  of  the  court:  -ft)-  if  the  court  denies  the  motion 

10  or  postpones  its  disposition  until  the  trial  or  the  merits, 

11  the  responsive  pleading  shall  fee  served  within  -19  days 

12  after  notice  of  the  court's  action;  •(£■)-  if  the  court  grants 
'  13  a  motion  for  a  more  definite  statement  the  responsive 

14  pleading  shall  fee  served  within  ±9  days  after  the  service 

15  of  the  more  definite  statement. 

16  -(fe)-  Every  defense,  in  law  or  faet?  to  a  claim  for  relief 

17  m    any    pleading,    whether    a    claim,    counterclaim, 

18  cross/claim,  or  third/party  claim,  shall  fee  asserted  in  the 

19  responsive   pleading   thereto   if  one  is   required.   No 

20  defense  or  objection  is  waived  fey  being  joined  with  one 

21  or  more  other  defenses  or  objections  in  a  responsive 

22  pleading,  if  a  pleading  sets  forth  a  claim  for  relief  to 

23  which  the  adverse  party  is  not  required  to  servo  a 

24  responsive  pleading,  he  may  assert  et^  the  trial  etnf 

25  defense  in  law  or  faet  to  that  ekim  for  refeefr 

26  1808.6.    -(a)-  A  pleading  shaU  state  as  a  counterclaim 

27  any  elatm  whieh  at  the  time  of  serving  the  pleading  the 

28  pleader  has  against  etfiy  opposing  party?  if  it  arises  ottt  of 

29  the  transaction  or  occurrence  that  is  the  subject  matter 

30  of  the  opposing  party's  claim  and  does  not  require  for  its 

31  adjudication  the  presence  ef  third  parties  of  whom  the 

32  court  cannot  acquire  jurisdiction.  Br»t  the  pleader  need 

33  not  state  the  claim  if  -ft)-  at  the  time  the  action  was 

34  commenced   the   claim   was   the   subject   of   another 

35  pending  aetien?  or  -(&)-  the  opposing  party  brought  sttit 

36  tepen  his  etedm  fey  attachment  or  other  process  fey  whieh 

37  the  eourt  did  not  acquire  jurisdiction  to  render  a  personal 

38  judgment  on  that  ekim?  &Ft4  the  pleader  is  not  stating  &fty 

39  counterclaim  under  this  section. 

40  -(fe)-  A  pleading  may  state  as  a  counterclaim  etny  claim 


100 


—  29  —  AB  3704 


1  against    a»    opposing    party    net    arising   etrt    ef   the 

2  transaction  or  occurrence  that  4s  the  subject  matter  ef  the 

3  opposing  party's  claim. 

\4  -(e)-  A  counterclaim  may  ef  may  net  diminish  er  defeat 

5  the  recovery  sought  by  the  opposing  party?  tt  may  claim 

6  relief  exceeding  m  amount  er  different  m  htn4  from  that 

7  sought  i»  the  pleading  ef  the'  opposing  party. 

8  -(d)-  A  ekam  whieh  either  matured  er  was  acquired  ey 

9  the  pleader  after  serving  his  pleading  may,  with  the 

10  permission  ef  the  court,  he  presented  as  a  counterclaim 

11  ey  supplemental  pleading. 

12  -(e>  When  a  pleader  fails  te  set  «p  a  counterclaim 

13  through  oversight,  inadvertence,  er  excusable  neglect,  er 

14  when  jttstiee  requires,  he  may  ey  leave  ef  court  set  vtp  the 

15  counterclaim  ey  amendment. 

16  -(f>  A  pleading  may  state  as  a  cross/claim  any  claim  ey 

17  ene  party  against  a  coparty  arising  et±t  ef  the  transaction 

18  er  occurrence  that  is  the  subject  matter  cither  ef  the 

19  original  action  er  ef  a  counterclaim  therein  er  relating  te 

20  any  property  that  is  the  subject  matter  ef  the  original 

21  action.  Such  cross/claim  may  include  a  claim  that  the 

22  party  against  whem  it  is  asserted  is  er  may  be  liable  te  the 

23  cross/claimant  for  aH  er  part  ef  a  claim  asserted  in  the 

24  action  against  the  crocs/claimant. 

25  1808.7.    A  party  may  amend  his  pleading  once  as  a 

26  matter  efee^rse  at  any  time  before  a  responsive  pleading 

27  is  served  er?  if  the  pleading  is  ene  te  whieh  ne  responsive 

28  pleading  is  permitted  and  the  aetien  has  net  been  pkeed 

29  epen  the  trial  calendar,  he  may  se  amend  it  at  any  time 

30  within  80  days  after  it  is  served?  Otherwise  a  party  may 

31  amend  his  pleading  emy  with  permission  ef  the  eettrt  er 

32  by  written  consent  ef  the  adverse  party;  asa4  permission 

33  shall  he  freely  given  when  justice  se  requires.  A  party 

34  shall  plead  m  response  te  an  amended  pleading  within 

35  the  time  remaining  for  response  te  the  original  pleading 

36  er  within  -10  days  after  serviee  ef  the  amended  pleading, 

37  whichever  period  may  he  the  longer,  unless  the  court 

38  otherwise  orders. 

39  1808.8.     Extensions    ef   time   are    permissible    upon 

40  agreement  ef  the  parties  without  eeert  approval  tmtil  the 


101 


AB3704  —  30  — 

1  lapse  ef  three  years  after  which  the  action  may  be 

2  dismissed  en  the  court's  ewf^motion. 
3 

4  CiiArTEn  Sr    Pretrial  an©  Motion  Practice 
5 

6  1829.    Ne  discovery  shall  he  permitted  ift  ft«y  action 

7  governed  by  the  proccduroq  m  this  title. 

8  1820.1.    -(e)-  Each  party  shell  file  with  the  court  a 

9  statement  ef  witnesses,  physical  evidence,  and  theories 

10  within  45  days  after  the  date  the  ease  is  at  issue. 

11  -(b)-  ¥he    statement    shall    include    the    names    and 

12  addresses   ef  witnesses   the   party    intends   te   eaUr  a 

13  description  ef  the  physical  and  documentary  evidence 

14  the  party  intends  te  produce  with  the  copies  ef  the 

15  .  documents,  etad  the  theories  the  party  intends  te  rely 

16  upon    et^    trial.     The    statement    shall    else    include 

17  identification  ef  witnesses  and  physical  end  documentary 

18  evidence  which  the  party  may  use  et^  trial  upon  the 

19  happenings  ef  a  contingency  with  a  statement  ef  the 

20  contingency,   except  that  a  party  is  net  required  te 

21  identify   witnesses,   physical    evidence,   er   documents 

22  which  he  wnl  ese  only  fer  impeachment. 

23  1820.2.-    The  eenrt  shall  held  statements  filed  with  it 

24  under  seal  until  it  has  received  the  statements  ef  aU 

25  parties  te  the  action  eg  the  time  for  tiling  statements  has 

26  expired.    The    court    then    shall    contemporaneously 

27  transmit  copies  ef  the  statements  te  the  adverse  parties. 

28  1820.3.    At  trial  a  party  may  eeH  as  witnesses  enly  those 

29  persons    disclosed    by    him,    introduce    enly    physical 

30  evidence  and  documents  identified  m  the  statement,  and 

31  rely  enly  upon  his  disclosed  legal  theories,  except  fey  any 

32  ef  the  causes  specified  m  Section  657r  if  relief  from  a 

33  statement  is  granted,  the  adverse  party  shall  be  entitled 

34  te  a  continuance  te  meet  the  new  evidence  er  theory. 

35  Production  ef  evidence  (er  impeachment  is  fie^  limited. 

36  1820.L    in  the  event  a  party  lists  witnesses,  physical 

37  evidence,  er  documents  m  his  statement  and  docs  net  nse 

38  the  testimony  at  trial?  the  court  shall,  if  the  witnesses, 

39  physical  evidence,  ef  documents  are  stated   without 

40  contingency  er  if  the  contingency  was  stated  and  the 


102 


—  31  —  AB  3704 

1  contingency  occurred,  award  te  the  advcroc  party  er 

2  parties    their    legal    et&4    other    expense    required    te 

3  investigate  &ftd  prepare  to  meet  the  evidence  listed,  bt>t 

4  net  used. 

5  18Q9.5.     Pretrial     confcrcnccg     are     net     required, 

6  however,  counsel  should  communicate  personally  or  by 

7  telephone  m  art  effort  te  narrow  the  issues  prior  to  trial 

8  or  te  resolve  the  disputes. 

9  18Q9.6.    Ne  demurrer  er  pretrial  motion  shall  he  used 

10  er  permitted  «*  any  action  governed  hy  the  procedures 

11  m  this  title  except  as  follows: 

12  -(a)-  One  motion  may  he  made  hy  the  defendant  te 

13  dismiss  the  action  on-  the  ground  ef  a  jurisdictional  defect 

14  er  en  the  ground  that  the  complaint  docs  net  give  notice 

15  ef  a  claim  upon  which  relief  ear*  he  granted. 

16  -(b)-  Motions  may  he  made  for  a  continuance  ef  the 

17  action  for  good  cause.  -  - 

18  -(e)-  A  motion  m&y  he  made  te  withdraw  the  action 

19  from  the  controls  ef  the  stipulated  procedure  under  this 

20  title  fer  good  cause. 

21  -  -(e^-  One  motion  may  he  made  hy  eaeh  party  fer 

22  summary  judgment  er  partial  summary  judgment. 

23  ~ 

24  Chapter  3r    Trial 
25 

26  1830.    The  eeurt  shell  give  an  action  which  is  governed 

27  ey  the  procedure  in  this  title  priority  ever  the  other  eivil 

28  aetiens  whieh  are  net  given  priority  pursuant  te  kwr  tf 

29  possible,  the  date  fer  trial  shall  he  set  within  80  days  from 

30  the  date  the  eourt  distributes  the  statement  ef  witnesses, 

31  physical   evidence,   an4   theories   in   accordance   with 

32  Section  1830.2. 

33  1830.1.     issues  ef  an  aetion  governed  hy  the  procedure 

34  m  this  title  shall  he  tried  hy  the  eeurt  and  not  hy  a  jury? 

35  1830.Q.    An  opening  statement  te  the  court  hy  counsel 

36  for  the  parties  shall  he  permitted  m  the  manner  &f*4  for 

37  the  duration  determined  m  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

38  1830,3.    Trial  briefs  shall  he  permitted,  h«t  are  not 

39  required. 

40  1830.4.    The  eeunsel  for  tke  parties  et&4  the  trial  judge 


103 


AB3704  —  32  — 

1  r»ay  interrogate  the  parties  and  witnesses.  Narrative 

2  testimony  shall  fee  permitted. 

3  1830.5.    3%e  trial  judge  shall  have  the  digcrction  te 

4  determine  the  order  ift  which  the  evidence  is  permitted 

5  aftd  the  trial  is  conducted. 

6  1830.6.    Written  submissions  ef  direct  testimony  shall 

7  fee    permitted    tf    the    cqurt    determines    that    such 

8  submissions  wiH  result  ift  a  saving  ef  time  fer  the  court 

9  arte!  counsel. 

10  1830.7.    Upon   agreement  ef  the  parties  aftd  with 

11  consent  ef  the  court,  proceedings  under  this  title  may  fee 

12  recorded  fey  video  tape,  electronic  recording,  er  court 

13  reporters. 

14  1830.8.    Ne  privileged  information  shall  fee  admissible,1 

15  except  as  provided  m  Division  8   (commencing  with 

16  Section  990>  ef  the  Evidence  Code.  AH  other  evidence 

17  relevant  te  the  aetieft  shall  fee  admissible.  :Fhe  trial  jftdge 

18  shall  determine  the  weight  te  fee  accorded  afty  admissible 

19  evidence. 

20  1830.0.    ¥he  trial  judge,  ift  his  discretion,  f»ay  permit 

21  a  pleading  te  fee  amended  te  conform  te  the  proof. 

22  1830.10.     Closing    arguments    fey    counsel    shall    fee 

23  permitted    ift    the    manner    aftd    fer    the    duration 

24  determined  ift  the  discretion  ef  the  court. 

25  ,     1830.11.    Fmdiftgf.effaetef  conclusions  efkw  shaft  net 

26  fee  required  er  made  ift  any  action  tried  pursuant  te  this 

27  titler  Upon  request  ef  any  party  te  the  action,  the  court 

28  shall  iss«e  a  brief  explanation  ef  its  decision  cither  eraHy 

29  er  ift  writing. 

30  1830.12.    A«y  posttrial  motion  which  may  fee  made  m 

31  the  particular  court  pursuant  te  law  may  fee  made  ift  any 

32  action  tried  pursuant  te  this  title. 

33  1830.13.    3%e  effeet  ef  a  judgment  er  fiftal  order  m  any 

34  action  tried  pursuant  te  tfee  provisions  ef  this  title;  ift 

35  respect  te  the  matter  er  matters  directly  adjudged,  is 

36  conclusive  between  the  parties  aftd  their  successors  ift 

37  interest,  fe  afty  succeeding  action  between  the  same 

38  parties  eft  a  different  eattse  ef  action,  sueh  judgment  shall 

39  «et  operate  as  a«  estoppel  er  conclusive  adjudication  as 

40  te  any  issue  ift  such  succeeding  action. 


104 


—  33  —  AB  3704 

1  1830.  H.-    A«y  party  sheh  have  the  right  te  appeal  e»y 

2  judgment  er  fiftel  ereer  pertaining  to  eft  aetiee  governed 

3  ey  this  title  consistent  with  the  lew  governing  seeh 

4  appeals. 
5 

6  TITLE  4r    ALTERNATIVE  STIPULATED 

7  PROCEDURE^FORMAT  G 

8  ■-■'■     .  ■;■            ''    . 

9  .  CiiAPTEn  t    Pleadings 

10 

11  1831.    -(e)-  1ft  eay  action  which  is  governed  ey  the 

X^  procctiurcju  unuur  txtn  line,  uiuru  man  tw?  tt  ccTRnnuxxc  ana 

13  eft  answer;  ft  reply  to  ft  counterclaim  denominated  as 

14  s«eht  ftftd  ftft  answer  te  ft  cross/claim,  if  the  answer 

15  contains   ft   cross/claim.   No   other   pleading   shah   he 

16  allowed,  except  that  the  court  may  order  ft  reply  te  ftft 

17  answer. 

18  -(h)-  Aft  application  te  the  eeert  for  ftft  order  shah  he  ey 

19  motion  which,  unless  made  during  ft  hearing  er  trial,  shall 

20  he  made  m  writing,  shell  state  with  particularity'  the 

21  grounds  therefor,  and  shall  set  forth  the  relief  er  order 

22  sought.  The  requirement  ef  ft  writing  is  fulfilled  if  the 

23  iftetieft  is  stated  ift  a  written  ftetiee  ef  the  hearing  ef  the 

24  motion. 

25  1831.1.     -(a)-  A  pleading  which  sets  forth  a  claim  for 

26  relief,    whether    e»    original    claim,    counterclaim,    er 

27  cross/claim,  shah  contain  a  short  end  plain  statement  ef 

28  the  eteifft  showing  that  the  pleader  is  entitled  te  relief? 

29  ftftd  ft  demand  fer  judgment  fer  the  rehef  te  whieh  he 

30  deems  himself  entitled.  Relief  ift  the  alternative  er  ef 

31  several  different  types  f»ey  he  demanded. 

32  -(h)-  A  party  shell  state  ift  shert  ead  plain  terms  his 

33  defenses  te  eeeh  ekifft  asserted  eftd  shell  edftftt  er  deny 

34  the  averments  epeft  whieh  the  adverse  party  rehear  If  he 

35  is  without  knowledge  er  information  sufficient  te  form-  a 

36  eehef  as  te  the  trftthef  aft  averment,  he  shah  se  state  aft4 

37  this  shah  have  the  effect  ef  a  denial.  Denials  shah  fairly 

38  meet  the  substance  ef  the  averments  denied.  When  a 

39  pleader  intends  m  geed  faith  te  deny  eftly  a  part  er  a 

40  qualification  ef  ftft  averment,  he  shah  speeify  se  ffteeh  ef 


105 


AB3704  —  34  — 

1  it  as  is  twe  and  material  et&d  shall   deny   only  the 

2  remainder.  Unless  the  pleader  intends  in  good  faith  te 

3  controvert  an  the  averments  ef  the  preceding  pleading, 

4  he  may  make  his  denials  as  specific  denials  ef  designated 

5  averments  er  paragraphs,  eg  he  may  generally  deny  an 

6  the  averments  except  such  designated  averments  ef 

7  paragraphs  as  he  expressly  admits;  feat;  when  he  docs  se 

8  intend    te    controvert    an    its    averments,    including 

9  averments   ef  the   grounds    upon    which   the   court's 

10  jurisdiction  depends,  he  may  ee  se  fey  general  denial 

11  subject  te  the  obligation  set  forth  in  Section  1831.4. 

12  -(e)-  fe  pleading  te  a  preceding  pleading,  a  party  shall 

13  set  forth  affirmatively  accord  and  satisfaction,  arbitration 

14  and  award,  assumption  ef  risk;  discharge  m  bankruptcy, 

15  duress,  estoppel,  failure  ef  consideration,  fraud,  illegality, 

16  injury  fey  fellow  servant,  laches,  license,  payment,  release, 

17  res  judicata,  statute  ef  frauds,  statute  ef  limitations, 

18  waiver,  a&d  etay  other  matter  constituting  an  avoidance 

19  er  affirmative  defense.  When  a  party  has  mistakenly 

20  designated  a  defense  as  a  counterclaim  ef  a  counterclaim 

O  |  *±n  j  ^4  *i  fcjft  *^  a  ■■"*     fc  fa  ^*-  ^^«  *  *»^  ^x.»^   t-  /-\  »nr%-,  c     *  L  ^^^nfa^^^^L  ^/"^  Br/**WT  \  t  y  c^  f\    rinn  1 1 

^jX  tnj  tX  UL1U11JC,  RIC  CvTtXTT  XJIX  CCI 111J,  TTJUJLH_l^  3w  X  ULJU1K  l^Jj  JI1UX1 

22  treat   the   pleading   as  if  there   had   been   a   proper 

23  designation. 

24  -(d)-  Averments  m  a  pleading  te  which  a  responsive 

25  pleading  is  required,  other  than  those  as  te  the  amount  ef 

26  damage,  are  admitted  when  net  denied  m  the  responsive 

27  pleading.    Averments    m    a    pleading    te    which    ne 

28  responsive  pleading  is  required  er  permitted  shall  fee 

29  taken  as  denied  er  avoided. 

30  -(e)-  m-  Each  averment  ef  a  pleading  shan  fee  simple, 

31  concise,  end  direct.  Ne  technical  forms  ef  pleadings  er 

32  motions  are  required. 

33  -(3)-  A  party  may  set  forth  twe  ef  more  statements  ef  a 

34  claim  ef  defense  alternately  er  hypothctically,  cither  m 

35  ene  count  er  defense  er  m  separate  counts  er  defenses. 

36  When    twe    er    more    statements    are    made    in   the 

37  alternative  and  ene  ef  them  if  made  independently 

38  would  fee  sufficient,  the  pleading  is  net  made  insufficient 

39  fey  the  insufficiency  ef  ene  er  more  ef  the  alternative 

40  statements.  A  party  may  alse  state  as  many  separate 


106 


—  35—  AB3704 

1  claims  er  defenses  as  he  has  rogar  dlcss  ef  consistency  end 

2  whether    baocd    e»   legal    er    equitable    grounds.    All 

3  statements  shall  be  made  subject  te  the  obligations  set 

4  forth  m  Section  1831.4. 

5  -(f)-  AH   pleadings  shall  be  se  construed   as  to  eb 

6  substantial  justice. 

7  1831.2.    -(a)-  ft  is  net  necessary  te  aver  the  capacity  ef 

8  a  party  te  see  er  be  sued  eg  the  authority  ef  a  party  te  see 

9  w  be  sued  t»  a  representative  capacity  er  the  legal 

10  existence  ef  an  organized  association  ef  persons  that  is 

11  made  a  party,  except  te  the  extent  required  te  show  the 

12  jurisdiction  ef  the  court.  When  a  party  desires  te  raise  art 

13  issue  as  te  the  legal  existence  ef  any  party  er  the  capacity 

14  ef  €ttty  party  te  see  er  be  sued  er  the  authority  ef  a  party 

15  te  sue  er  be  sued  m  a  representative  capacity,  he  shall  de 

16  se  by  specific  negative  averment,  which  shall  include 

17  such  supporting  particulars  as  are  peculiarly  within  the 

18  pleader's  knowledge. 

19  -(b)-  fe    aH    averments    ef    fraud    er    mistake,    the 

20  circumstances  constituting  freed  er  mistake  shall  be 

21  stated  with  particularity.  Malice,  intent,  knowledge,  and 

22  other  condition  ef  mind  ef  a  person  may  be  averred 

23  generally. 

24  -(e)-  fe  pleading  the  performance  er  occurrence  ef 

25  conditions  precedent,  it  is  sufficient  te  aver  generally  that 

26  aU  conditions  precedent  have  been  performed  er  have 

27  occurred.  A  denial  ef  performance  er  occurrence  shell  be 

28  made  specifically  and  with  particularity. 

29  -(d)-  in  pleading  an  official  document  er  official  aet  *t  & 

30  sufficient  te  ever  that  the  document  was  issued  er  the  aet 

31  done  m  compliance  with  lew?   . 

32  -(e)-  Je  pleading  a  judgment  er  decision  ef  a  domestic 

33  er  foreign  court,  judicial  er  quasi/judicial  tribunal,  er  ef  a 

34  board  er  officer,  i^  is  sufficient  te  aver  the  judgment  er 

35  decision     without     setting     fertk     matter     showing 

36  jurisdiction  te  render  ttr 

37  -(f)-  Fer  the  purpose  ef  testing  the  sufficiency  ef  a 

38  pleading,  averments  ef  time  etfid  place  are  material  and 

39  sheH  be  considered  hke  aU  other  averments  ef  material 

40  matter. 


107 


AB3704  —  36  — 

1  -(g)-  When  itomg  ef  special  damage  are  elaimed,  they 

2  shall  fee  specifically  stated. 

3  1831.3.     •(»)•  Every  pleading  and  motion  shall  contain 

4  ft  caption  setting  forth  the  name  ef  the  court,  the  title  ef 

5  the  action,  the  file  number,  and  ft  designation  as  in 

6  subdivision  -(ftf  ef  Section  1831.  Ift  the  complaint  the  title 
.   7  ef  the  action  shall  include  the  names  ef  an  the  parties,  bttt 

8  m  other  pleadings  it  is  sufficient  te  state  the  name  ef  the 

9  first  party  eft  each  side  with  ftft  appropriate  indication  ef 

10  ether  parties. 

11  -ffe)-  AH  averments  ef  claim  er  defense  shall  he  made  ift 

12  numbered  paragraphs,  the  contents  ef  each  ef  which  shall 

13  be  limited  fts  far  as  practicable  te  ft  statement  ef  ft  single 

14  9et  ef  circumstances;  ftftd  ft  paragraph  mey  be  referred  te 

15  fey  number  ift  an  succeeding  pleadings.   Each  claim 

16  founded  upon  ft  separate  transaction  er  occurrence  ftftd 

17  each  defense  other  than  denials  shall  fee  stated  in  ft 

18  separate    count    er    defense    whenever    ft    separation 

19  facilitates  the  clear  presentation  ef  the  matters  set  forth. 

20  -(ef  Statements  in  ft  pleading  mey  fee  adopted  fey 

21  reference  in  ft  different  pftrt  ef  the  same  pleading  er  ift 

22  another  pleading  er  in  ftfty  motion.  A  eepy  ef  any  written 

23  instrument  which  is  ft»  exhibit  te  ft  pleading  is  ft  pftrt 

24  thereof  fer  an  purposes. 

25  1831.1    Every  pleading  ef  ft  party  represented  fey  ftft 

26  attorney  shall  fee  signed  fey  at  least  eae  attorney  ef  record 

27  ift  his  individual  name;  whese  address  shell  fee  stated.  A 

28  party  whe  is  aet  represented  fey  an  attorney  shall  sigft  his 

29  pleading  ann  state  his  address.  Pleadings  shall  fee  verified 

30  i»  the  manner  set  ferth  in  Section  446r  The  signature  ef 

31  ft»  attorney  constitutes  ft  certificate  fey  him-  that  he  has 

32  read  the  pleading;  that  te  the  feest  ef  his  knowledge, 

33  information,  aftd  feehef  there  is  geed  ground  te  support 

34  it;  ann  that  it  is  ftet  interposed  fer  delay?  If  a  pleading  is 

35  net  signed  er  is  sigfted  w^  irrteftt  te  defeat  the  pttrpese 

36  ef  this  section,  it  fnay  fee  stricken  as  sham  end  false  and 

37  the  action  may  proceed  as  though  the  pleading  had  net 

38  feeen  served?  Fer  a  wiHfcl  violation  ef  this  rtne  an  attorney 

39  may  fee  subjected  te  appropriate  disciplinary  action. 

40  Similar  action  may  fee  taken  if  scandalous  er  indecent 


108 

—  37—  AB3704 

1  matter  is  inserted.  i 

2  1831.5.    •(»)■  A  defendant  shall  serve  his  answer  withm 

3  80  days  after  the  service  of  the  summons  eaa4  complaint 

4  upon  him?  except  when  ft  different  time  is  prescribed  m 

5  an  order  of  the  court.  A  party  served  with  a  pleading 

6  stating  a  cross/claim  against  him  shall  serve  an  answer 

7  thereto  within  SO  days  after  the  serviee  upon  mm?  The 

8  plaintiff  shall  serve  his  reply  to  a  counterclaim  m  the 

9  answer  withm  80  days  after  service  of  the  answer  or?  if  a 

10  reply  is  ordered  by  the  eeurt;  within  80  days  after  scr vice 

11  of  the  order,  unless  the  order  otherwise  directs.  The 

12  service  of  a  motion  permitted  wider  this  title  alters  these 

13  periods  to  time  as  follows,  unless  a  different  time  is  fixed 

14  by  order  of  the  eeurtt  -ft>  if  the  court  denies  the  motion 

15  or  postpones  its  disposition  until  the  trial  o»  the  merits, 

16  the  responsive  pleading  shall  be  served  within  ±0  days 

17  after  notice  of  the  court's  action;  -f8>  if  the  court  grants 

18  a  motion  for  a  more  definite  statement  the  responsive 

19  pleading  shall  be  served  withm  ^0  days  after  the  serviee 

20  of  the  more  definite  statement. 

21  -(b)-  Every  defense,  m  law  or  faetj  to  a  claim  for  relief 

22  m    any    pleading,    whether    a    claim,    counterclaim, 

23  cross/claim,  or  third/party  ekimr  shall  be  assorted  m  the 

24  responsive    pleading   thereto   if  one  is   required.   No 

25  defense  or  objection  is  waived  by  being  joined  with  one 

26  or  more  other  defenses  or  objections  m  a  responsive 
.27  pleading,  if  a  pleading  sets  forth  a  claim  for  relief  to 

28  which  the  adverse  party  is  not  required  to  servo  a 

29  responsive   pleading,  he  may  assert  at  the  trial  «svf 

30  defense  m  law  or  faet  to  that  elaim  for  reliefr 

31  1831.6:    i&  A  pleading  shall  state  as  a  counterclaim 

32  any  claim  which  at  the  time  of  serving  the  pleading  the 

33  pleader  has  against  any  opposing  party?  if  it  arises  out  of 

34  the  transaction  or  occurrence  that  is  the  subjeet  matter 

35  of  the  opposing  party's  claim  weA  does  not  require  for  its 

36  adjudication  the  presence  of  third  parties  of  whom  the 

37  court  cannot  acquire  jurisdiction.  But  the  picador  fteed 

38  not  state  the  ekim  if  ■&}  at  the  time  the  action  was 

39  commenced   the   claim    was   the   subject    of   another 

40  pending  action,  or  -(8)-  the  opposing  party  brought  suit 


109 


AB3704  —  38  — 

1  ttpen  his  eton  fey  attachment  er  ether  procogg  fey  whieh 

2  the  eewt  e^  Ret  acquire  jurisdiction  te  r cndor  ft  pergonal 

3  judgment  en  that  ekim?  artd  the  pleader  is  «et  stating  any 

4  counterclaim  under  this  section. 

5  -(fe)-  A  pleading  may  state  as  a  counterclaim  any  elaim 

6  against    an    opposing    party,   net    arising    e»t    ef   the 

7  transaction  er  occurrence  that  is  the  subject  matter  ef  the 

8  opposing  party^s  elaim? 

9  -(e)-  A  counterclaim  may  er  may  net  diminish  er  defeat 

10  the  recovery  sought  fey  the  opposing  party,  U  may  claim 

11  relief  exceeding  m  amount  er  different  m  kmd  frem  that 

12  sought  m  the  pleading  ef  the  opposing  party. 

13  -(d)-  A  ekkn  which  either  matured  er  was  acquired  fey 

14  the  pleader  after  serving  his  pleading  may,  with  the 

15  permission  ef  the  court,  fee  presented  as  a  counterclaim 

16  fey  supplemental  pleading. 

17  -fef  When  a  pleader  fails  te  set  «p  a  counterclaim 

18  through  oversight,  inadvertence,  er  excusable  neglect,  er 

19  when  justice  requires,  he  may  fey  leave  ef  eettrt  set  «p  the 

20  counterclaim  fey  amendment. 

21  -ff)-  A  pleading  may  state  as  a  cross/claim  any  eten  fey 

22  ene  party  against  a  coparty  arising  eat  ef  the  transaction 

23  er  occurrence  that  is  the  subject  matter  cither  ef  the 

24  original  aetien  er  ef  a  counterclaim  therein  er  relating  te 

25  any  property'  that  is  the  subject  matter  ef  the  original 

26  action.  Such  cross/claim  may  include  a  claim  that  the 

27  party  against  whem  it  is  asserted  is  er  may  fee  liafele  te  the 

28  cross/claimant  fer  aH  er  part  ef  a  claim  asserted  m  the 

29  aetien  against  the  cross/claimant. 

30  1831.7.    A  party  may  amend  his  pleading  once  as  a 

31  matter  ef  course  at  any  time  before  a  responsive  pleading 

32  is  served  er;  if  the  pleading  is  ene  te  whieh  ne  responsive 

33  pleading  is  permitted  ami  the  aetien  has  fiei  been  placed 

34  tmen  the  trial  calendar,  he  may  se  amend  i^  at  any  time 

35  within  89  days  after  it  is  served.  Otherwise  a  party  may 

36  amend  his  pleading  only  with  permission  ef  the  court  er 

37  fey  written  consent  ef  the  adverse  party?  and  permission 

38  shall  fee  freely  given  when  justice  se  requires.  A  party 

39  shall  plead  m  response  te  an  amended  pleading  within 

40  the  time  remaining  fer  response  te  the  original  pleading 


110 


—  39—  AB3704 

1  er  within  ±Q  days  after  service  ef  the  amended  pleading, 

2  whichever  period  may  fee  the  longer,  unless  the  eewt 

3  otherwise  orders. 

4  1831.8.    Extensions   ef   time   are   permissible   «pe» 

5  agreement  ef  the  parties  without  court  approval  until  the 

6  lapse  ef  three  years  after  which  the  action  may  fee 

7  dismissed  en  the  court's  ew»  motion. 
8 

9  Chapter  Sr    PnETniAL  an©  Motion  Puacttce 
10 

11  1832.    Ne  discovery  shall  fee  permitted  m  any  eetie» 

12  governed  fey  the  procedure  »  this  title. 

13  1832.1.    Eaeh    party    shell    file    with    the    eeert    a 

14  statement  ef  the  case,  asset  forth  it*  Section  1832.2,  within 

15  45  days  frem  the  date  the  ease  is  a^  issue. 

16  1832.2.     Subject  te  the  rules  ef  privileged  information, 

17  as  set  forth  m  Division  8  (commencing  with  Section  909)- 

18  ef  the  Evidence  Code,  the  statement  ef  the.  ease  shall 

19  include  each  ef  the  following; 

20  -$a)-  A  statement  ef  the  facts. 

21  -(fe)-  A  statement  ef  the  party's   legal   contentions, 

22  including  relevant  artd  pertinent  citations  te  ease  law  and 

23  statutory  lev* 

24  -fe>  A  list   ef  aH   known   witnesses,   favorable   a»4 

25  unfavorable,      including      addresses     an4      telephone 

26  numbers,  if  known. 

27  -(el)-  A  summary  ef  the  evidence  te  which  each  witness 

28  may  testify. 

29  -(e)-  A  list  and  summary  ef  aU  documents  and  physical 

30  evidence    relevant    te   the   ease   er   eepies   ef   those 

31  documents  end  physical  evidence. 

32  1832.3.    A  statement  ef  the  ease  shall  constitute  a» 

33  admission,  but  shall  fee  deemed  denied  fey  the  adverse 

34  parties. 

35  1832.1    ¥he  eeurt  shall  held  statements  ef  the  ease 

36  filed  with  it  under  seal  until  it  has  received  statements 

37  frem  aU  the  parties  te  the  action  er  the  time  fer  filing 

38  statements     has     expired.     ^Fhe     eeurt     then     shaH 

39  contemporaneously  transmit  copies  ef  the  statements  te 

40  the  adverse  parties. 


Ill 


AB  3704                                 —  40  — 

1  183Q.5.    tf  ft  party  deems  that  ft  statement  ef  the  ease 

2  filed   fey  ft»   adverse   party  is   unclear,   uncertain,   ef 

3  ambiguous,  fee  may,  fey  written  motion,  specifying  the 

4  deficiencies  i»  the  statement,  seek  te  have  the  party 

5  which  filed  the  statement  ekwify  the  statement  fey  ft 

6  supplement  te  fee  served  and  filed  within  80  days  ef  the 

7  notice.  U  the  adverse  party  docs  net  adequately  respond 

8  te  the  demand,  the  party  serving  the  notice  may,  within 

9  SO  days  after  response  is  duo,  make  ft  motion  fef  such 

10  clarification. 

11  183B.6.     A  statement  ef  the  ease  may  fee  supplemented 

12  ef  amended  -(af  fey  stipulation  ef  the  parties,  ef  -(fe)-  fey 

13  motion  at  the  time  ef  trial  upon  ft  showing  ef  good  cause 

14  fts  specified  m  Section  €e?7  ft  showing  ef  Iftek  ef  prejudice 

15  te  adverse  parties,  ftftd  ft  showing  that  the  substance  ef 

16  the  supplement  ef  amendment  was  communicated  te 

17  adverse  parties  fey  formal  written  notice  at  the  earliest 

18  possible  time.  3rfee  trial  court  may  grant  a  continuance  te 

19  the  adverse  party  where  i^  permits  a  supplement  ef 

20  amendment  te  the  statement  ef  the  ease? 

21  1832.7.    At    trial,    only    persons    identified    m    the 

22  statement  ef  the  ease  may  fee  called  as  witnesses  fey  the 

23  party  filing  the  statement,  artel  only  physical  evidence 

24  ftne!   documents  described  in  the  statement   may  fee 

25  introduced,  subject  te  the  right  ef  ft  party  te  amend  ef 

26  supplement  ft  statement  at  trial. 

27  183Q.8.     Pretrial     conferences     are     net     required, 

28  however,  counsel  should  communicate  personally  ef  fey 

29  telephone  tn  an  effort  te  narrow  the  issues  prior  te  trial 

30  ef  te  resolve  the  dispute. 

31  1830.9.    Ne  demurrer  ef  pretrial  motion  shall  fee  used 

32  ef  permitted  m  et&y  action  governed  fey  the  procedures 

33  m  this  title,  except  as  follows: 

34  -fa)-  One  motion  may  fee  made  fey  the  defendant  te 

35  dismiss  the  action  en  the  ground  ef  a  jurisdictional  defect. 

36  -(fe)-  Motions  may  fee  made  for  a  continuance  ef  the 

37  action  fer  good  cause. 

38  -(e)-  Motion  may  fee  made  te  withdraw  the  action  from 

39  the  controls  ef  the  stipulated  procedure  under  this  title 

40  fer  good  cause. 


112 


—  41—  AB3704 

1  -(4)-  0«e  motion  flaay  be  mQdo  by  esiy  party  fer 

2  judgment    e»    the    ground    that    the    pleadings,    as 

3  supplemented  by  the  admiooion  i» the  statements  ef  the 

4  ease  entitle  ouch  party  te  ft  judgment? 

5  -(e)-  One  motion  may  be  made  by  each  part)'  fer 

6  summary  judgment  er  fer  partial  summary  judgment. 

7  -(f)-  One  motion  may  be  made  by  each  party  te  have  a» 

8  adverse  party's  statement  ef  the  ease  clarified  pursuant  te 

9  Section  183Q.5. 
10 

11  CiiArTEn  3r    TniAL 

12 

13  1833.    ;Fhe  court  shell  give  aft  action  which  is  governed 

14  by  the  procedure  ift  this  title  priority  over  all  the  other 

15  eivil  actions  which  are  «et  given  priority  pursuant  te  law? 

16  1833.1.     Issues  ef  a»  action  governed  by  the  procedure 

17  m  this  title  shall  be  tried  by  the  court  aftd  net  by  a  jury. 

18  1833.&    Aft  opening  statement  te  the  court  by  counsel 

19  for  the  parties  shell  be  permitted  i»  the  manner  aftd  fer 

20  the  duration  determined  m  the  discretion  ef  the  court. 

21  1833.3.    Trial  briefs  shall  be  permitted,  b»t  are  »et 

22  required. 

23  1833.*.    The  counsel  fer  the  parties  arte  the  trial  jeege 

24  may  interrogate  the  parties  a»d  witnesses.  Narrative 

25  testimony  shall  be  permitted. 

26  1833.5.    The  trial  judge  shall  have  the  discretion  te 

27  determine  the  ereer  ift  whieh  the  evidence  is  permitted 

28  and  the  trial  is  conducted. 

29  ^833r6r    Written  submissions  ef  direct  testimony  shall 

30  be    permitted    if    the    court    determines    that    s«eh 

31  submissions  wiH  restftt  m  a  saviftg  ef  time  fer  the  court 

32  aad  counsel. 

33  1833.7.    Upon  .agreement  ef  the  parties  a»d  with 

34  consent  ef  the  eeertr  proceedings  eftder  this  title  may  be 

35  recorded  by  video  tape,  electronic  recording,  er  court 

36  reporters. 

.37  1833.8.     Ne  privileged  information  shall  be  admissible, 

38  except  as  provided  ift  Division  8   (commencing  with 

39  Section  990)-  ef  the  Evidence  Code.  All  other  evidence 

40  relevant  te  the  action  shall  be  admissible.  The  trial  judge 


113 


AB3704  —  42  — 

1  shall  deter  mine  the  weight  to  be  accorded  &ny  admissible 

2  evidence. 

3  1833.0.    :fhe  trial  judge,  m  his  discr ction,  may  permit 

4  ft  pleading  to  he  amended  to  conform  to  the  proof. 

5  1833.10.     Closing    arguments    by    counsel    flhall    be 

6  permitted    m    the    manner    a»4    for    the    duration 

7  determined  tn  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

8  1833.11.     Findings  of  feet  er  conclusions  ef  law  shall  not 

9  be  required  or  made  m  easy  action  tried  pursuant  to  this 

10  title.  Upon  request  of  any  party  to  the  action,  the  court 

11  shall  issue  ft  brief  explanation  of  its  decision  cither  orally 

12  or  t»  writing. 

13  1833.12.    Any  posttrial  motion  which  moy  be  made  i» 

14  the  particular  court  pursuant  to  few  mfty  be  made  »  any 

15  action  tried  pursuant  to  this  title. 

16  1833.13.    Irke  effect  of  ft  judgment  or  fiftftl  order  if*  ftfty 

17  ftetfeft  tried  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  title,  m 

18  respect  to  the  matter  or  matters  directly  adjudged,  is 

19  conclusive  between  the  parties  e»d  their  successors  i» 

20  interest.  !»  any  succeeding  action  between  the  same 

21  parties  en  ft  different  cause  of  action,  such  judgment  shall 

22  ftot  operate  as  art  estoppel  or  conclusive  adjudication  as 

23  to  any  issue  if*  such  succeeding  action. 

24  1833.14.     Af*y  party  shall  have  the  right  to  appeal  arty 

25  judgment  or  final  order  pertaining  to  a»  action  governed 

26  by  this  title  consistent  with  the  few  governing  such 

27  appeals. 


114 

[Reprinted    by    permission    from    The    Christian    Science    Monitor,    copyright    1976,    The 
Christian  Science  Publishing  Society,  all  rights  reserved,  Apr.  14,  1976] 

Cutting  Access  to  the  Courts 

(By  Mark  G.  Yudof  >) 

Every  first  year  law  student  learns,  or  should  learn,  that  abstract  legal  rights 
are  meaningless  unless  there  are  adequate  remedies  for  the  violation  of  those  rights. 
For  example,  if  a  person  has  a  "right"  to  property,  government  must  be  willing  to 
protect  the  peaceful  possession  of  that  property,  to  compensate  for  trespass,  and 
to  deter  those  who  would  take  it  away  by  force  or  guile. 

This  truism  of  the  law  has  particular  meaning  for  prized  constitutional  freedoms. 
Many  speak  casually  of  the  "right"  to  free  speech  or  association,  the  "right"  to 
due  process  of  law,  or  the  "right"  to  freedom  of  the  press.  But  these  are  simply 
empty  phrases  unless  courts  act  forcefully  to  protect  the  interests  which  they 
embody. 

This  elementary  lesson,  unfortunately,  has  not  been  learned  by  the  majority  of 
the  United  States  Supreme  Court.  Increasingly,  the  Burger  court,  under  a  variety 
of  pretexts,  has  been  limiting  access  to  the  federal  courts  for  the  redress  of  con- 
stitutional rights  and  denying  remedies  even  where  constitutional  violations  are 
apparent  or  even  akcnowledged.  These  decisions  do  not  rest  on  the  need  to  define 
the  scope  of  particular  rights.  Interpretation  of  vague  constitutional  language  is 
an  inevitable  part  of  the  judging  process. 

Rather  litigants  are  informed  that  the  court  lacks  jurisdiction  over  the  case, 
that  local  and  state  governments  cannot  be  compelled  to  pay  for  thier  wrongs, 
that  Supreme  Court  orders  jeopardize  sensitive  federal -state  relations,  or  that  the 
matter  is  better  decided  by  state  courts — many  of  which  are  unsympathetic  to  the 
rights  asserted.  The  result  is  a  systematic  undermining  of  constitutional  principles. 
And,  by  utilizing  the  technicalities  of  the  law  of  federal  courts,  public  and  media 
understanding  of  what  is  happening  is  diminished  and  attention  diverted  to  the 
seemingly  more  important  substantive  decisions. 

Perhaps  the  best  example  of  this  new  philosophy  of  closing  the  doors  to  the 
federal  courts  is  Rizzo  v.  Goode,  a  recent  decision  of  the  Supreme  Court  written  by 
Mr.  Justice  Rehnquist.  In  that  case,  the  plaintiffs  alleged  and  proved  a  number  of 
instances  of  police  brutality  toward  minority  group  citizens  on  Philadelphia,  and 
yet  the  court,  in  a  5-3  decision,  refused  to  respond. 

It  overruled  a  cautious  lower  court  order  calling  for  the  police  department  itself 
to  set  up  procedures  to  deal  with  citizen  complaints.  In  doing  so,  it  did  not  deny 
the  existence  of  constitutional  wrongs.  Rather  the  high  court  wrapped  itself  in  the 
robes  of  federalism  and  invoked  a  litany  of  democratic  phrases.  The  message: 
federal  courts  should  not  interfere  with  the  internal  workings  of  government 
agencies. 

To  be  sure,  federal  judges,  who  are  not  directly  accountable  to  the  people,  must 
be  sensitive  to  such  concerns.  But  where  violations  of  constitutional  rights  have 
been  demonstrated,  they  offer  no  justification  for  judicial  inaction. 

The  great  judicial  conservatives  of  the  past,  Justices  Frankfurter  and  Harlan, 
countenanced  no  such  philosophy.  They  fought  for  a  less  expansive  view  of  con- 
stitutional doctrines  and  for  greater  recognition  of  the  limited  institutional  role  of 
federal  courts.  But  theirs  was  not  a  philosophy  of  denying  access  to  the  federal 
forum,  not  did  they  hesitate  to  grant  redress  where  plaintiffs  proved  to  their  satis- 
faction that  established  constitutional  norms  had  been  breached. 

The  time  has  come  for  the  Congress  to  send  a  message  to  the  Supreme  Court. 
Most  of  the  access  and  remedy-denying  decisions  involve  ingenious,  if  insensitive, 
interpretations  of  federal  statutes  regulating  the  court's  jurisdiction  and  creating 
causes  of  actions  to  vindicate  constitutional  rights. 

Congress  must  alter  these  laws  to  make  clear  a  simple  point:  the  federal  courts 
are  obliged  to  open  their  doors  to  claims  based  upon  federal  constitutional  pro- 
visions and  to  grant  relief  where  rights  have  been  compromised.  Perhaps,  under 
such  circumstances,  many  of  the  justices  will  live  up  to  their  reputations  as 
"strict  constructionists." 


1  Mark  G.  Yudof  is  Professor  of  Law  at  the  University  of  Texas  at  Austin. 


115 

April  7,  1976. 
To:  Participants  in  the  "Pound  Revisited"  Conference. 

From:  Aryeh  Neier,  executive  director,  American  Civil  Liberties  Union,  Melvin 

L.  Wulf,  legal  director,  American  Civil  Liberties  Union,  Rhoda  H.  Karpatkin, 

executive    director,    Consumers    Union,    Arlie    Schardt,    executive    director, 

Environmental  Defense  Fund,  Paul  Friedman,  managing  attorney,  Mental 

Health   Law   Project,    Lennox   S.    Hinds,    director,    National   Conference  of 

Black  Lawyers,  Sidney  M.  Wolinsky,  managing  attorney,  Public  Advocates, 

Alan    Morrison,    litigation   director,    Public    Citizen,    Oscar    Garcia   Rivera, 

executive    director,    Puerto    Rican    Legal    Defense    and    Education    Fund, 

Stephen    Cillers,    executive   director,    Society   of   American    Law   Teachers. 

(Organizations  listed  for  identification  purposes  only.) 

You  are  meeting  to  honor  the  seventieth  anniversary  of  Roscoe  Pound's  address 

to  the  American  Bar  Association  on  the  causes  of  popular  dissatisfaction  with  the 

administration  of  justice.  We  hope  that  the  conference  will  include  discussion  of 

the  issues  presented  by  a  series  of  Supreme  Court  decisions  during  the  past  few 

years  which  have  radically  reduced  the  ability  of  the  lower  federal  courts  to 

exercise  their  responsibility  under  the  Constitution  to  enforce  the  Bill  of  Rights. 

Since  the  adoption  of  the  Civil  War  amendments,  the  federal  courts  have  been 

the  first  resort  of  those  who  needed  and  sought  the  protection  of  the  Constitution. 

Particularly  where  the  rights  of  racial  minorities  were  concerned,  the  state  courts 

in  the  North  as  well  as  in  the  South  refused  to  enforce  the  prohibitions  against 

racial  discrimination  embodied  in  the   13th,    14th  and   15th  amendments.   The 

Supreme   Court  itself  betrayed  the  purpose  of  those  amendments  in   1896  in 

Plessy  v.  Ferguson  by  construing  the  equal  protection  clause  to  include  the  racist 

concept  of  separate  but  equal.  That  decision  set  back  egalitarian  principles  by  a 

half  century  until  Brown  v.  Board  of  Education  in  1954. 

More  than  a  generation  ago  the  federal  courts  began  tentatively  experimenting 
with  their  role  under  the  Supremacy  Clause  in  non-racial  constitutional  areas. 
To  note  but  two  major  examples,  in  Hague  v.  Congress  of  Industrial  Organizations 
in  1939,  the  Supreme  Court  held  that  the  federal  courts  had  the  power  and  duty 
to  provide  citizens  with  effective  protection  under  the  First  Amendment  against 
encroachment  by  state  and  municipal  officers;  and  in  Monroe  v.  Pape,  in  1961, 
the  Court  construed  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1871  to  require  federal  courts  to 
provide  meaningful  remedies  for  injuries  inflicted  by  state  and  local  police  officers 
in  violation  of  constitutional  standards. 

These  decisions  and  others  were  the  foundation  for  expansive  utilization  during 
recent  decades  of  the  federal  courts  as  the  primary  guardians  of  the  personal 
rights  guaranteed  by  the  Bill  of  Rights.  It  was,  in  our  opinion,  the  beginning  of 
the  fulfillment  of  the  promises  held  out  by  the  Constitution  to  all  of  the  people 
of  the  United  States. 

During  the  past  few  years,  however,  that  promise  has  been  thwarted  by  the 
Supreme  Court  in  a  series  of  decisions  whose  effect  is  to  restrict  substantially  the 
right  to  secure  meaningful  protection  in  the  federal  courts  against  the  invasion  of 
constitutional  rights  by  the  states  and  their  officers.  If  the  trend  continues — 
indeed,  if  it  is  not  reversed — we  believe  that  the  protection  of  constitutional  rights 
and  liberties  will  be  imperiled,  and  the  people  will  be  unable  to  defend  themselves 
against  arbitrary  and  unconstitutional  actions  of  state  officials  or  to  secure 
effective  relief  against  invalid  state  laws. 

Hicks  v.  Miranda,  422  U.S.  332  (1975),  is  among  the  most  significant  of  those 
harmful  decisions.  Hicks  concluded  a  series  of  cases  involving  the  availabilty  of 
federal  court  review  of  state  statutes  and  official  actions  said  to  be  unconstitu- 
tional. Though  the  power  of  federal  court  review  was  cut  off  entirely  in  Younger 
v.  Harris  where  a  state  prosecution  is  pending,  even  in  face  of  a  First  Amendment 
claim,  Steffel  v.  Thompson  salvaged  some  of  the  power  of  review,  as  long  as  the 
plaintiff  was  able  to  show  a  credible  threat  of  presecution  so  that  he  or  she  had 
requisite  standing.  But  Hicks  armed  the  states  with  an  automatic  weapon  which 
allows  termination  of  federal  court  power  of  review  by  the  mere  filing  by  the 
state  of  a  criminal  action  against  the  plaintiff  in  the  federal  action.  '  The  result  is 
that  in  those  cases  the  federal  constitutional  issue  is  decided  by  the  state  courts 
rather  than  by  the  federal  courts.  Though  the  Supreme  Court  can  review  the  state 
court  decision,  the  prospects  for  plenary  review  are  statically  not  very  encour- 
aging. Because  of  the  historic  lack  of  state  court  sympathy  to  federal  constitutional 
claims  which  exists  in  many  states  to  this  day,  the  federal  courts  must  be  available 
for  review  of  federal  constitutional  claims. 


1  We  are  aware,  of  course,  of  the  "proceedings  of  substance"  limitation.  It  is  a  limitation 
that  is  easily  avoided. 


116 

Rizzo  v.  Goode,  decided  this  term,  galvanized  our  view  that  the  Supreme  Court 
is  embarked  on  a  dangerous  and  destructive  journey  designed  to  dilute  the  power 
of  the  federal  judiciary  to  serve  as  guardian  of  federal  constitutional  rights. 

Rizzo,  in  our  opinion,  improperly  limited  the  discretionary  authority  federal 
judges  must  have  to  fashion  appropriate  equitable  relief  after  a  constitutional 
violation  has  been  demonstrated,  and  sacrificed  the  power  of  the  federal  courts 
to  enforce  civil  rights  and  civil  liberties  on  the  altar  of  federalism.  "Where,  as 
here,"  the  Supreme  Court  said,  "the  exercise  of  authority  by  state  officials  is 
attacked,  federal  courts  must  be  constantly  mindful  of  the  special  delicacy  of  the 
adjustment  to  be  preserved  between  federal  equitable  power  and  the  state  admin- 
istration of  its  own  law."  As  articulated,  the  court's  concerns  with  federalism  seem 
to  be  expressed  for  the  purpose  of  avoiding  the  merits  of  the  case,  and  leaving 
citizens  to  the  mercy  of  the  Philadelphia  police  and  Philadelphia  courts — neither 
of  which,  as  the  record  in  Rizzo  v.  Goode  abundantly  demonstrates,  shows  any 
interest  in  the  Bill  of  Right's. 

The  most  conspicuous  feature  of  Justice  Rehnquist's  opinion  in  Rizzo  is  its 
attempted  distinction  of  Hague.  In  Hague,  the  opinion  says,  police  misconduct 
was  grounded  on  "the  adoption  and  enforcement  of  deliberate  policies  by  the 
defendants  there  (including  the  Mayor  and  the  Chief  of  Police)  of  excluding  and 
removing  the  plaintiff's  labor  organizers  and  forbidding  peaceful  communication 
of  their  views  to  the  citizens  of  New  Jersey."  The  opinion  would  have  us  believe 
that  this  is  a  satisfactory  intellectual  basis  upon  which  to  rest  a  substantial 
distinction,  but  it  is  not,  for  the  failure  of  the  Philadelphia  Police  Chief  and  Mayor 
to  act  in  face  of  the  notorious  misconduct  of  their  police  force,  results  in  the 
same  denial  of  federally  protected  rights  as  were  present  in  Hague. 

It  is  precisely  the  Supreme  Court's  adjustments  to  the  principles  of  federalism, 
as  reflected  in  Hicks  and  Rizzo,2  to  which  we  object.  There  are  now  a  majority  of 
Justices  on  the  Court  who  are  so  committed  to  the  "special  delicacy"  of  state- 
federal  relations,  that  they  have  lost  sight  of  the  fact  that  one  great  adjustment 
of  the  federal  system  was  the  adoption  of  the  13th,  14th,  and  15th  amendments. 
Federal  legislation  adopted  pursuant  to  those  Amendments  empowered  the 
federal  government  to  protect  the  civil  rights  and  liberties  of  the  people,  and  the 
judicial  branch  shares  that  power  and  attendant  responsibility  with  the  other 
two  branches.  But  this  Supreme  Court  during  the  past  few  years  has  chosen  to 
follow  a  different  path.  It  has  abandoned  its  responsibility  and  left  the  state 
courts  as  the  principal  resort  for  protection  of  civil  rights  and  liberties,  even 
though  history  has  demonstrated  that  federal  forums  are  essential. 

In  other  recent  cases  as  well,  the  Supreme  Court  has  made  the  federal  courts 
less  accessible  to  the  ordinary  citizen.  In  Snyder  v.  Harris  and  Eisen  v.  Carlisle, 
the  Court  construed  the  rules  regulating  class  actions  grudgingly  and  set  up  major 
barriers  to  effective  relief  for  small  claimants.  In  Alyeska  Pipeline  v.  Wilderness 
Society,  the  Court's  decision  denied  access  to  the  courts  to  many  citizens  who 
lack  the  resources  to  retain  counsel  to  represent  their  interests. 

We  believe  that  the  courts  have  a  vital  role  in  protecting  the  rights  of  citizens. 
Legal  doctrine  should  be  developing  in  the  direction  of  increasing  citizen  access 
to  the  courts  rather  than  limiting  it.  Reform  of  the  judicial  process  should  attempt 
to  diminish  the  handicap  which  poor  litigants  suffer  in  their  efforts  to  invoke  the 
legal  process  to  protect  their  rights.  Liberalization  of  class  action  rules  and  awards 
of  attorneys  fees  to  successful  public  interest  litigants  are  important  to  these 
objectives. 

It  is  time  for  the  Supreme  Court  to  halt  its  retreat  and  to  stand  fast  as  a  defender 
of  rights,  as  it  did  from  1954  to  1970.  Effective  judicial  remedies  must  be  available 
to  protect  against  deprivations  of  constitutional  and  statutory  rights  if  our  courts 
are  to  be  the  "swift  and  certain  agents  of  justice"  envisioned  by  Roscoe  Pound 
in  the  address  you  are  gathered  to  commemorate. 


Remarks   of   Charles    R.    Halpern,    Executive    Director,    Council    for 

Public  Interest  Law 

In  Dean  Pound's  speech  enumerating  the  Causes  of  Popular  Dissatisfaction 
with  the  Administration  of  Justice,  he  observed  that  the  "main  reliance  of  our 
common  law  system  has  been  individual  initiative."  By  way  of  examples,  he 
noted  that  suits  brought  by  taxpayers  were  the  "chief  security  for  the  efficiency 
and  honesty  of  public  officers  .  .  ."  and  that  private  suits  were  relied  on  to  keep 


2  Warth  v.  Seldin  and  Paul  v.  Davis  are  additional  examples. 


117 

"public  service  companies  to  their  duty  in  treating  all  alike  at  reasonable 
price.  .  .  ."  In  summary,  he  stated  that  "the  individual  is  supposed  at  common 
law  to  be  able  to  look  out  for  himself  and  to  need  no  administrative  protection." 
Dean  Pound  concluded,  however,  that  the  "whole  scheme  of  individual  initiative 
is  breaking  down"  and  being  replaced  by  a  "collectivist"  desire  to  develop  govern- 
mental administrative  mechanisms  to  safeguard  the  public  interest. 

In  the  decades  since  Dean  Pound  spoke,  there  have  been  striking  changes  in 
the  relative  importance  of  "individual  initiative,"  on  the  one  hand,  and  adminis- 
strative  regulation,  on  the  other,  as  devices  to  secure  the  public  good.  The  rise  of 
administrative  regulation,  accelerated  in  the  1930's,  was  undoubtedly  a  reflection 
of  the  "collectivist"  sentiment  which  Dean  Pound  noted  in  1906 — an  effort  to 
develop  new  governmental  institutions  to  replace  "individual  initiative"  as  a 
system  for  controlling  the  behavior  of  great  institutions. 

I  suggest  that  this  reliance  on  administrative  regulation  is  now  waning  and 
that  we  have  entered  a  new  stage — a  stage  in  which  "individual  initiative", 
exercised  through  the  legal  process,  has  a  crucial  importance  that  has  not  been 
adequately  recognized  within  the  legal  system.  In  drawing  a  road  map  for  legal 
reform,  "individual  initiative"  must  be  given  broader  scope.  Few  people  still 
share  the  "collectivist"  enthusiasm  for  exclusive  reliance  on  administrative  regu- 
lation. We  must  think  in  new  ways  about  a  hybrid  system,  involving  both  govern- 
mental action  and  citizen  initiative. 

Without  doubt,  the  landmark  judicial  recognition  of  the  new  role  of  "individual 
initiative"  was  the  decision  by  the  Chief  Justice,  then  a  Judge  on  the  Court  of 
Appeals  for  the  District  of  Columbia  Circuit,  in  the  celebrated  Church  of  Christ. 
case.1  That  case  involved  an  effort  by  black  citizens  in  Mississippi  to  demand  an 
end  to  racist  broadcasting  by  a  federally-licensed  television  station.  The  Federal 
Communications  Commission  took  the  position  that  the  issue  fell  within  its 
regulatory  responsibility  and  that  there  was  no  need  for  citizen  involvement. 
In  rejecting  the  FCC's  view,  Judge  Burger  recognized  the  crucial  role  of  individual 
initiative.  Stating  that  "consumers  are  generally  among  the  best  vindicators  of 
the  public  interest,"  he  held  that  the  agency  could  not  properly  exclude  represent- 
atives of  legitimate  listener  interests  from  its  proceedings. 

The  intervening  years  have  seen  a  growing  number  of  citizen  groups  taking 
initiative  to  demand  compliance  with  law  from  large  institutions — both  govern- 
mental and  private.  The  reasons  why  citizen  initiative  at  this  time  has  come  to 
be  so  significant  are  complex.  At  bottom,  there  is  an  indisputable  lack  of  con- 
fidence in  the  performance  of  large  institutions,  including  administrative  agencies. 
Recent  revelations  of  crimes  in  high  places,  in  the  Justice  Department  as  well  as 
corporate  board  rooms,  have,  undoubtedly,  fueled  these  doubts.  Even  prior  to 
these  disclosures,  though,  there  was  a  growing  sense  that  the  great  institutions 
of  society  were  out  of  control.  This  has  led  to  citizen  efforts  to  reassert  influence 
over  these  institutions.  Citizens  have  taken  action  to  participate  in  the  decision- 
making processes  that  affect  their  lives.  They  have  pressed  governmental  agencies 
to  act  in  the  public  interest  and  enforce  the  law;  where  necessary,  they  have 
sought  judicial  remedies  for  institutional  lawlessness. 

An  example  will  illustrate  the  point.  In  the  1960's,  scientific  information  indi- 
cated that  DDT,  a  pesticide  that  persists  in  the  environment  for  a  long  period 
after  its  application,  was  being  over-used  in  American  agriculture.  The  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  which  had  regulatory  responsibility,  was  licensing  this 
pesticide  for  various  uses  without  taking  into  account  the  data  indicating  damage 
to  the  environment  and  hazards  to  human  health — despite  statutory  requirements 
that  it  do  so.  The  concerned  citizens  who  tried  to  move  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture to  act  were  unsuccessful.2  It  was  only  after  they  turned  to  the  courts  and 
obtained  an  order  requiring  the  agency  to  act  in  compliance  with  the  law  that  the 
administrative  proceedings  which  led  to  the  banning  of  DDT  for  most  purposes 
began.  We  need  not  consider  here  whether  the  Department's  inaction  was  due  to 
bureaucratic  inertia,  excessive  influence  by  the  industry  which  was  supposed  to 
be  regulated,  a  lack  of  adequate  concern  for  environmental  considerations,  or 
other  factors.  The  fact  remains  that  individual  initiative,  through  the  court 
system,  was  the  key  to  obtaining  effective  action  and  compliance  with  the  con- 
gressional mandate. 

The  challenge  to  the  legal  system  in.  this  collectivist  age  is  to  facilitate  and  encourage 
individual  initiative  through  the  courts  to  assure  that  constitutional  and  statutory 
rights  are  respected,  that  government  agencies  do  their  job,   and  that  corporations 


1  Office  of  Communication  of  United  Church  of  Christ  v.  FCC,  359  F.2d  994   (D.C.  Cir. 
1966). 

3  See  Environmental  Defense  Fund  v.  Hardin,  428  F.2d  1093  (D.C.  Cir.  1970). 


118 

function  within  the  law.  But  at  the  present  time  citizen  access  to  the  legal  system 
is  too  often  blocked  by  the  high  cost  of  legal  representation,  by  restrictive  legal 
doctrines  and  by  the  disadvantages,  inherent  in  the  legal  process,  faced  by  ordi- 
nary citizens  when  they  litigate  against  large,  financially  strong  adversaries.  Legal 
institutions  and  legal  doctrines  must  be  modified  in  order  to  address  these  prob- 
lems. At  a  time  of  great  public  disillusionment  with  the  performance  of  public 
and  private  institutions,  the  availability  of  the  courts  as  a  channel  for  redress  is 
critically  important. 

1  recognize  that  this  places  me  at  odds  with  a  significant  number  of  prior 
speakers,  who  have  been  exploring  ways  to  reduce  the  caseload  of  judges,  to  find 
alternatives  to  the  courts,  and  to  reverse  the  "explosive"  growth  of  class  actions. 
However,  as  I  understand  our  charge  today,  we  are  to  discuss  ways  in  which  the 
interests  of  iustice  can  be  better  served.  In  my  view  the  interests  of  justice  can  be 
best  served  by  assuring  that  the  courts  are  open  to  citizens  exercising  "individual 
initiative"  to  demand  compliance  with  the  law,  and  that  the  courts  provide  a 
setting  in  which  the  financial  strength  of  litigants  is  not  dispositive. 

Obviously,  there  are  certain  matters  which  can  and  should  be  resolved  in  a 
forum  that  is  cheaper,  quicker,  and  more  informal  than  the  courts.  But  the  identi- 
fication of  such  matters  should  not  blind  us  to  the  importance  of  opening  the 
courts  to  a  range  of  important  cases  which  are  too  frequently  kept  out  of  the  courts 
by  restrictive  legal  doctrines  and  the  high  costs  of  litigation. 

As  you  all  know,  several  recent  Supreme  Court  decisions  have  gone  in  the 
direction  of  limiting  citizen  access  to  the  courts  and  making  citizen  suits  even 
more  financially  difficult.  For  example,  recent  decisions  on  standing  have  sharply 
restricted  access  to  the  courts.  Barriers  to  citizen  action  have  been  further  raised 
in  the  Court's  interpretation  of  Rule  23  on  class  actions.  The  Court's  class  action 
decisions  have  severely  diminished  the  utility  of  that  mechanism,  which  was 
designed  to  make  redress  of  small  individual  grievances  economically  feasible.  And, 
in  holding  in  the  Alyeska  Pipeline  case  that  federal  courts  lack  the  power  to  award 
attorneys'  fees  to  citizens  suing  as  "private  attorneys  general,"  the  Court  has 
created  a  financial  roadblock  for  citizen  action. 

I  submit  that  the  trend  reflected  in  these  decisions— a  trend  toward  making 
legal  recourse  less  accessible  to  ordinary  citizens — is  likely  to  increase  popular 
dissatisfaction  with  the  administration  of  justice. 

I  think  it  is  essential  to  reverse  that  trend. 

I  urge  consideration  of  the  following  concrete  suggestions  to  make  the  courts 
a  more  potent  instrument  for  justice  and  a  more  hospitable  forum  for  individual 
initiatives  in  the  public  interest: 

REALLOCATING  THE  COSTS  OF  LITIGATION 

The  largest  barrier  to  citizens  who  want  to  use  the  courts  to  vindicate  rights 
and  enforce  legal  and  constitutional  duties  is  the  high  cost  of  litigation,  particu- 
larly the  high  cost  of  attorneys'  fees.  There  are  few  citizens  or  groups  who  can 
afford  the  enormous  costs  of  carrying  major  litigation.  In  the  past  few  years 
there  have  been  significant  programs  established  to  help  deal  with  this  problem. 
The  Legal  Services  Corporation,  which  underwrites  legal  services  for  the  poor, 
is  one  example.  Foundation-funded  public  interest  law  firms,  which  have  pro- 
tected the  rights  of  environmentalists,  consumers,  racial  minorities,  and  ethers, 
are  another.  In  assessing  the  impact  of  there  new  participants  in  the  adversary 
process,  Judge  Harold  Leventhal  of  the  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  D.C.  Circuit 
stated  recently: 

Public  interest  representatives  have  identified  issues  and  caused  agencies 
and  courts  to  look  squarely  at  problems  that  would  otherwise  have  been  swept 
aside  and  passed  unnoticed.  They  have  made  complaints,  adduced  and  marshalled 
evidence,  offered  different  insights  and  viewpoints,  and  presented  scientific, 
historical  and  legal  research.  They  have,  in  my  view,  been  of  significant  service 
to  the  entire  decisional  process.3 

But  funding  for  these  public  interest  law  programs  has,  to  date,  been  grossly 
inadequate  to  meet  the  need,  and  even  this  funding  is  of  uncertain  duration. 
The  foundations  who  have  most  actively  supported  public  interest  law  have 
indicated  that  their  support  cannot  be  expected  to  continue  indefinitely.  The 
legal  system  itself  must  develop  internal  mechanisms  to  underwrite  the  cost  of 
citizen  litigation.  An  important  device  toward  this  end,  which  has  a  significant 
common  law  history  and  specific  statutory  endorsements,  is  the  award  of  attorneys' 
fees  to  private  litigants  whose  lawsuits  confer  substantial  public  benefits.  The 


3  Statement  of  Judge  Harold  Leventhal  at  Hearings  on  S.  2715  before  the  Senate  Judi- 
ciary Subcommittee  on  Administrative  Practice  and  Procedure,  February  6,  1976. 


119 

"private  attorney  general"  is  the  heir  to  the  individual  suing  to  enforce  the  law 
about  whom  Dean  Pound  spoke.  The  courts  and  the  legislatures  should  be 
extending  the  availability  of  fee  awards  in  cases  involving  a  public  benefit — not 
limiting  it — so  that  we  move  toward  a  system  in  which  the  costs  of  litigation 
are  reallocated  to  enable  and  encourage  citizens  to  undertake  legal  action  to 
enforce  constitutional  and  statutory  rights.  This  fee-award  concept  now  has  its 
counterpart  at  the  administrative  level,  in  the  Federal  Trade  Commission's 
program  to  reimburse  the  costs  of  citizen  participation  in  rulemaking  proceedings, 
an  approach  that  Congress  is  now  considering  expanding  to  other  agencies  and 
to  adjudicatory  proceedings  as  well. 

MAKING     IT    EASIER     TO    AGGREGATE     SMALL    CLAIMS     FOR     LITIGATION     PURPOSES 

Rule  23  of  the  Federal  Rules  of  Civil  Procedure  represents  a  pioneering  effort 
to  provide  a  judicial  forum  for  aggrieved  citizens  whose  individual  claims  against 
a  single  defendant  are  too  small  to  justify  the  expense  of  litigation.  Suppose,  for 
example,  that  10,000  defectively  designed  refrigerators  are  manufactured  and 
sold.  No  individual  purchaser  has  a  sufficient  economic  interest  to  file  suit  against 
the  manufacturer.  The  class  action  was  designed  to  permit  an  effective  judicial 
remedy  for  cases  of  that  nature. 

The  purpose  of  the  class  action  was  described  by  Justice  Douglas: 

"I  think  in  our  society  that  is  growing  in  complexity  there  are  bound  to  be 
innumerable  people  in  common  disasters,  calamities,  or  ventures  who  would  go 
begging  for  justice  without  the  class  action  but  who  could  with  all  regard  to  due 
process  be  protected  by  it.  .  .  ." 

The  class  action  is  one  of  the  few  legal  remedies  the  small  claimant  has  against 
those  who  command  the  status  quo.  I  would  strengthen  his  hand  with  the  view 
of  creating  a  system  of  law  that  dispenses  justice  to  the  lowly  as  well  as  to  those 
liberally  endowed  with  power  and  wealth.4 

Recent  Supreme  Court  decisions  have  made  class  actions  very  difficult  to 
bring,  and  some  recommendations  offered  at  this  conference  would  further  de- 
crease the  utility  of  the  class  action.  This  would  undoubtedly  be  a  comforting 
development  for  prospective  defendants,  but  it  would  be  a  serious  blow  to  citi- 
zens and  a  set-back  to  those  who  want  the  courts  to  be  an  open  and  accessible 
forum  for  resolution  of  grievances. 

In  a  recent  speech,  Justice  Stanley  Mosk  of  the  California  Supreme  Court 
suggested  that  citizen  groups  should  "join  hands  ...  in  a  mutual  effort  to  save 
the  class  action."  Further  he  suggested: 

"If  the  courts  are  too  far  committed  to  the  ultimate  demise  of  such  proceedings, 
then  appropriate  action  through  Congress  and  state  legislatures  may  be  indicated." 
This  observation  is  a  wholesome  reminder  that  access  to  the  courts  is  a  matter 
of  concern  to  all  the  people,  and  not  ultimately  a  matter  to  be  resolved  internally 
within  the  legal  profession. 

REDUCING  THE  DISPARITY  BETWEEN  RICH  AND  POOR  LITIGANTS 

In  making  the  courts  a  more  just  forum  for  citizen  litigation,  we  must  also 
keep  in  mind  that  access  to  the  courts  is  only  the  beginning.  The  courts  must 
also  make  an  active  effort  to  minimize  the  disparities  in  litigating  capacities 
between  the  rich  and  poor — by  accommodating  the  diverse  interests  at  stake  in 
complex  litigation  through  liberal  admission  of  amici  curiae;  by  becoming  in- 
volved in  the  discovery  process  to  prevent  harrassment  of  litigants  with  scarce 
resources;  by  appointing  expert  witnesses  to  equalize  access  to  technical  data; 
and  by  experimenting  with  flexible  mechanisms  to  assure  that  decrees  are  effec- 
tively implemented. 

CONCLUSION 

I  believe  that  individual  initiative  through  the  courts  to  assure  that  corpora- 
tions, government  agencies  and  other  powerful  institutions  behave  in  compliance 
with  the  law  is  critical  and  must  be  facilitated.  This  is  not  to  say  that  every 
dispute  or  citizen  grievance  should  be  brought  to  court,  or  that  citizens  should 
look  to  the  judiciary  for  relief  of  all  their  problems,  including  those  that  are 
more  properly  placed  before  the  political  branches  of  the  government. 

But  constitutional  rights  cannot  be  left  to  the  vagaries  of  the  political  process; 
and  legislative  mandates  cannot  be  left  to  administrative  agencies  to  bend  as 


*  Eisen  v.  Carlisle  and  Jacquelin,  (1974)  4)17  U.S.  156  185-86  (Douglas,  J.,  dissenting) 
[footnote  omitted]. 


120 

they  see  fit,  free  of  the  check  of  judicial  review.  There  is  an  indispensable  judicial 
role  in  both  classes  of  cases.  Recent  progress  of  many  citizens — racial  minorities, 
the  mentally  impaired,  voters  aggrieved  by  legislative  malapportionment,  en- 
vironmental protection  groups,  consumers — would  not  have  been  possible  but 
for  the  availability  of  judicial  remedies.  These  remedies  should  be  expanded  and 
citizen  access  improved. 


American  Judicature  Society, 

Chicago,  III.,  June  15,  1976. 
Hon.  John  V.  Tunney, 

Chairman,  Subcommittee  on  Constitutional  Rights,  Committee  on  the  Judiciary,  U.S. 
Senate,  Washington,  D.C. 
My  Dear  Senator  Tunney:  In  response  to  your  request  that  the  Society 
might  wish  to  file  a  statement  with  the  Subcommittee  on  Constitutional  Rights 
of  the  Senate  Judiciary  Committee,  on  behalf  of  the  Society  I  have  the  privilege 
of  transmitting  to  you  the  attached. 
Sincerely  yours, 

Arlin  M.  Adams. 

Statement  of  the  American  Judicature  Society  Prepared  for  Submission 
to  the  Subcommittee  on  Constitutional  Rights  of  the  Judicary 
Committee  of  the  U.S.  Senate 

The  American  Judicature  Society  wishes  to  take  this  opportunity  to  endorse 
the  work  of  the  Subcommittee  on  Constitutional  Rights  as  it  seeks  to  precipitate 
concern  and  action  regarding  causes  of  popular  dissatisfaction  with  the  administra- 
tion of  justice.  As  the  Subcommittee  may  know,  the  Society  has  been  associated, 
since  its  founding  in  1913,  with  this  goal.  Dean  Roscoe  Pound's  historic  1906 
address  established  the  theme  for  these  hearings,  it  effectively  launched  a  court 
reform  effort  which  encompassed  the  founding  of  the  American  Judicature  Society 
and  continues  to  the  present  date.  Consequently,  the  Society  has  a  unique  aware- 
ness of  the  weaknesses  and  strengths  of  our  judicial  systems,  shaped  by  its  many 
years  of  addressing  the  issues  raised  by  this  Subcommittee. 

Rather  than  attempting  to  attribute  the  causes  of  failure,  perhaps  the  Society 
can  best  serve  the  Subcommittee  by  suggesting  some  potential  solutions  and 
remedies  that  it  has  espoused  over  the  years  for  what  ails  our  many  judicial 
systems,  for  there  are  a  multitude  of  independent,  interlocked  and  overlapping 
court  systems  in  our  society. 

What,  then,  are  some  of  the  broad  approaches  to  improving  the  judicial  system 
for  all  of  our  citizens — those  who  find  themselves  enmeshed  in  the  system  as 
well  as  those  charged  with  the  responsibility  for  administering  justice? 

JUDICIAL  SELECTION    AND  TENURE 

The  popular  election  of  judges,  arising  out  of  the  "Jacksonian  democracy" 
period  of  our  history,  brought  about  substantial  criticism  at  the  close  of  the  last 
century  regarding  the  quality  of  the  judiciary.  A  search  for  something  better, 
led  by  the  Society,  resulted  in  a  non-political  plan  generally  known  as  the  Merit 
or  Missouri  Plan.  It  provides  for  the  selection  of  judges  by  an  appointing  official 
(usually  the  governor  of  the  state)  from  a  panel  of  names  submitted  by  a  nominat- 
ing committee.  Such  committee  is  generally  nonpartisan  or  bipartisan  in  nature, 
and  includes  judges,  lawyers  and  nonlawyers  in  its  membership.  Endorsed  by 
the  American  Bar  Association  in  1937,  the  Merit  Plan  today  is  being  used  with 
respect  to  all  or  a  portion  of  the  judiciary  in  more  than  half  of  the  states.  Most 
other  states  have  it  under  consideration,  and  it  appears  destined  ultimately  to 
replace  the  election  of  judges  as  a  predominant  method  of  judicial  selection  in  this 
country.  In  furtherance  of  this  objective  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  American 
Judicature  Society  has  appointed  a  special  committee  to  study  feasibility  of  a 
federal  judicial  nominating  committee  to  make  recommendations  with  regard  to 
federal  judicial  selections.  Once  accomplished,  these  plans  will  assure  better 
prospects  for  an  impartial  and  independent  judiciary. 

JUDICIAL  DISCIPLINE   AND  REMOVAL 

By  far  the  most  extensive  adoption  of  a  single  plan  for  court  improvement  has 
been  the  replacement  of  the  impeachment  process  for  ridding  our  courts  of 
overage,  disabled,  or  ineffective  judges  with  specific  commissions  or  bodies 
charged  with  the  responsibility  for  investigating  charges  against  judges  and  to 
make  recommendations  to  state  supreme  courts  which  have  the  power  to  ad- 
minister discipline.   By  1976  forty-four  states,  including  Puerto  Rico  and  the 


121 

District  of  Columbia,  had  adopted  some  judicial  disciplinary  machinery  other 
than  impeachment.  Judges  who  are  guilty  of  misconduct,  are  grossly  incompetent 
or  suffer  from  some  disabling  disease  or  disorder,  have  no  place  in  judicial  ad- 
ministration. The  extension  of  such  plans  to  all  fifty  states  and  the  federal  courts 
and  their  improvement  is  another  basic  ingredient  of  a  good  judicial  system. 

ORGANIZATION  OF  COURTS 

The  proliferation  of  courts  in  this  country  tending  to  follow  the  English  pattern 
has  been  a  major  contribution  to  some  of  the  current  problems.  Successful  efforts 
to  unify  courts  into  a  cohesive,  simple-tiered  system  has  done  much  to  strengthen 
and  streamline  the  judicial  process,  providing  it  with  flexibility  and  concentration 
of  judicial  power  and  responsibility.  At  this  time  only  sixteen  states  have  imple- 
mented Roscoe  Pound's  ideal  of  a  single-structured  court  divided  into  two  or 
three  levels,  one  to  handle  the  appellate  business  and  one  or  two  for  trial  work. 
The  manner  in  which  courts  are  financed  is  an  important  aspect  of  a  successful 
court  unification  plan.  A  central  tenet  of  state  court  reform  is  full  state  funding 
of  state  court  systems — unitary  budgeting.  Although  not  a  panacea  to  judicial 
administrative  ills,  a  system  of  unitary  budgeting  which  allows  for  administrative 
autonomy  for  self-sufficient  local  units  could  lead  to  improving  the  fiscal,  mana- 
gerial and  constitutional  position  of  the  judiciary  and  thus  give  us  better  courts. 

COURT  ADMINISTRATION 

Essential  to  the  smooth  function  of  the  courts  and  replacement  of  the  "go- 
as-you-please"  system  characterized  by  Chief  Justice  William  Howard  Taft  is 
the  establishment  of  professional  administrative  talent  in  the  court  system. 
Individual  judges  should  be  relieved  from  problems  of  non-judicial  personnel, 
budget  and  calendar,  so  as  to  devote  their  principal  attention  to  serving  in  a 
truly  judicial  capacity.  The  employment  of  professional  administrators  has  become 
the  practice  of  the  majority  of  the  states  and  within  them,  most  of  the  major 
city  courts.  Further  development  and  expansion  of  this  critical  back-up  service 
to  the  courts  will  furnish  a  partial  solution  to  the  backlog  crisis  facing  many  of 
our  judicial  systems. 

Court  reforms  such  as  those  briefly  outlined  above,  as  well  as  other  programs 
which  the  Society  supports,  including  adequate  judicial  salaries,  retirement  bene- 
fits and  tenure;  mandatory  judicial  retirement  plans  which  permit  utilization  of 
retired  judges  in  court  systems;  improvements  in  the  entire  criminal  justice 
system;  and  continued  education  programs  for  judges  and  court  personnel  are 
all  aimed  at  helping  the  judicial  system  function  more  efficiently.  Combined 
with  other  companion  projects,  such  as  making  legal  representation  available 
tc  all  citizens,  the  courts  will  become  accessible  to  all  and  provide  an  effective 
forum  for  dispute  settlement,  whether  civil  or  criminal. 

The  American  Judicature  Society  is  committed  to  these  goals  and  thanks 
you  for  this  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  important  undertaking  of  this 
Subcommittee. 

Federal  Trade  Commission, 
New  York  Regional  Office,  May  28,  1976. 
Hon.  John  V.  Tunney, 

Chairman,  Subcommittee  on  Constitutional  Rights,  Committee  on  the  Judiciary, 
Senate  Office  Building,  Washington,  D.C. 

Dear  Senator  Tunney:  In  reply  to  your  inquiry  of  May  20,  1976,  the  New 
York  Regional  Office  receives  approximately  50,000  consumer  complaints  per 
year,  of  which  I  estimate  approximately  15,000  involve  instances  where  the  com- 
plainant and  the  firm  involved  are  in  different  states.  Approximately  2,000  of 
these  remain  unresolved.  In  cases  involving  firms  in  the  same  locality  as  the  com- 
plainant, we  routinely  recommend  resort  to  small  claims  court  where  appropriate 
to  obtain  an  adjudication  on  the  merits. 

Where  the  consumer  and  the  firm  are  located  in  different  states,  however,  this 
is  not  practicable.  No  mechanism  now  exists  for  adjudication  of  the  merits  in  this 
kind  of  situation  involving  individual  complaints.  Where  a  violation  of  federal 
law  of  sufficient  magnitude  is  involved,  consumer  redress  under  section  206  of  the 
Magnuson-Moss  Warranty — Federal  Trade  Commission  Improvement  Act  may, 
of  course  be  sought. 

The  above  response  is  designed  to  be  solely  an  informational  response  to  your 
request  and  not  to  convey  any  conclusions  or  recommendations  on  behalf  of 
either  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  or  its  staff  with  respect  to  the  matter. 
Respectfully, 

Richard  A.   Givens,  Regional  Director. 

o 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


3  9999  05995  145  7